United States       Office of Emergency and    9285.9-33
Environmental Protection   Remedial Response     EPA 540-R-98-036
Agency          Washington, DC 20460    PB98-963251
	July 1998	
Superfund	  _	



Designs for Air Impact


Assessments at Hazardous


Waste Sites (165.16)




Student Manual

-------
      DESIGNS FOR
 AIR IMPACT ASSESSMENTS
AT HAZARDOUS WASTE SITES

-------
                                                                                    9285.9-33
                                                                             EPA54Q-R-98-036
                                                                                 PB98-963251
                                                                                    July 1998
                                      FOREWORD

This manual is for reference use of students enrolled in scheduled training courses of the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA). While it will be useful to anyone who needs information  on the subjects
covered, it will have its greatest value as an adjunct to classroom presentations involving discussions
among the students and the instructional staff.

This manual has been developed to provide the best available current information; however, individual
instructors may provide additional material to cover special aspects of their presentations.

Because of the limited availability of the manual, it should not be cited in  bibliographies or other
publications.

References to products and manufacturers are for illustration only; they do not imply endorsement by
EPA.

Constructive suggestions for improvement of the content and format of the manual are welcome.

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                 DESIGNS FOR AIR IMPACT ASSESSMENTS
                   AT HAZARDOUS WASTE SITES (165.16)
                                       3 Days
This course is intended for U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) On-Scene Coordinators and
Remedial Project Managers, as well as other personnel who are responsible for evaluating risk using air
modeling strategies and air monitoring and sampling.

Case studies, demonstrations, group discussions, and lectures will help prepare participants to:

      •      Define air impact assessment objectives.

      •      Evaluate air monitoring, air sampling, and air modeling data to develop an air impact
             assessment.

      *      Define air impact assessment assumptions given specific site conditions and operations.

      •      Implement appropriate quality assurance and quality control when developing an air impact
             assessment.

      «      Develop air impact assessment work plans for hazardous waste sites.

      •      Implement air impact assessment work plans for hazardous waste sites.
The prerequisite for this course is an Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) (29 CFR
1910.120) 40-hour health and safety course. A working knowledge of air monitoring instruments and
their theory of operation is helpful. Students will also benefit from attending the Air Monitoring for
Hazardous Materials (165.4) course prior to attending this course.

Continuing Education Units: 2.0
ABIH Certification Maintenance points: 4.0
                                          111

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                                    CONTENTS
Section 1
Standard Orientation and Introduction
Section 2
Overview
Section 3
Air Impact Assessment During Emergency Removal (ER)
Section 4           Air Impact Assessment During Site Investigation (SI)
Section 5
Air Impact Assessment During Remedial Investigation (RI)
Section 6
Air Impact Assessment During Feasibility Study/Remedial Design (FS/RD)
Section 7           Air Impact Assessment During Remedial Action (RA)
Section 8           Air Impact Assessment During Operations and Maintenance (O&M)
Section 9           Appendix A
Section 10          Appendix B
Section 11          Appendix C

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
                       ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
AAL         ambient air level
AAM        ambient air monitoring
APA         air pathway assessment (or analysis)
ARAR       applicable or relevant and appropriate requirement
CAA         Clean Air Act
CAAA       Clean Air Act Amendments
CERCLA     Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
DOAS       differential optical absorption spectroscopy
DQO         data quality objective
ECD         electron capture detector
EPA         U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
ER          emergency removal
FID         flame ionization detector
FS           feasibility study
FTER         Fouri er transform infrared
GFC         gas filter correlation
GC          gas chromatograph
HAP         hazardous air pollutant
HRS         hazard ranking system
HSL         Hazardous Substances List
IH           industrial hygiene
LEL         lower explosive limit
MEI         maximum exposed individual
met          meteorological
MS          mass spectroscopy
NAAQS      National Ambient Air Quality Standards
NCP         National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan
NESHAPS    National Emissions Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants
NDIR        nondispersive infrared
NIOSH       National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
NPL         National Priorities List
NRT         near real time
NSPS        new source performance standards
NTGS        national technical guidance study
NWS         National Weather Service
O&M        operation and maintenance
OAQPS      Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
OEL         occupational exposure limit
OPM         open path monitor
OSC         on-scene coordinator
OSHA       Occupational Safety and Health Administration
OS WER      Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response
PA          preliminary assessment
PAH         polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon
PCB         polychlorinated biphenyl
PEL         permissible exposure limit
                                           VII

-------
ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS (cont.)

PID          photoionization detector
PM          paniculate matter
PM]0         particulate matter of less than 10 microns in diameter
ppb          parts per billion
ppbv         parts per billion on a volume basis
PPE          personal protective equipment
ppm          parts per million
PSD          prevention of significant deterioration
PUF          polyurethane foam
QA          quality assurance
QC           quality control
RA           remedial action
RAGS        Risk Assessment Guidance for Superfund
RCRA        Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
RD           remedial design
RfC          reference concentration
RfD          reference dose
RI            remedial investigation
Rl/FS         remedial investigation/feasibility study
ROD         Record of Decision
RPM         remedial project manager
RT           real time
S ACM        Superfund Accelerated Cleanup Model
SARA        Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act
SCBA        self-contained breathing apparatus
SI            site inspection
SITE         Superfund Innovative Technology Evaluation
STEL         short-term exposure limit
SVOC        semivolatile organic compound
TBC          to be considered
TCD          thermal conductivity detector
THC          total hydrocarbons
TLV          threshold limit value
TLV-C        threshold limit value - ceiling
TLV-STEL    threshold limit value - short-term exposure limit
TLV-TWA     threshold limit value - time-weighted average
TNMHC      total nonmethane hydrocarbon
TO           toxic organic
TRI          Toxic Chemical Release Inventory
TSDF         transfer, storage, and disposal facilities
TSP          total suspended particulates
TWA         time-weighted average
TWA-REL     time-weigh ted average - recommended exposure limit
TWA-STEL    time-weighted average - short-term exposure limit
UV           ultraviolet
UV-DOAS    ultraviolet - differential optical absorbance spectrometer
VOC         volatile organic compound
                                            Vlll

-------
Designs for Air Impact Assessments
    at Hazardous Waste Sites
            (165.16)

    Orientation and Introduction

          Student Guide

-------
         DESIGNS FOR AIR IMPACT
            ASSESSEMENTSAT
        HAZARDOUS WASTE SITES
                    (165.16)
                   Presented by;

                 Tetra Tech NUS, Inc.
             EPA Contract No. 68-C7-0033
                                              TP-l
Orientation and Introduction
Agenda:

»   Environmental Response Training Program (ERTP) overview

«   Synopsis of ERTP courses

»   Course layout and agenda

*   Course materials

»   Facility information
  s for Aw impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste $«tes                               3VS6
Orientation and inbodudkm                                        page 2

-------
 Notes
Designs for Atf Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                  ?&3
Qriarsiation and InlrodycUon                                                                                                         page 3

-------
ERTP OVERVIEW



Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation
and Liability Act of 1 980
(CERCLA)


Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986
(SARA)

,

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA)


!
Environmental Response Training Program i
(ERTP)
1

1
TP-2
ERTP Overview
In 1980, the U.S. Congress passed the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
Liability Act (CERCLA), also known as Superfund. In 1986, the Superfund Amendments and
Reauthorization Act (SARA) was passed. This act reauthorized CERCLA. CERCLA provides for
liability, compensation, cleanup, and emergency response for hazardous substances released into the
environment and for the cleanup of inactive waste disposal sites.  The U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) allocated a portion of Superfund money to training. EPA's Environmental Response Team
(ERT) developed the Environmental Response Training Program (ERTP) in response to the training needs
of individuals involved in Superfund activities.
Dessgns for A-r impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sit«*
Cfisntahcn and Introduction
                                                                                         7/98

-------
  Notes
     s tor Atr impact Assessments at Hazardous Wast* S
-------
ERTP OVERVIEW




I
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency 1
(EPA) 1


Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response
(OSWER)


Environmental Response Team
(ERT)




Environmental Response Training Program
(ERTP)


TP-3
 ERTP Overview
 ERTP is administered by ERT, which is part of OSWER,  ERT offices and training facilities are located in
 Cincinnati, Ohio, and Edison, New Jersey. ERT has contracted the development of ERTP courses to Tetra
 Tech NUS, Inc. (EPA Contract No, 68-C7-QQ33). The ERTP program provides education and training for
 environmental employees at the federal, state, and local levels in all regions of the United States. Training
 courses cover areas such as basic health and safety and more specialized topics such as air sampling and
 treatment technologies.
Designs for Aif impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Orientation arid introduction
                                                                                            7/98

-------
  Notes
Design* (of Asr Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Orientation andi In^oductiofi

-------
  Types of Credit Available
                    Continuing Education Units
                        (2,0 CEUs)
     CEU
                                          CEU Requirements

                                100% attendance at this course.
                                >70% on the exam.
                    American Board of Industrial Hygiene
                        3.0 Certification Maintenance [CM] points, ABIH approval #7146)
   ABIH
Designs for Air Impact Assessment at hazardous Waste Siies
Orientation and Introduction
 7199
page 9

-------
  Notes
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Srtes                                                                                  7/98
Orientation and Introduction

-------
 ERTP Courses
                    Health and Safety Courses

                        Hazardous Materials Incident Response Operations (165.5)
                    •    Safety and Health Decision-Making for Managers (165.8)
                    •    Emergency Response to Hazardous Material Incidents (165,15)
                    Technical Courses
                    •    Environmental Remediation Technologies (165.3)
                    •    Air Monitoring for Hazardous Materials (165.4)
                    •    Risk Assessment Guidance for Superfund (165.6)
                    •    Introduction to Groundwater  Investigations (165.7)
                    •    Sampling for Hazardous Materials (165.9)
                    *    Radiation Safety at Superfund Sites (165,11)
                    *    Introduction to Environmental Geophysics (165.20)
                    Special  Courses
                    «    Design of Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites (165,16)
                    »    Removal Cost Management System (165.17)
                    «    Inland Oil Spills (165.18)
                    Courses Offered in Conjunction with Other EPA Offices

                    s   Chemical Emergency Preparedness and Prevention Office (CEPPO)
                        •  Chemical Safety'Audits (165.19)
                        •  Risk Management Programs
                    v'   Site Assessment Branch
                        *  Preliminary Assessment
                        •  Site Investigation
                        •  Federal Facilities Preliminary Assessment/Site Investigation
Designs for Airlmpsd Assessments at hazardous Wasle Sites                                                      7^96
Ortenlahan and Introduction                                                                     p39@ 10

-------
  Notes
Designs for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                  7/96
Oiientafronand introduction                                                                                                         ?S36 11

-------
Course Layout and Agenda
              Key Points:
«    Agenda times are only approximate.  Every effort is made to complete units, and to
     finish the day, at the specified time.

•    Classes begin promptly at 8:00 am. Please arrive on time to minimize distractions
     to fellow  students.

•    Breaks are given between units.

•    Lunch is  1 hour.

•    Each student must take the examination given on Thursday.

•    Direct participation in field or lab exercises is optional.  Roles are randomly
     assigned to ensure fairness.

*    Attendance at each lecture and exercise is required in order to receive a certificate.
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                    7/98
Crier,taticn and IntradLclicn,                                                                 page 12

-------
  Notes
 Explain the course layout and briefly review the agenda.

 1.    Refer the students to the agenda. Discuss the key
       theme(s) and activities for each day, avoiding a unit by
       unit description.

       a.  State that the agenda times are approximate. Time
          is built in to allow for questions and discussions.

       b.  State that classes begin promptly at 8:00 am and
          end at approximately 5:00 pm.  Ten-minute breaks
          are scheduled between units.

       c.  Tell students an exam is given on Friday. Each
          student must take the exam.

       d.  State that the course wrap-up and closing is
          scheduled for Friday.

       e.  Tell students that they will need a calculator.

       f.  Refer students who believe they will be unable to
          participate in certain exercises to the Course
          Director. The student is not required to participate;
          however, attendance at the exercise is
          mandatory in order to receive a certificate.
Ossigis for Alf Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                              7198
Qnefitafion and I fit reduction                                                                               P39® ^3

-------
 Training Evaluation
     The Training Evaluation is a tool to collect valuable feedback from YOU
     about this course.

     We value YOUR comments!! Important modifications have been made to
     this course based on comments of previous students.
                 DO
          DON'T
    Write in your comments at the end of
    each unit!

    Tell us if you feel the content of the
    course manual (and workbook) is clear
    and complete!

    Tell us if you feel the activities and
    exercises were useful and helpful!

    Tell us if you feel the course will help
    you perform related duties back on the
    job!

    Complete the first page at the end of
    the course before you leave!

    Write comments in ink.
Hold back!

Focus exclusively on the presentation
skills of the instructors.

Write your name on the evaluation, if
it will inhibit you from being direct
and honest.
Designs for Air Impact Assessments al hazardous Waste Sites
Onenta'.ion and Introduction
                                                                               7/99

-------
  Notes
Designs fcrAif impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                 7/S
Orientation and introduction                                                                                                        Pa3s

-------
  Facility Information
                                                     Please put beepers in the vibrate mode and
                                                     rum off radios. Be courteous to fellow
                                                     students and minimize distractions.
                                                        Emergency
                                                        Telephone
                                                        Numbers
                                                     Emergency Exits

                                                         Alarms

                                                          Sirens
Designs far A?r Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Onentaticn and [nlradLdscn
                                                                                          ?/SB

-------
  Notes
Designs for Air Impact Assessments st Hazardous Wast* Sites                                                                                  7/98
Onentalien and Introduction                                                                                    "                     p39e 1?

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
      DESIGNS FOR
 AIR IMPACT ASSESSMENTS
AT HAZARDOUS WASTE SITES

-------
        Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
    Course Purpose;

    Assist the U.S. Environmental
    Protection Agency (EPA)
    regional Superfund offices in
    addressing the impact of
    air-related concerns at
    hazardous waste sites
Air Impact Assessment Concept:

A process enabling the user to
combine the separate procedures
for air monitoring/sampling,
emission/air dispersion modeling,
and risk-based health
assessments for application as a
driving force behind hazardous
waste site cleanup activities
        Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
    Components:  *  Characterization of emission source(s)

                    •  Determination of the effects of atmospheric processes on emission
                       rates and downwind dispersion

                    •  Evaluation of receptor exposure potential

                    •  Quality assurance/quality control


     Objectives:    *  Evaluate exposure of onsite workers/receptors

                    «  Evaluate exposure of offsite population(s)

                    *  Evaluate environmental impact(s)
Introduction
Air-related concerns impact the evaluation of sites, work plan development for site cleanup, and the
implementation of cleanup actions.
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Overview
                                    7/98
                                   page 2

-------
   Notes:
Designs for At? Impact Assessments al Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                   7/98
Overview                                                                                                                     page 3

-------
    AIA
                         A1A
                         AIA
                         AIA
Removal Actions
  atNon-NPl
     Sites
                         AIA
                         AIA
                         AIA
                         AIA
                         AIA
                                          Site Discovery
                           Preliminary
                          Assessments
                              Site
                           Inspections
                       National Priorities
                           List (NPL)
                           Remedial
                          Investigation
                          Records of
                           Decision
                        Remedial Designs/
                         Feasibility Study
                                        Remedial Actions
                        Operations and
                         Maintenance
Removal Actions
   at NPL Sites
AiA
                                                                    Adapted from: NTGS Volume 1
    Figure 1.  Overview of Superfund air impact assessment (AIA),
Designs fof Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Overview
                                                                                                page 4

-------
   Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                   7/98
Overview                                                                                                                     page S

-------
                          Pre-Remediation Phase
                                  Site Discovery
                           Preliminary Assessments
                                Site Inspections
                                                                i
                        National Priorities List (NPL)
Pre-Remediation Phase
The pre-remediation phase is concerned with evaluating the potential risk to public health and the environment
posed by the site.

The pre-remediation phase begins with site discovery.  A preliminary assessment (PA) is conducted to
collect as much information as possible about the pollutants present and their physical state. A PA is meant
to be a relatively quick and inexpensive undertaking that involves the collection of all relevant documentation
about  the site. EPA uses the information gathered in the PA to determine whether further investigation or
action is warranted.

If further investigation is warranted, a site inspection (SI) is conducted.  The SI is  the first action that
involves some form of sample collection.  It is concerned with determining the immediacy of the health
risk posed by the site.  Samples are collected and analyzed from the various media present, and the results
are used to  rank the site within the  Hazard Ranking System (MRS) model.  The MRS model ranks the
relative contamination the site poses over five pathways: air, direct contact, groundwater, surface water,
and fire/explosion (the direct contact and Fire/explosion pathways are evaluated but not currently included
in the ranking). If the site scores higher than a predetermined amount, it is placed on the National Priorities
List (NPL).
Designs for A r .mpact Assessrrems at Hazardous Wsste Srtes                                                           7/98
Overview                                                                                   page 8

-------
  Notes:
Designs lor Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                7F&B

-------
                                Remediation Phase
                            Remedial Investigation/
                                 Feasibility Study
                               Record  of Decision
                                 Remedial Design
                                 Remedial Action
Remediation Phase
The remediation phase includes conducting a remedial investigation (RI) and feasibility study (FS), as well
as producing a record of decision (ROD), a remedial design (RD) plan, and a remedial action (RA) plan.
This phase lasts longer than the pre-remediation phase and is designed to take the site from a known health
risk to a clean site in a controlled fashion.

The RI and FS are separate steps but are typically conducted simultaneously and interactively.  During the
RI,  data are collected to more precisely determine the types of compounds present at the site and the
location and extent of contamination. The data gathered during the RI are used for any risk assessment that
is performed. The data also are used to help identify appropriate cleanup procedures and remedial alternatives.
The FS is concerned with identifying the preferred cleanup alternative. In making this identification, several
alternative cleanup methods are considered and, when warranted, developed. Once the FS is completed, a
ROD is issued, which serves as the official EPA decision about the preferred course of subsequent action.

The next actions are the design and implementation of the remediation alternative.  The RD is a detailed
plan for site remediation and the RA can take variety of forms from short-term activities to long-term
activities that can take several years to complete.
Designs for Air fcrspac* Assessments al Hazardous Waste Sites
 7/98
page 5

-------
  Notes:
Dssigns lot Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                  71&&
Overview                                                                                                                     page 9

-------
                            Post-Remediation Phase
                        Operations and Maintenance
Post-Remediation Phase
Once the remedial activity has ended, a brief monitoring period takes place during which the effectiveness
of the cleanup is determined.  This is called the post-remediation phase; it may also be referred to as the
operations and maintenance (O&M) phase. If the monitoring shows that the site no longer poses a health or
environmental threat, the site may be removed from the NPL.
Designs lor Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
  7/98
page 10

-------
  Notes:
DeSfgns for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Betas
Overview

-------
                  SUPERFUND AIR IMPACT
                  ASSESSMENT PROCEDURE
           Identification of Superfund activity and source-specific
           needs for an AIA

           Selection of modeling vs. monitoring techniques

           References: NTGS Volumes II-IV for technical
           procedures for conduct ofAPAs
                 Emission estimation
                 Air monitoring
                 Dispersion modeling
       TECHNICAL PROCEDURES-STANDARD FORMAT
         Specification of a five-step process for the implementation

         of recommended AIA
     Procedures for developing

       baseline air emission

       estimates (Volume II)
   Procedures for
estimating air emission
impacts from remedial

activities (Volume III)
                               Procedures for
                               identification of
                              recommended AIA
                               for RPM/OSC
                              planning purposes
Procedures for dispersion

    modeling and air

 monitoring (Volume !V)
                  Procedures for the conduct of AlAs by technical staff/contractors
    Figure 2. Superfund air impact assessment (AIA) procedure.
Designs for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
OveMew
                                                                                        page 12

-------
  Notes:
Designator Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sitas                                                                                   7/98
Ovarvtew                                                                                                                     page 13

-------
                           Why Worry About Air?
          Air is an extremely variable matrix
          The assumptions associated with air-related impact
          studies will tend to dictate the level of
          representativeness of any samples
       *  "Worst case" vs. "typical" vs. "one-of-a-kind"
 Why Worry About Air?
Matrix variability will influence source emission rates and downwind atmospheric dispersion. In addition
to the matrix variations due to meteorological conditions, the site activities being performed will affect the
associated assumptions.
  igns for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Site*
Overview

-------
  Notes:
Oasis"*(of *'f Impact Assessmants at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                7®8
                                                                                                                      pafe  15

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
  AIR IMPACT ASSESSMENT
DURING EMERGENCY REMOVAL

-------
          Air Impact Assessment During Emergency Removal (ER)
    Module Purpose;   Evaluate control measures to reduce or
                          eliminate risk during emergency removal
    Sections:   *   Monitoring and Sampling During Emergency Removal

                  •   Dispersion Modeling During Emergency Removal

                  *   Risk Assessment During Emergency Removal
Module Introduction
The goal of this module is three-fold:

Given air contaminant concentrations that result in unexpected exposures,

1.    Evaluate the need for emergency removal actions based on site investigation, remedial
      investigation, feasibility study, remedial design, and/or remedial action data.

2.    Evaluate possible control measures to eliminate or reduce risks.

3.    Evaluate evacuation options.

             Criteria:     Applicable or relevant and appropriate requirements
                         (ARARs), health-based air action levels, National
                         Contingency Plan (NCP), National Technical Guidance Study
                         Series (NTGS) Volume I, 29 CFR 1910.120,  U.S.
                         Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Standard Operating
                         Safety Guides (SOSGs)

This module is divided into three sections, one of which includes a demonstration of the CAMEO database
and the ALOHA dispersion model. Each section is concluded with a case study to allow practice evaluating
emergency removal actions and control measures to eliminate or reduce risks during emergency removal.

Designs lor Air Impact Assessments a! Hazardous Waste Sites                                                      7/93
Emergency Rernoval                                                                        page 2

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air impatct Assessments ai Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                   7^
Emergency Removal                                                                                                             pafl« 3

-------
                                              Is an
                                           emergency
                                             removal
                                            required?
                                            Yes
                                Conduct air monitoring
                                for worker health and safety
                                offsite receptors and the environment
                                                                  No
                                  Conduct air dispersion modeling)
                                  to establish the source-receptor!
                                  relationship                 i
                                   Compare concentrations at
                                   receptor locations to
                                   appropriate air action levels
                                              Do
                                         air contaminant
                                      concentrations exceed
                                         air action levels?
                                             Is an
                                           evacuation
                                             action
                                            required?
No
No
                                     Conduct confirmatory
                                     monitoring/sampling to
                                     ensure no further immediate
                                     health risk to public
                                                                                                               AtftMCt.'UVICl
     Figure 1.  Air impact assessment during  emergency removal.
Designs l» Air Impact Assessments at Haza'doys Waste Sites
Emergency Removal
                                              7/9S
                                            fage *

-------
Notes:
    fa? Air impact Assessments alHazaKUous Waste Sites
   rscy Removal

-------
            Monitoring and Sampling During Emergency Removal
     Objectives:   •  Determine exposure to onsite and offsite receptors for the
                      emergency removal
Notes:
Designs (or Aar impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                    7/98
Emergency Removal                                                                    page 8

-------
Section Introduction
                                         Objectives

       Given air monitoring and sampling data, determine exposure to onsite and offsite receptors for
       the emergency removal.

             Criteria:      29 CFR 1910.120, EPA SOSGs, ARARs, NCP, health-based
                           air action levels, Removal Program Representative
                           Sampling Guidance Volume 2:  Air (April 1992), EPA fact
                           sheet: Air Monitoring at Hazardous Waste Sites (Draft)
The flowchart on the following page presents the information that needs to be collected for onsite and
offsite receptors during an emergency removal. These data are generated to make pertinent decisions
that will directly affect onsite and offsite receptors.
Designs for Aii tmpaci Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                             "®&
Efner§eney Removal                                                                                page 7

-------
                                Determine
                                  project
                                objectives
        Develop offsite
     monitoring/sampling
           strategy
           Define data quality
     Collect
      QA2
     and/or
      QA3
      data
Quantitative
  data are
  needed
                                 Develop onsite
                              monitoring/sampling
                                    strategy
                         Define data quality
                         Are
                      qualitative
                         data
                           Are
                        qualitative
                           data
                        sufficient?
   QA1
information
  needed
                    v sufficient?
                                          Quantitative
                                            data are
                                            needed
                                Compile data
                             Input to modeling
   QA1
information
  needed
Collect
  QA2
and/or
  QA3
  data
   Figure 2.  Monitoring and sampling during emergency removal.
Designs for Air Impact Assessmens at Hazardous Waste Sites
Emergency Removal
                                                      7/38
                                                     pageS

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                   7fS&
Emergency Removal                                                                                                              page 6

-------
                                   Air Monitoring
      Qualitative measure of air contaminants

        V   Present or absent
        V   Organic or inorganic
        V'   High or low concentration
        V   Above or below the detection limit
        V   High or low relative response
          PID
       Instrument
        CG1/02
       Instrument
   FID
Instrument
 Radiation
   Meter
Considerations/limitations of
instruments

   V  Meteorological conditions

         -   Temperature
         -   Humidity
         -   Wind
         -   Pressure

   •/  False readings
                                                        V  Instrument capabilities

                                                               -   Range
                                                               -   Selectivity
                                                               -   Sensitivity
   •/  Cross sensitivity
Air Monitoring

Air monitoring consists of using direct-reading instruments (DRIs) and other screening or monitoring
equipment and techniques to obtain real-time data (<15-minute turnaround time) on levels of airborne
contaminants,

      Examples:    Photoionization detectors (PIDs), flame ionization detectors (FIDs), oxygen
                   meters, combustible gas monitors, colorimetric tubes, and remote optical sensors.
   s for A«r impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Emergency Removal
                                                       7/98
                                                      page 10

-------
  Notes:

   Limitations of the instrument(s) should be considered when
   identifying contaminants of concern for site characterization or
   when trying to protect site workers, the public, and the
   environment.
Designs for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                 7/98
Emergency Removal                                                                                      page 11

-------
                                     Air Sampling
  •   Quantitative measure of air contaminants

        V   Specific compound or class of compounds

        V   Specific concentration of chemical or
            compound
      Cassette
        Filter
Summa Canister
  with Sampler
                               SUMMA
                              CANISTER
Considerations/limitations of
instruments

    V  Meteorological conditions

          -   Temperature
          -   Humidity
          -   Wind speed/direction
          -   Barometric pressure

    v*  No universal collection media

    V  Instrument capabilities

          -   Range
          -   Selectivity
             Sensitivity
Air Sampling


Air sampling consists of sampling and analytical techniques that require either onsite or offsite
laboratory analysis. These analytical methods do not provide immediate results. Components
commonly used in sampling and analysis include filters, tubes, cartridges, impingers, bubblers, badges,
bags, and canisters. These components are used in conjunction with any one of several sampling
instruments. Selection of appropriate combinations of components and instruments is based on
limitations of the instruments. Limitations of these instruments should also be considered when
identifying contaminants of concern for worker exposures.
Designs for A;r Impact Assessments at Hagardoys Was
Emergency Removal

-------
   Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                  MB
Emergency Removal                                                                                                           page 13

-------
                Emergency Removal/Response Objectives
            Onsite health and safety assessment (worker protection)
                                                       1DLH Checklist
                                                    V % LEI
                                                    V Radiation levels
                                                    V Oa deficiency
                                                    V Toxic compounds
 Onsite Health and Safety Assessment
Air monitoring is required by 29 CFR 1910.120 paragraphs (b), (c), and (h) to determine whether the site
contains immediately dangerous to life and health (IDLH) conditions. Monitoring is also needed to
determine levels of protection for site workers and to verify that conditions that could impact workers in
the various zones are not changing.
  fts for Air Impact Assessme^s at Hazardous Waste S.tes
Emergency Removal
  7/88
page 14

-------
  Notes;
    ns for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Emergency Refnoval
  7/98
page 15

-------
                Emergency Removal/Response Objectives
        Offsite acute exposure assessment
       Do chemicals
       cause acute
      adverse health
         effects?
What are the
health-based
  air action
   levels?
Implement
 controls
                           Confirmatory sampling
Offsite Acute Exposure Assessment
Offsite air monitoring should be conducted to determine the potential acute adverse health effects for an
individual. Quick decisions on whether to evacuate or shelter in place depend on the comparison
between existing conditions and health-based AALs.
Designs tof Atf impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
     Rwtsovai
                                            71S&
                                          pago 18

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Arr impad Assessments a[ Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                  7/98
Emergency Removal                                                                                                           page 17

-------
                  Data Quality Objectives - Process Summary
Stage
Purpose




I
Define
decision
and time
frame of
decision
Establish
feasibility
of the
decision

11
Establish
qualitative
and
quantitative
constraints
III
Design data
collection
program to
meet
constraints
Data Quality Objectives—Process Summary
Data quality objectives (DQOs) are established to ensure that the monitoring and sampling data that are
collected are sufficient and of adequate quality for their intended use. Developing DQOs is one of the
first steps in initiating an environmental data collection program that is conducted by or for EPA.  The
DQO process helps decision-makers, data users, and data generators communicate clearly with each
other about the purposes for which environmental data will be used, the resources that can be made
a\'ailable for the effort, and the level of quality required of the results.

The three DQO developmental stages are:

«      Stage I—Identify decision types

       Stage II—Identify data uses/needs

       Stage III—Design data collection program,

Execution of the first two stages results in proposed DQOs and accompanying specifications or
constraints. Monitoring and modeling system design are considered under Stage III The DQO process
is a systematic  approach that results in a sampling and analysis plan that meets all of the project
objectives by obtaining the data quality level needed in an economical manner.
Designs lor Ait Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Emergency Removal
  7/SS
pago 16

-------
  Notes:
Designs (or Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Stes                                                                                 7^8
Emergency Removal                                                                                                         Pa9* 19

-------
                                 QA/QC Objectives
                          QA1 - Screening  objective
                          QA2 - Verification objective
                          QA3 - Accuracy objective
QA/QC Objectives
The three quality assurance and quality control (QA/QC) objectives listed above have been defined for
assessing and substantiating the collection of data to support their intended use, It is important to
determine which objective or combination of objectives fits the intended data use. All three objectives
provide useful and valid data for enforcement purposes, disposal and/or treatment, responsible party
identification, and cleanup verification. These QA/QC characteristics are based on the quality assurance
objectives for precision, accuracy, completeness, comparability, and detection level
Designs for Air impact Assessments ai Hazardous Wasts Sites                                                       7/99
Emergency Removal                                                                        page 20

-------
Notes:
    r Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                               7/96
   cy Removal                                                                                                         page 21

-------
Field Screening vs. Monitoring/Sampling Objectives

QA1
Emergency Response/
Removal Data Uses
* Determine proper level of
protection
» Determine presence or
absence of contamination
• Detect any tDLH conditions
* Perform downwind
monitoring during
implementation
Type of Analysis
* Total organic and
inorganic vapor
detection using OR Is
• Field test kits
Limitations
» Nonspecific
Data Quality
* Real-time analysis
* Depends on
instrument(s) used
* Depends on
calibration and
interpretation of data

|

             Field Analysis vs. Monitoring/Sampling Objectives
   QA2













Emergency Response/
Removal Data Uses
* Downwind monitoring
during implementation

« Odor complaint
assessment
Type of Analysis
• Variety of organics by
Limitations
• Tentative ID of
GC and GO/MS; 1 unknowns
inorganics by XRF
Onsite
- Offsite
j
• Confirmatory monitoring


• Analyte specific

Data Quality
• 5-minute to 24-
hour turnaround
time
« Techniques/ J
instruments
primarily limited
to volatiles and
metals

» Depends on
QA/QC steps
employed

j * Data may be
j |
1
1




reported in
concentration
ranges
-
«*CW,B












0
QAland QA2
Once the objective for the site has been defined, the analytical level can be chosen. The chosen
analytical level should reflect the quality of data needed to make valid decisions based on the defined
objectives.
Designs for Aif Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Srtes
Emergtney Removal

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                   7/98
Emefgeney Semcwal                                                                                                              PaSa ^3

-------
       Offsite Laboratory Analysis vs. Monitoring/Sampling Objectives
   QA3
Emergency Response/
Removal Data Uses
» Odor complaint
assessment
Confirmatory sampling
* OSHA monitoring during
implementation
Type of Analysis
• Standardized methods
for organics and
inorganics
- OSHA
- NIOSH
- TO
Indoor
Limitations
* Tentative iD of
unknowns in
some cases
« Laboratory
replicate QA/QC
analysis difficult
Data Quality
• Minimum 24-hour
turnaround time
• Detection limits vs.
methods used
Less rigorous QA/QC
than CLP
 QA3
In some cases, it may be necessary to collect samples and send them to an offsite laboratory to meet the
set objective(s). For example, DRIs provide real-time data. However, because DRIs cannot measure air
contaminants on a health-based level, offsite laboratory analysis is needed for offsite receptor
determination. Laboratory instruments are capable of obtaining low detection limits (in the ppb to ppt
range).  Data with detection limits in this range can be compared with health-based air action limits and
an appropriate decision can be made.  However, for air matrix samples QA3 is not a viable option,
Because of the difficulties associated with replicate and other QA/QC procedures,  and the variability of
air matrix samples, the analysis of air samples cannot regularly meet rigorous methods requirements.
   s for An Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Emergency Removal
                                                                                          7/9B

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                   7/BQ
Emergency Removal

-------
 Case Study: Monitoring and Sampling
 I.      Objectives for Air Monitoring and Analysis

        A.      Assess the health and safety of die response personnel
        B.      Assess the offsite, acute exposure of the public
        C.      Identify suspected compounds through confirmatory sampling.

 II.      Site Background Information

 At 1900 hours on a Sunday evening in early May 1991, a Western Consolidated Freight train derailed outside of Jonesburg,
 Oregon, Jonesburg is an old Umber and pulp industry town of about 25,000 residents. The town is situated along a large lake
 which was once used to float logs to the mills.

 Three of the derailed rail cars were leaking and impacted by the resultant fire. These three rail cars were tentatively identified
 as carrying toluene, chloroform, and carbaryl (solid), respectively (refer to Section III, below, for specific chemical informa-
 tion). The initial responding fire department was Jonesburg Engine Company 51. Upon arrival at the scene, the assistant chief
 of Engine Company 51 called fora half-mile evacuation zone and isolated the site while waiting for additional assistance. The
 EPA Environmental Response Team (ERT) arrived at 0600 on Monday morning,

 The potentially impacted residential area to the immediate west of the derailment consists of small scattered developments of
 new homes and condominiums. An elementary school is located 1 mile west of the incident. Interstate Highway 6 runs east-
 west approximately 1 mile north of the derailment.

 Refer to Figure 3:

 Question 1:      Is there potential for an air impact?


 Question 2:      If so, what are the objectives at this stage?
111.     Selection of Sampling and Analytical Methods

The chemicals in the rail cars were identified from the railroad shipping manifests. The fire-impacted rail cars contained tolu-
ene, chloroform, and carbaryl pesticide.  Preliminary research into the chemical and physical properties of each compound,
using the air methods database and other references, included the following information:
Notes
Designs for Air fropaci Assessments at HaiardQus Waste S:ies                                                                    7/98
Emergency Remova!                                                                                         psg« 28

-------
           Interstate highway

           Local roadway
           Command post

           Evacuation zone
                                           Key
North
Residences
Carbaryl box car

Tank car
       Figure 3. Western Consolidated Freight train derailment, Jonesburg, Oregon.
Designs for AT Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Emergency Removal
                   7/98
                 page 27

-------
 Case Study: Monitoring and Sampling
Toluene, C6H5CH3 (1 tank car)
OSHA PEL - 200 ppin
IDLH - 2,000 ppm
Sample collection - Charcoal tube
Instrument - HNU
Method - NIOSH 1500

Chloroform, CHClj (1 tank car)
OSHA PEL - 2 ppm
IDLH - 1,000 ppm
Sample Collection - Charcoal Tube
Instrument - GC/FID
Method - NIOSH 1500
Chlorine. CI?
OSHA PEL -"0.5 ppm
IDLH - 30 ppm
Sample collection - Midget unpinger
Instrument - Ion-specific electrode
Method -OSHA ID- 101

Carbaryl (1 boxcar)
OSHA PEL - 5 mg/m3
Sample Collection - Paniculate filter
Instrument - Visible spectrometry
Method - NIOSH 5006
Phosgene, COCb
OSHA PEL-0.1 ppm
IDLH - 2 ppm
Sample collection - Midget imping er
Instrument - Colorimelric
Method - NIOSH P+CAM 219
Note:   Decomposition by fire may generate phosgene gas, which reacts with strong oxidize f s to form chlorine gas.
Question 1:     What DRIs would you use?
Question 2:     Using the information from the railroad shipping manifests, is there a possibility of
              exceeding IDLH concentrations for any of the chemicals? Explain
Question 3:     Why were different sample collection media used?
Question 4:     Of the three quality assurance objectives discussed, which ones are most appropriate for this site?
Notes
Designs far Air Impact Assessments a! Hazardous Waste Sites
Emergency Removal
                                                               7/96
                                                             page 28

-------
Case Study: Monitoring and Sampling
IV.    Meteorological and Topographical Considerations

The site is on the west coast of Oregon in a generally flat, open area 1/2 mile from a lake. Local historical
weather information was obtained from the National Weather Service once EPA was notified of the incident.
The predominant local meteorology displayed  stable atmospheric conditions during the  evening, with
inversions setting up approximately 1 hour before nightfall.  A westerly wind occurred during the day (not
a sea breeze).  However, after the inversion set up, winds  shifted from east to west. A meteorological
monitoring  station was established near the incident to collect real-time meteorologic data which were
integrated into a modeling program. The data were used to help determine whether the sampling locations
were exposed to air that passed over the site and to document any shifts in winds during sampling due to
local topographic features.  Because of the potential for complex meteorological conditions at this site, a
meteorologist was involved in the decision process.

Question 1:   What meteorological conditions will have an effect on the monitoring  and  sampling
             procedures conducted in this scenario?
 V.    Sampling Locations

 Question 1:  At what location(s) would you use DRIs?



Question 2:   When would you conduct confirmatory sampling?
Question 3:   Offsite acute exposure needs to be assessed. What location(s) would you choose for sampling?
             How long would you sample?
Notes
Designs for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                           ?^S
Emargency Removal                                                                              psge 29

-------
Case Study: Monitoring and Sampling
VI.   QA/QC Requirements

 Question 1:   What QA/QC areas need to be addressed?
            Note: Meeting specific quality assurance objectives is not of paramount concern during
            an emergency response, primarily because of the presence of contamination in elevated
            concentrations (ppm).
Notes
Designs for A^rlmpsct Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                       7/93
Emergency RemovaS                                                                         page 30

-------
Designs f»r Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sitws                                                                                                      7fl58
ErnefgtFiey Removal                                                                                                                                      page 31

-------
             Dispersion Modeling During Emergency Removal
           Objectives:  .  Review the dispersion model chosen to measure air
                            quality for its appropriateness
                           Evaluate evacuation options
Notes:
Designs for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                    7/98
Emergency Removal                                                                   page 32

-------
 Section Introduction
                                          Objectives
       Given dispersion modeling input data, review the dispersion model chosen to measure air quality
       for its appropriateness

       Criteria:      NTGS Volumes I and IV, EPA fact sheet: Air Quality Modeling at Superfund Sites

       Given an emergency removal action, dispersion modeling output data, and health-based air action
       levels, evaluate evacuation options.

       Criteria: ARARs, health-based air action levels,  NTGS Volume 1
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sties                                                             ?r$8
Emergency Removal                                                                                P*9a 33

-------
                      Collect site data
                    Collect source data
                 Collect contamination data
                Collect meteorological data
         Choose appropriate accidental release model
       Input collected data to model and run model
             Compare output to air action limits
                     Do the results
                   require evacuation,
                       procedures,
                             Yes
No
   -H No action needed
     Evacuate affected onsite/offsite populations as necessary
    Figure 4. Dispersion modeling during emergency removal.
Designs fof Aar Impart Assessments at Hazardous WasSe Sites
Emergency Removal
                          7m
                         page 34

-------
  Notes;
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                  "?®&
Emergency Removal                                                                                                            Pa9B 3s

-------
                         Dispersion Model Classes
    Physical Models

    Small-scale, laboratory
    representations of the overall
    process (e.g., wind tunnel, water
    tank)
Mathematical Models

A set of analytical or mathematical
algorithms that describe the
physical and chemical aspects of
the problem (e.g., ALOHA, ISC, and
PAL)
                           Mathematical Models
    Deterministic

     Mathematical descriptions of
     atmospheric processes

     Cause-and-effect relationship
Statistical

Semi-empirical statistical relations
derived from available data and
measurements
Dispersion Model Classes
Mathematical models are primarily used because physical models (especially in an emergency response)
are much less practical for most Superfund applications.

Mathematical models can be:

•     Deterministic models, based on fundamental mathematical descriptions of atmospheric processes,
      in which effects (i.e., air pollution) are generated by causes (i.e., emissions).
•     Statistical models, based on semi-empirical statistical relations among available data and
      measurements.
Designs for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Emergency Removal
                                   7/98
                                 page 36

-------
   Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazard ay 8 Waste Silea                                                                                *  7/98
Emergency Removal                                                                                                             page 37

-------
                               Diffusion Model Footprint
       co
            750
            250
               0
            250
            750
               500
0
500
                                           Yards
1000
1500
Diffusion Model
An example of a deterministic model is a diffusion model from which the output (the concentration field or
footprint) is computed from mathematical manipulations of specified inputs (emission rates and atmospheric
parameters),

A statistical model is given by the forecast (in a certain region) of the concentration levels in the next few
hours, as a statistical function of:

1.     The current available measurements
2.     The past correlation between these measurements and the concentration trends.
   s foi Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
   ency Removal
                                                       7/98
                                                     page 38

-------
   Notes:
Designs tor Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Wtsts Sttt                                                                                7<9&
Emirgency Removal                                                                                                         page 39

-------
                           Source-Receptor Relationship
                                Wind  Direction
   Receptor Location
                                                             Transport Medium
                                                                   (Air)
                                                                  \  x \ ji ;  Release
                                                                  \  «  V': ;  Mechanism
                                                                            (Volatilization)
                                                                             Waste Pile
                                                                              (Source)
Source-Receptor Relationship
The source-receptor relationship is the goal of studies aimed either at improving ambient air quality (usu-
ally the Superfund site goal) or preserving the existing concentration levels from future urban and indus-
trial development. In other words, only a deterministic model can provide an unambiguous assessment of
the fraction of the responsibility of each pollutant source to each receptor area, thus allowing the definition
and implementation of appropriate emission control strategies.
Designs for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Srtes
Emergency Removal
  7/98
page 40

-------
   Notes:
Designs tef Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sitos                                                                                   7/98
Emergency Removal                                                                                                            P«9» 41

-------
                         Dispersion Modeling Applications
     The two major dispersion modeling applications for Superfund are:
                  To design an air monitoring program
                  To estimate average concentrations at receptors
                  of interest
Dispersion Modeling Applications
Dispersion models can be used when designing an air monitoring program to see how offsite areas of high
concentration relate to actual receptor locations. Places where high concentration areas correspond to actual
receptors are priority locations for air monitoring stations.

Dispersion models can also be used to provide seasonal dispersion concentration patterns based on available
representative historical meteorological data (either onsite or offsite). These dispersion patterns can be used
to evaluate the representativeness of any air monitoring data collection period. Data representativeness is
determined by comparing the dispersion concentration patterns for the air monitoring period with historical
seasonal dispersion concentration patterns.

It is often not practical to place air monitoring stations at actual offsite receptor locations of interest. It will
be necessary, however, to characterize concentrations at these locations to conduct a health and environmental
assessment. In  these cases, dispersion  patterns based on modeling results  can be used to extrapolate
concentrations monitored at the site to offsite receptor locations.
Designs tor Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                          ^/SS
Emergency Remoya!                                                                            page 42

-------
Notes:
       rr impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                              ?
     y-Removal                                                                                                       P39<*

-------
                     Atmospheric Dispersion Considerations
                                       Stability
                                       Inversions
                                       Wind speed and direction
                                       Air temperature
                                       Terrain effects
Atmospheric Dispersion Considerations
There are many different types of dispersion models, ranging from simple models that only require a few
basic calculations to three-dimensional models that require massive amounts of input data and intense
computational platforms to handle the complexity. Choosing the model to use depends on the scale of the
problem, the level of detail available for input, the required output, the background of the user, and the
turnaround time needed for an answer.

The five atmospheric dispersion considerations (i.e., stability, inversions, wind speed and direction, air
temperature, and terrain effects) must all be considered throughout the modeling process.
Designs lor Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                         7/98
Emergency Removal                                                                          page 44

-------
  Notes:
  Source:  DEGADIS (Spicer and Hanens 1989)
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                    7*98
Emergency Removal                                                                                         past 45

-------
Stability Class
A
\ 	 _\ 	 \ ^~
B C D E F
' ' | 	 •"" 	 * ! ' ' *
Weak Winds j Strong Winds Weak Winds
Sunshine ! i
Strong Heating i J Night Cooling
o X* 0 o 1 ! (Ground
0 o ( o^o^ ^r \ Trapping)
) °
o y ° °
(Good Mixing)
„ o
0 0 o 0 °
") N°° • ^ (
i:V o. oj /' 0
1 o O O O i ^ A
0 o 0 u cr>
Stability Class
Atmospheric stability is the extent of physical stirring and mixing on the vertical plane. When an atmosphere
is stable, there will be little mixing, which results in a persistent concentration.  Stable conditions will also
generally result in longer, narrower plume shapes.
   s for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
    jwy Removal
  7/98
page 46

-------
  Notes:
Designs tor Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Wasie Sites
emergency Removal

-------
                                           Inversions
III III



i i i ; \ : i i i i i !

 Inversions
Inversions limit upward movement of air masses due to temperature differentials.  The inversion height a
modeler is concerned with is generally less than 100 feet.  Inversions are generally an evening/night-time
phenomenon and their presence results in increased stability.
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Srtes
Emergency Removal
  7S8
page i8

-------
   Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                  7/98
Emeigoney Removal                                                                                                            page 49

-------
                      Effects of Wind Speed and Direction
   Weak Winds
                                      High Winds
                                                     CD
                                                         CD
                                                             CD
                                                     CD
                                                            CD
                                                             CD

                                                    Moderate Winds
                 Effect of Wind Speed and Direction on a Plume
                  Effects of Wind Speed and Direction
                                   Daytime
             Weak Winds
                                    Stability
             Strong Winds
                                    Stability
Nighttime
 Stability
 Stability
Effects of Wind Speed and Direction
Weak winds result in a decrease in stability. As wind speed increases, a corresponding increase in atmo-
spheric stability is produced. Weak winds during the day tend to decrease airborne concentrations, whereas
weak winds at night tend to increase concentrations.
designs (of Air Impact Assessments at Hazarious Waste Sites
Emergency Removal
                          7/98
                        page 50

-------
   Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                    7/98
Emergency Removal                                                                                                              page 51

-------
                Ground Roughness - Terrain Steering Effects
Ground Roughness - Terrain Steering Effects	


Areas with hills or valleys may experience wind shifts.  During a wind shift, the wind actually flows
between hills or down into valleys, turning where these features turn.
Designs for faf Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Emergency Removal
  7/96
page 52

-------
  Notes:
Designator Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                  ?^M3
Emergency Removal                                                                                                            page S3

-------
                              Gaussian Dispersion
       Source of Spill
                                                       Crosswind
                      3-Dimensional Concentration Profile
Designs far Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sftes
                                                                                7/96

-------
 Gaussian Dispersion
In a Gaussian dispersion model, a curve is used to describe how a contaminant will be dispersed in the air
after it leaves the source. At the source, the concentration of the contaminant is very high and the Gaussian
distribution looks like a spike or a tall column. As the contaminant drifts farther downwind, it spreads out
and the "bell shape" gets continually wider and flatter.
  Notes:
   s for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sties                                                            ?&8
Emergency Removal                                                                                page 5S

-------
                                Near-Field Meandering
 Near-Field Meandering
 Near-field meandering is caused by individual drifting eddies in the wind that push the plume from side to
 side. These eddies, or small gusts, are also responsible for much of the mixing that makes the plume spread
 out. As the plume drifts downward from the spill source, these eddies shift and spread the plume until it
 takes on the form of a Gaussian distribution.
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Emerjency Removal
  7/88
pajs 58

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Awessmtnts at Haxa»dou$ Waste Site*                                                                                7/98
Emergency Remoxml                                                                                                          P»9« 57

-------
                            Define in writing the objectives of
                                    the assessment
                             Collect and Review Information

                            •  Source data
                            *  Urban/rural classification
                               data and receptor data
                            «  Environmental characteristics
                            Select appropriate air dispersion
                                        model
                                Determine Parameters

                             Select constituents to be
                             modeled
                             Define model input requirements
                             Select receptors
                             Select modeling period
                             Evaluate modeling uncertainty
                              Summarize/Evaluate Results
                        •  Determine concentrations at
                           receptor locations of interest
                        «  Compare concentrations to AELs
                              Evaluate evacuation options
   Available
monitoring data
    Figure 5.  Emergency removal dispersion modeling protocol.
Designs for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sue
Emergency Remowaf
                                                                                    page 53

-------
Notes:
    tor Air Impact Assessments a* Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                               7/9S
      Removal                                                                                                        page 59

-------
                           Dispersion Modeling Protocol
                           Define in writing the
                      objectives of the assessment
                         COLLECT AND REVIEW
                              INFORMATION

                     •   Source data
                     •   Urban/rural classification
                         data and receptor data
                     •   Environmental characteristics
   Available      I
Monitoring Data
   Reproduced from NTGS Volume IV
Steps 1 and 2
Step 1 of an emergency removal dispersion modeling protocol is to define the objectives of any air impact
assessment in writing.  This step ensures that all subsequent steps are complete, representative, and
appropriate. In an emergency, the objectives should be aimed at providing data for the evaluation of evacuation
options.

Step 2 involves collecting and compiling existing information pertinent to air dispersion modeling. This
information is obtained during a literature survey or from interviews conducted  with local residents.
Information that should be collected and compiled includes source data, receptor data, and environmental
data (e.g., land use classification, demography, topography, and meteorology). Once  the existing data have
been collected and compiled, a thorough evaluation will define the data gaps. A coherent dispersion modeling
plan can then be developed using site-specific parameters and requirements.

Associated guidance documents include:

      National Technical Guidance Study (NTGS) Volumes II and III
•     Air quality modeling at  Superfund sites fact sheet
*     Guidelines on air quality models (revised).
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Emergency Removal
                           7/98
                         page 60

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                   7^98
Emergency Removal                                                                                                             page 81

-------
                            Dispersion Modeling Protocol
                         Select appropriate air dispersion model
                              Determine Parameters

                          •   Select constituents to be modeled
                          •   Define model input requirements
                              (emissions, meteorology, receptors)
                          •   Select receptors
                          «   Select modeling period
                          «   Evaluate modeling uncertainty
   Adapted from NTGS Volume IV
Steps 3 and 4
Step 3 involves the selection of the appropriate air dispersion model. The selection process depends on the
objectives of the assessment and how well an individual model can incorporate the effects of the constituents
to be modeled.  In an emergency, user friendliness, the ability to calculate source term, and data output
format are usually the most important criteria.

Step 4 involves gathering data inputs and selecting modeling parameters.  Elements in this step include an
overview of the site area, the constituents involved, modeling methodology, special situations such as wake
effects, and written documentation.
Otsigns tor Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sles
Emergency Removal
  7/98
page 62

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Asr Impact A$s**§!merrt$ at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                   ^98
Emergency Removal                                                                                                             page 63

-------
                            Dispersion Modeling Protocol
Run Model


                             Summarize/Evaluate Results
                            1   Determine concentrations at
                               receptor locations of interest

                            1   Compare concentrations to
                               AELs
                             Evaluate Evacuation Options
  Adapted from NTGS Volume IV
Steps 5,  6, and 7
Step 5 specifies the actual activities involved in conducting air dispersion modeling.  Activities that are
performed include developing an emission inventory, preprocessing and verifying modeling, setting model
switches, running model test cases, performing dispersion calculations, and obtaining a printout of modeling
input and output.

Step 6 involves the review and assessment of dispersion modeling results. Once the results have been
reviewed, they are compared to air exposure levels to determine whether corrective action  is needed.
Additional components of Step 6 include preparation of data summaries, concentration mapping (i.e.,
isopleths), and estimation of uncertainties.

Step 7 involves using dispersion modeling output to make decisions to evacuate or shelter in place.  Some
models provide building infiltration rates to estimate indoor exposures specifically for evaluation  of the
shelter-in-place option.
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Emergency Removal
  7/98
page 64

-------
   Notes:
Designs lor Air Impact Assessments al Hazardous Wast» Sites                                                                                   7
-------
               Accidental Release and Contingency Modeling
i
i      .   Provides worst-case results
         Results used to determine evacuation or shelter-in-place options
        Cannot account for near-field patchiness                                        t
                                                                                     i
                                                                                     I
        Typically generates own source term                                           |
                                             TM
        Examples: ALOHA , ARCHIE, CHARM , TRACE, and TSCREEN
Accidental Release and Contingency Modeling	

Accidental release and contingency modeling is performed when results are needed immediately. Accidental
release models that assist in making source-term calculations or provide probability warnings are best
when real-time solutions are essential. Contingency modeling is performed prior to sampling or other field
activities to provide potential downwind concentrations for specific emission rates which may be encountered
onsite,

ALOHA™, ARCHIE, CHARM™,  TRACE, and TSCREEN are  examples of accidental release and
contingency models,  Each  model is a relatively simple estimation technique that provides conservative
estimates of air quality irnpact(s).
Designs forA.Tfmpset Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                       7/98
Emergency Removal                                                                        page 63

-------
  Notes:
Designs for tat Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Srtn                                                                               7(96
       Remoral                                                                                                        P*S* 87

-------
                             Accidental Release Models
                            ALOHA™   (NOAA/EPA)
                                       Area!

                                       Locations

                                       Of

                                       Hazardous

                                       Atmospheres
 ALOHA™
 The Areal Locations of Hazardous Atmospheres (ALOHA '  ) model was developed through a joint
 venture between the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) and  EPA. It is an
 emission estimation and air quality dispersion model for estimating the emission rate, movement, and
 dispersion of gases released into the atmosphere. The model estimates polly tant concentrations downwind
 from the source of a release, taking into account the toxicological and physical characteristics of the
 material, ALOHA   considers the physical characteristics of the release site, the atmospheric conditions,
 and the initial source conditions.

 The model has a built-in database of chemical names and properties that are used to calculate emission
 rates. The program performs buoyant gas dispersion based on Gaussian dispersion equations and heavier-
 than-air dispersion based on algorithms in the DEnse GAs DISpersion (DEGADIS) model.

 Emission estimations can be made for puddles, tanks, and pipe releases or for direct input of material
 into the atmosphere. The model uses hourly meteorological data that can be entered by the user or
 obtained from real-time measurements.  The results of the model can be displayed as  concentration
 plots or in text summary screens. The concentration outputs are limited to a 1-hour (or less) exposure.
   ns fat Aif impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Srtes                                                         ^96
Ernergency Removal                                                                           pas® 58

-------
   Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Srtes                                                                                   ?/88
Emergency RemovaJ                                                                                                              paga 89

-------
                             Accidental Release Models
                            ARCHIE  (FEMA/DOT/EPA)

                                      Automated

                                      Resource for

                                      Chemical

                                      H azard

                                       incident


                                      Evaluation
ARCHIE
The Automated Resource for Chemical Hazard Incident Evaluation (ARCHIE) model was developed
through a joint effort by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), the U.S. Department of
Transportation (DOT), and EPA. It is an emission estimation and atmospheric dispersion model that can
be used to assess the vapor dispersion, fire, and explosion impacts associated with episodic discharges of
hazardous materials into the environment. The model can estimate the emissions and duration of liquid/
gas releases from tanks, pipelines, and liquid pools, as well as the associated ambient concentrations
downwind of these releases.  ARCHIE can also evaluate the thermal hazards resulting from the ignition
of a flammable release and the consequences of an explosion caused by a flammable  gas, tank
overpressurization, or ignition of an explosive material. In addition, it can estimate the size of a downwind
hazard zone that may require evacuation or other public protection because of the release of a toxic gas
or vapor into the atmosphere.

To estimate downwind concentrations, simulated meteorological conditions are input to the model. The
user must input chemical properties of the material released from information contained in the material
safety data sheets.
Designs few Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Emsfgemcy Removal

-------
   Notes:
Designs fof Air Impact Assessments it Hazardous Wssis Silas                                                                                   7/M
Emergency Removal                                                                                                            pajjs71

-------
                              Accidental Release Models
                                     TM
                            CHARM   (Radian Corporation)
                                   Complex

                                   HAzardous

                                   Release

                                   Model
CHARM™
The Complex Hazardous Release Model (CHARM™) is a proprietary Gaussian puff model for continuous
and instantaneous releases of gases or liquids. The model is configured to handle chemicals that are buoyant,
neutrally buoyant, or heavier than air, CHARM™ can estimate the emission rates of chemicals using a
modification of the SHELL spill model and a multiphase pressurized gas release model. CHARM™ contains
a database of chemical information that is used in calculating emission estimates. The program is menu
driven and can accept simulated meteorological data for up to 24 hours. The CHARM™ model can simulate
the transport of chemicals in spatially and temporally  varying wind fields. The results from the program
may be displayed graphically on a screen or output to a printer.
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Wasi» Sites                                                         7<9S
Emergency Removal                                                                          f>as« 72

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Aiscssmenls at Hazardous Waste Site*                                                                               7*8
Emwgency Removal                                                                                                        pag* ?3

-------
                              Accidental Release Models
                          TRACE   (E.I. Dupont de Nemours)


                                        Toxic

                                        Release

                                        Analysis of

                                        Chemical

                                        Emissions
 TRACE
The SAFER System's Toxic Release Analysis of Chemical Emissions (TRACE) model is an engineering
analysis tool for dispersion modeling.  It models accidental toxic releases, including those caused by pipe/
flange leaks, aqueous spills, hydrogen fluoride spills, fuming acid spills, stack emissions, or elevated dense
gas emissions. The program is menu driven and contains several modules to estimate the evaporation and
dispersion of chemicals and analyze the effect of certain parameters on downwind  concentrations.  The
program has a built-in database of chemicals and their properties and various source-term modules.  The
model uses real-time or simulated meteorological data for atmospheric dispersion calculations. These data
can vary with time during the release. The results of the modeling analysis can be displayed visually on
graphs or stored in tables.
Designs tor Ait Impact Ass«ssm»n!s at Hazardous Waste Sites
Etr\e
-------
  Notes:
Designs for Aif Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                   ?
Emergency Removal                                                                                                              page

-------
                            Accidental Release Models
                                  TSCREEN  (EPA)
                Model for screening toxic air pollutant concentrations
 TSCREEN
TSCREEN, a model for screening toxic air pollutant concentrations, is an air quality dispersion model
that implements the procedures in A Workbook of Screening Techniques for Assessing Impacts of Toxic
Air Pollutants (EPA-45G-88-009). The TSCREEN model is an atmospheric dispersion model that uses
the dispersion algorithms of SCREEN, Release Valve Discharge (RVD), and PUFF models. It automatically
selects the worst-case simulated meteorological conditions based on the criteria presented in the workbook.
The model contains a data table of chemicals and their associated parameters (limited to two chemicals
at this time) that TSCREEN can access. It can calculate the source term for dust particles within a pile of
a specified dimension.  The model can also simulate the dispersion of gaseous, liquid, and paniculate
matter releases. TSCREEN outputs graphical and tabular summaries of predicted pollutant concentrations.
  igns for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Emergency Removal

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air impact Assessments atHazafcfous Waste Sites                                                                                       7^93
EfTwrgeneyRteiTfQval                                                                                                                  pag« 77

-------
m o
I?
•s ?
a >

II
< Tl
                               ACCIDENTAL RELEASE AND CONTINGENCY MODELS
CRITERIA
Model Capabilities
User friendliness
Hardware/Equipment
Emission Source Information
Constant/variable emission
Spills
Tank/pipe leaks
Fire/explosions
Stack/vents
Buoyant/dense gas/liquid
Atmospheric Dispersion
Gaussian dispersion
Buoyant dispersion
Dense gas
Real-Time Computations
Averaging Periods
Data Output
Store to file
Display on screen
Graphic output
Meteorological Data
Historical
Real-time/onsitc
Simulated/worst-case
Chemical Database
ALOHA111

X
DOS/MAC

X
X
X


X

X
X
X
X
V

X
X
X


X
X
X
ARCHIE

X
DOS


X
X
X

X


X
X
X


X





X

CHARM

X
DOS


X






X
X
X
1 -24 Hours

X
X
X


X
X
X
DEGADIS


DOS


X
X

X
X

X

X



X





X

PUFF'


DOS





X


X
X


V

X
X
X



X

TSCREEN

X
DOS




X

X

X
X
X
X
1 Hour

X
X
X



X
L
TRACE111

X
DOS


X
X
X

X


X
X
X
SS

X
X
X


X
X
X
      V  =  Variable (computer generated)
      SS  =  Several (by selection)
      L  =  Limited
      Source: Air Quality Modeling at Superfund Sites factsheet.
                                                                 111 =  Models most often used by EPA/ERT
                                                                 *  =  Model using the PUFF algorithm.

-------
Notes:
   s for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                ?/96
   rey Removal                                                                                                          p»ge ?9

-------
 Case Study: Dispersion Modeling
The second phase of this case study will require using data collected from the first phase (air monitoring/sampling/
meteorology) as input to a chosen dispersion model,

1.      The modelerbas chosen tlie ALOHA model to measure air quality. Is this the most appropriate dispersion model to use
        based on the measured meteorologic conditions and the spilled quantities of the identified products?
2,       Run the chosen model to predict the location(s) and concentration(s) of the chemical plume(s) during the differing
        atmospheric stability conditions over the duration of the incident and the ensuing cleanup. Print the results,

3,       Were the evacuation actions enacted during the first phase adequate? Why or why not?
Notes
Oesignm (of Air Impact Assessments al Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                    7»8
Emergency Removal                                                                                         page 80

-------
                Risk Assessment During Emergency Removal
    Objective:    •  Evaluate air concentrations during emergency removal for
                     potential health risks to receptors
Notes:
Describe briefly the objective for this section.
Designs tot Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                     "9S
     Retrieval                                                                      paga 82

-------
Designs 'or Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                                  ?/$£
Emergency Removal                                                                                                                                 page 81

-------
Section Introduction
                                          Objectives

       Given an emergency removal, and air monitoring, sampling, and modeling data, evaluate air
       concentrations during emergency removal for potential health risks to receptors.

              Criteria:  Health-based air action levels, ARARs, NCP, 29 CFR 1910,120
The following flowchart is a decision logic tree that provides direction for the use of air action levels during
the emergency removal. It shows the various stages of air action levels that are applied to the air contaminant
concentration received from air monitoring and sampling and/or air modeling.
Designs for Alf impact Assessments at Hazardous Wasts Slles                                                            ^38
Emer§enev Removal                                                                                page 83

-------
                  Obtain air contaminant concentration at MER, as
                  determined by air sampling and/or air modeling
                      Compare air concentration to air exposure limit
                                Does the air
                           '   concentration
                               exceed the air
                              .exposure limit?,
Yes
       Institute control measure(s)
                                 No
                            Continue emergency removal
                              Reevaluate as necessary
    Figure 6. Risk assessment during emergency removal.
Designs for Wf Impact Assessments at Hazardous Wast*
Emergency Removal
                                                                                          7/98

-------
Notes:
  s for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                               7&&
   ey Removal                                                                                                       Pa9e 85

-------
1*
I"
ll

I i"
            Use contingency
           air exposure limits
                                            Do worker
                                         exposures need to
                                           be evaluated?
                                                                 Evaluate public receptors (onsite and offsite)
                                        Use health and safety
                                          air exposure limits
               Is exposure
            an acute, one-time
              event, <1hr?
                               No
     Is exposure"
     subchronic,
 ranging from 2 hours
"^  up to 2 years?, ^
                                                           Yes
                                               Use short-term
                                              air exposure limits
                                                                      No
                                                                              For exposures >2 years, use
                                                                              long-term air exposure limits
&
O -si
Figure 7. Air exposure limits for emergency removal - selection.

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Asr Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                 WM
Emergency Removal                                                                                                            page 87

-------
                Air Monitoring
                Air Sampling
              Compounds) of
              Concern Selected
                  Modeling
             Air Concentration of
           Contaminants Determined
                  atMER
             Air Exposure Limits
Air Exposure Limits
Assessing the risks from air contamination can be a cumbersome and labor-intensive task, A representative
concentration of the contamination must be obtained through air monitoring, sampling, and/or modeling
and then compared to an air exposure limit (AEL), An AEL is an air concentration that, when exceeded,
necessitates some control measure to protect onsite workers or offsite populations. At the present time,
the availability of AELs is limited. However, more agencies have begun to address this issue with AELs
designed for offsite populations.  AELs for onsite  workers have already been developed;  they were
adopted from general industry.  Among the values used are the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration's (OSHA) permissible exposure limits (PELs), the National Institute of Occupational
Safety and  Health's (NIOSH) recommended exposure limits (RELs), and the American Conference of
Governmental Industrial Hygienists' Threshold Limit Values (TLVs).
Designs far Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Emergency Removal
                                                                                         7/98

-------
  Notes:
Designs far Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Wasta Sites                                                                                    7-^9
Emergency Removal                                                                                                              page

-------
                        Air Action Limit Classifications
                                      Air Action Limits
Air Exposure Limits
AALs, as written in the NTGS document Evaluation of Short-term Air Action Levels for Superfund Sites,
fall into one of the following four classifications:

1,     Contingency AALs
2.     Health and safety AALs
3.     Short-term AALs
4     Long-term AALs.

Each of these classifications addresses certain exposure periods and the population(s) that they protect.
Because this section deals with emergency removal, the contingency, health and safety, and short-term
AALs will be the primary focus.
Designs for Air Impact Assessments al Hazardous Waste Sites
Ema/gency Removal
  7S8
page 90

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Aw impact Assessments al Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                 ^S®
Emergency Removal                                                                                                           pagt 91

-------
                            Contingency Air Action Levels
 Contingency Air Action Levels
An emergency removal is required when the contamination poses an immediate threat to human health and/
or the environment. This removal can take place after an emergency response or during a remedial action.
In fact, a removal can be warranted anytime during the site investigation or remedial investigation and
feasibility study if the threat exists.

When the emergency removal is required, consideration must be directed to the surrounding populations, in
addition to onsite workers, because the surrounding populations do not have personal protection. This
consideration of surrounding populations is especially important when high concentrations of air contami-
nants are released during a catastrophe. The contingency plan AALs protect both the offsite population and
onsite workers.

Contingency plan AALs are derived from NIOSH's Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health (IDLH)
values.  Designed for the selection of respiratory protection, these  values are  based on acute exposure
periods and provide for escape if respirators fail.
Designs For Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
£rtierfie*M;y Removal
  7m
page 92

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Emergency R»mcwal

-------
                                 Offsite Exposure
    Wind Direction
                                                          Area that is designated
                                                          as the Maximum
                                                          Exposed Receptor
Offsite Exposure
Reviewing the exposure of offsite populations will require air sampling in conjunction with some type of
modeling program. The results of sampling and modeling identify the air contaminant concentrations at
various offsite receptor locations. The contaminant concentration data provides information on the risk to
receptors when the air concentration is compared to the AAL. This method is used specifically in emergency
removal situations where evacuation might be required, which is the only time that individual receptors are
assessed. In all other circumstances,  the maximum exposed receptor (MER) is used. The MER is the
fenceline area downwind from the source that represents the highest concentration of the contaminant at an
offsite location.  This  concentration is matched against the AAL instead of using individual receptor
concentrations. The MER approach results in a conservative concentration that protects the offsite population.
   ns fof Air impact Assessments a! Hazardous Waste Sftes
Emergency Removal
                                                                                         7/SS

-------
Notes:
 igns lor Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Site*                                                                                     710$
 efgcficy Removal                                                                                                               page 96

-------
                      Health and Safety Air Action Umits
                       T
                                      OSHA
                   ACGIH
N1OSH
Health and Safety Air Action Limits
Contingency AALs are used to protect onsite and offsite populations in catastrophic incidents.  If an
emergency removal is required, and there is no immediate threat to the public, then how is the risk to onsite
and offsite receptors evaluated? First, the time frame of the exposure and the target population are evaluated,
In the case of onsite workers, the health and safety AALs are used. Health and safety AALs are designed to
measure the risk of a worker while at work onsite 8 hours a day, 40 hours a week. Remember that health
and safety AALs may also be classified as an air exposure limit. This is especially true when looking at
occupational exposures.
Designs for Air Impact Assessmertts at Hazardous Waste Sites
Emergency Removal
                             ac]e 96

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air impact Assessment at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                  3V93
Emergency Removal                                                                                                             page 07

-------
                          Occupational Exposure Limits
      OSHA-PEL
NIOSH-REL
ACGIH-TLV
Occupational Exposure Limits
Each of the three previously mentioned agencies has a specific name for occupational exposure limit:

            OSHA—permissible exposure limit (PEL)
            N10SH—recommended exposure limit (REL)
            ACGIH—Threshold Limit Value (TLV).

Other agencies provide other types of occupational exposure levels (OELs); however, these three are governed
by 29 CFR 1910.120. This standard regulates the health and safety of workers on hazardous waste sites or
during emergency response. Each OEL has three different limits:

      1.     Time-weighted average (TWA)
      2.     Short-term exposure limit (STEL)
      3.     Ceiling limit.
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Emergency Removal
                                              7/98
                                             page 68

-------
Notes:
       
-------
                           Short-term Air Action Limits
                                                    Exposure Duration
               Air Contaminant
                 Concentration
Short-term Air Action Limits
Short-term AALs are designed to protect offsite populations from subchronic exposures.  Subchronic
exposure, as defined by NTGS in the Evaluation of Short-term Air Action Levels for Superfund Sites, is any
exposure thatranges from 1 day up to 1-2 years. Most emergency removals will fall in this range. Subchronic
exposure is the hardest type of exposure to evaluate for the following reasons;

       1.     There is no guidance for the AALs that exist
       2.     The air contaminant concentrations are much lower, and the receptor may be exposed for a
             prolonged period of time.

Various regions and agencies have developed and recommended some type of short-term AALs. Although
these AALs are not the result of an EPA directive, they are currently the only way to evaluate short-term
exposures to offsite receptors.  Many short-term AALs are derived from occupational exposure limits.

Typically, a divisor is used to lower the OEL to compensate for the increased exposure duration and sensitive
subpopulations.  The typical divisors are listed below:

       Exposure limit ~ 1000 = offsite receptors (long term)
       Exposure limit -r 100 = offsite receptors (short term)
       Exposure limit -r 10  = carcinogens
       Exposure limit 4 4.2 = converts an 8-hour TWA for an offsite receptor (short term)  to a 24-hour
       exposure (Note: no compensation for sensitive populations).

This modification is not supported by the agencies that develop OELs (i.e., OSHA, NIOSH, and ACGIH).
   s for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Emergency Removal
  7*8
page 100

-------
  Notes:
Designs tor Air Impact Assessments at Hai arcous Waste Sites
Emergency Removal
   7CW
Pago 101

-------
                       EPA Short-term Air Action Limits
                                 Modified Values
       Reference Concentration

               Subchronic
Reference Concentration

       Developmental
          Toxicant
  ECAO Telephone Number:
  513 569-7300
                                Acute  Inhalation
                                      Criteria
EPA Short-term Air Action Limits
Information that is provided by EPA for baseline risk assessments is also used for short-term evaluation.
Reference concentrations (RfC) for subchronic and developmental toxicants are used to protect offsite
receptors,  Subchronic reference concentrations are set up to protect individuals to exposures that range
from 2 weeks to 7 years. These concentrations can be found in either the Integrated Risk Information
System (IRIS) or the Health Effects Assessment Summary Tables (HEAST),

Developmental toxicants protect a sensitive subpopulation (prenatal to puberty). This number assesses
one-time exposures that could cause adverse developmental effects in an embryo or a child. At the present
time, there are no chemicals that have an RfC for developmental toxicants (RfCDT).

EPA also has guidelines for acute inhalation of toxicants. These guidelines, called AICs or acute inhalation
criteria, were developed by modifying the RfCs. At the present time, only two chemicals, benzene and
beryllium, have AIC values.
   s *0f Air impact Assessments al Hazardous Waste Sites
Efn9»jency Removal
                                   7/98
                                 PSJB 102

-------
  Notes:
Designs (91 Air Impart Assessments at Hazartoys Waste Sites
Emergency R
   7m
page 103

-------
                         Minimal Risk Levels (MRLs)
                    Agency for Toxic Substances
                         and Disease Registry
                                     MRLs
               Acute             Intermediate
 ATSDR Telephone Number: 404 639-0615
Chronic
Minimal Risk Levels
The Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (ATSDR) has also developed values that are used
for short-term exposures. These values, called minimal risk levels (MRLs), cover three different exposure
periods:

            Acute = 1-14 days
            Intermediate = 2 weeks to 364 days
            Chronic = >365 days.

The MRLs are located in the ATSDR lexicological profile documents (health effects section). At the
present time, 2-year inhalation values are identified.

ATSDR can provide information related to emergency response. ATSDR can be reached 24 hours a day at
404639-0615.
  igns for Ajr impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Emengency Rsrnwal
                   pag« !M

-------
  Notes:
Designs lor Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                   ?&&
Emergency Removal                                                                                                            page 10S

-------
                              National Research Council
           Emergency
           Exposure
           Guidance
           Level
Continuous
E xposure
Guidance
                                                                       • evel
                                      I  Short-term
                                        Public
                                        Emergency
                                        Guidance
                                        Level
National Research Council
Originally developed by the National Research Council for military personnel operating in emergency
conditions, values for these different exposure levels exist:

»      Emergency Exposure Guidance Level (EEGL): The air concentration of a contaminant under which
       an individual can perform a task during an emergency.  The length of exposure varies between 1 and
       24 hours.

•      Short-term Public Emergency Guidance Level (SPEGL): Protects receptors against unpredicted,
       single, short-term emergency exposures of 1-24 hours.

•      Continuous Exposure Guidance Level (CEGL):  A ceiling value that military personnel can be
       exposed to for up to 90 days without immediate or delayed adverse effects or degradation in
       performance.

These values, because they were derived for military personnel, are not representative of the public.  As a
result, the SPEGL is usually multiplied by 0.5 for sensitive groups (e.g., children and the elderly) and 0.1
for newborns and fetuses.  This lowers the exposure level and provides a more representative value for the
protection of sensitive groups.
DBS^JIS for Air Impact Assessrrenis at Haiardous Waste Sites
Emergency Removal
                    7/98
                  page 108

-------
  Notes:
Designs ^o* &it Impact Assessments al Hazardous Waste Srt&s

-------
               AIHA Emergency Response Planning Guidelines
                   ERPGs
                                                         Level  1
                                      Level 2
 AIHA Telephone
 Number:
 703 849-8888
                    Level 3
 c
 >
ts
ja
 E
CL
AIHA Emergency Response Planning Guidelines	

The American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) also addresses short-term AELs. Emergency response
planning guidelines (ERPGs) are used to evaluate 1-hour exposures to various compounds. Each ERPG is
separated into three levels. Each level focuses on the concentration that will not produce some type of
adverse health effect.  These three levels, as defined by AIHA, are:

«      ERPG-1: The maximum airborne concentration below which it is believed that nearly all individuals
       could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing anything other than mild transient adverse
       health effects or perceiving a clearly defined, objectionable odor.

*      ERPG-2: The maximum airborne concentration below which it is believed that nearly all individuals
       could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing or developing irreversible or other serious
       health effects or symptoms that could impair an individual's ability to take protective action.

*      ERPG-3: The maximum airborne concentration below which it is believed that nearly all individuals
       could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing life-threatening health effects.

ERPGs could also be used as a contingency AELs.
Designs for Air impact Assessments 31 Hazardous Waste Site
Emergency Removal
                                                                                      7/96

-------
  Notes:
Designs foe Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Srtss                                                                                  W9£
Emarg&ncy Removal                                                                                                           page 109

-------
                  Limitations of Short-term Air Action Limits
                                       OELs
                     MRLs
  AlCs
                      RfC
                  Subchronic
ERPGs
                                     SPEGLs
Limitations of Short-term Air Action Limits
As stated previously, there are limitations to using short-term AALs. The most apparent problem is that no
agency governs or regulates the development of short-term AALs. Some other limitations, as written in the
NTGS document Evaluation of Short-Term Air Action Levels for Superfund Sites (page 4-1), include:

•     Several groups have developed short-term AALs for acute exposure, such as MRLs, EEGLs, SPEGLs,
      and ERPGs, which may be modified and used for short exposure periods
•     There is no consensus among regions for developing short-term AALs
»     There is generally no consensus within regions for developing short-term AALs
*     There is some consensus  that subchronic exposure is the most applicable time frame for the
      remediation of Superfund sites
•     Region 6 has the only protocol identified for addressing the development of short-term AALs on
      asite-speeific basis
*     State standards are often used as surrogate short-term  AALs, but these are not always consistent
      within a state and they do not always adequately address subchronic exposure.
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Emergency Removal
                        page 110

-------
  Notes:
Designs tef Air Impart Assessments al Hazardous Waste Sit**                                                                                 7*8
Emergency Removal                                                                                                         page 111

-------
Summary


In summary, short-term AALs are needed to evaluate the risk to offsite receptors (the public).  Even though
guidance is not available, it is essential to use regional and agency values to protect the public. If guidance
on short-term AALs is available in the near future, some of the confusion of selecting a proper action level
will be eliminated.
Designs let Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Emergency Removal
   7/98
page 112

-------
  Notes:
Designs to* Aw impact Assessment at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                 ?^98
      iey Removal                                                                                                          page 113

-------
 Case Study: Risk Assessment
 The third phase of Uie case study is the evaluation of acute and short-term exposures during the emergency removal.  Air
 contaminant concentrations received through air monitoring/sampling and/or modeling will be evaluated by contingency and
 short-term air action levels (AELs).

 1,      When seeking assistance for emergency removal situations, what agency should you contact first?
 2.      You have been requested to lift the evacuation order that was placed in effect at midnight. It is now 11:00 am and you
        have been given guidance from ATSDR to lift the evacuation order only if the air contaminants concentrations are less
        than one-tenth of the OSHA PEL. With the concentrations you have received from air monitoring and sampling and/
        or modeling, can you lift or modify the evacuation?  (Results from sampling/monitoring and modeling show toluene
        concentrations at 30 ppm. The OSHA PEL for toluene is 200 ppm.)
Notes
    s for Ajr Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                   ?
    ftey Rerrova*                                                                                       page 1

-------
 AIR IMPACT ASSESSMENT
DURING SITE INVESTIGATION

-------
               Air Impact Assessment During Site Investigation
   Module Purpose;    To demonstrate that a hazardous substance has been, or
                          has the potential to be, released at the site and to
                          determine the immediacy of the health risk posed by the
                          site.
    Sections;    •   Monitoring and Sampling During Site Investigation

                  •   Emissions Modeling During Site Investigation

                  •   Dispersion Modeling During Site Investigation

                  •   Modeling Plan Development
Module Introduction
The goal of this module is two-fold:

Given preliminary assessment data,

L     Coordinate air pathway assessment activities for site investigation

2.     Evaluate air pathway assessment activities for site investigation.

             Criteria:     40 CFR 300 (Hazard Ranking System-Final Rule),
                         29 CFR 1910.120, EPA SOSGs, ARARs
This module is divided into four sections.  Each section is concluded with a case study to allow practice
coordinating and evaluating air pathway assessment activities during site investigation.
Designs 'or Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                        ^96
ate Investigation                                                                           pas* 2

-------
  Notes:
Designs lor Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                    1®$
Site Investigation                                                                                                                    Pa98 3

-------
       Perform preliminary assessment
            Site investigation
      Compare downwind concentrations j
         with upwind concentrations
                   Are
                significant
             air contaminants
            jnigrating offsitej*
               Yes
No
         Run screening air modeling to
      determine the exposure at the MER
            Compare air contaminant
       concentrations with appropriate air
                 action levels
                                No
             an emergency
           removal required?
             Use hand-held analyzers to
             determine;

                 •  Worker exposure

                 *  Pollutant levels

                 •  Emission "hot spots"
  Document that no air
contaminants are present
    Score site;
If score >28.5, then
 place site on NPL
                    Goto
            Remedial Investigation
              Yes
                 Goto
          Emergency Removal
     Figure 1. Air impact assessment during site investigation.
Designs tor Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Site Jnvestgation
                                               7/98
                                              page 4

-------
  Notes:
      tor &if Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Site investigation

-------
              Monitoring and Sampling During Site Investigation
  Objectives:   »  Determine the potential hazards concerning health and safety
                    during site investigation
                    Verify direct-reading instrument results
                    Choose the chemical(s) for further assessment
                    Review the data to determine offsite migration of contaminants
Notes:
Designs far Air Impact Assessments si Hazardous Waste Ssf&s
Site Investigation
                                                                                    7/98

-------
 Section Introduction
                                          Objectives

       Given preliminary assessment data and emergency removal data (as applicable), determine the
       potential hazards concerning health and safety during site investigation.

              Criteria: NTGS Volumes I and H, health-based air action levels, ARARs, 29 CFR 1910.120

       Given initial sampling survey information and site background information verify direct-reading
       instrument results.

              Criteria: The sampling equipment functions within laboratory QA/QC procedures

       Given preliminary assessment data, choose the chemical(s) for further assessment.

              Criteria: Health-based air action levels, ARARs

       Given air monitoring and sampling data, determine offsite migration of contaminants.

              Criteria: EPA SOSGs, ARARs
 The following flowchart covers the basic steps that are considered during the site investigation. The data
 that are collected will be used to determine whether the site will be placed on the National Priorities List
 (NPL) for further investigation and cleanup activities.
Designs for Aif Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sstes
Site investigation

-------
            Define the AIA objectives
        Design and conduct the site scoping
       Evaluate the available site data
                                          No potential
      Potential exists  for significant air
           pathway contamination
         The site is scored and placed on the
         NPL for either emergency removal or
                 further investigation
                   Immediate
                     health
                     threat?
     Document no potential for air
         pathway contamination
                                                          Other pathways may
                                                            cause site to be
                                                           placed on the NPL
Removal action
                 Go to Remedial
                  Investigation
     Figure 2. Air impact assessment during site investigation.
Designs tor Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Wasie Sites
Site invest gaff on
                                     7/98
                                    pages

-------
Notes:
 sgns ?oc Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                    ?*98
 Investigation                                                                                                                  page 9

-------
                             Define AIA Objectives
                            Basic SI Objectives

            «  Evaluate a given site's actual or potential effects on air
              quality

            •  Evaluate the exposure of:

                 -   Onsite workers
                 -   Offsite populations
                 -   Surrounding environment

            •  Evaluate acute health risks to justify an emergency
              removal
Define AIA Objectives	


The goals of the site investigation are to provide information that is essential for the characterization of
the potential hazards and the degree of contamination that the site may present to the public and/or the
environment.
Dessgns for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sdes                                                    7^98
                                                                               psge 10

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                      "*^98
Stte Investigation                                                                                                                    p8§* 11

-------
                       Design and Conduct Site Scoping
Design and Conduct Site Scoping
                                         Collect available Information
                                          about the site
The initial activity for sampling and monitoring during the site investigation is the collection of informa-
tion about the site.  It involves a straightforward information search, including the collection of records,
reports, shipping manifests, newspaper clippings, and information from interviews with people living
close to or affiliated with the site.
Designs fo* A;r Impsci Assessments al Hazardous Waste Sites
S'fce investigation
  7/96
page !2

-------
 Notes:
Designs lor Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Siles                                                                                    7*8
Site Investigation                                                                                                                 Ba9* 13

-------
                            Evaluate Available Site Data
   Site background information
     Collect
           Analyze
                  Verify
                       Validate
                           Determine
Criteria:

 •  Verify hazard present

 •  Are data relevant to the objectives

 •  Complete data search

 •  Data  quality acceptable
                                                   Yes
                                               n  NO
                                               Is further investigation warranted?
Evaluate Available Site Data
The existing site information (including the site inspection report) is evaluated to determine the potential
for release of air emissions. In most cases, insufficient information will be available at this stage and
further work will be warranted.
Designs tor Air Impact Assessments atHazardoys Waste Sites
Site Investigation
                                          7/98
                                        page 14

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assassments at Hazardous Waste Srtes                                                                                    ^*®
Site Investigation                                                                                                                   page 15

-------
                 Design and Conduct the Site Screening Study
                     Categories of emission rate assessment

                      *  Direct emissions measurement


                      •  indirect emissions measurement
Design and Conduct the Site Screening Study	

Designing a site screening study to assess the air emissions potential involves the selection of an air emis-
sion rate assessment method. There are two types of emission rate assessments: direct and indirect. Each
approach includes a range of possible methods that can be categorized according to the level of complexity.
The levels of complexity can range from quick and simple screening methods to in-depth, very detailed
methods.

I.     Direct emissions measurement
      A.    Qualitative screening
      D.    Refined quantitative screening
      C,    Concentrations
      D,    Advantages
      E.    Disadvantage
II.    Indirect emissions measurements
      A.    Methods
      B.    Quantitative screening
      C.    Meteorological conditions
      D.    Other factors
Designs for Aw Impact Assessments a! Hazardous Waste Sites
S*te Investigation

-------
  Notes:
Designs for AJf Itipacl As&essirienfcs at Hazardous Waste Sites
Sits Investigation                          .

-------
                 Design and Conduct the Site Screening Study
                     Categories of emission rate assessment
                         Air monitoring/modeling
                         Predictive emissions modeling
Design and Conduct the Site Screening Study	


Air monitoring/modeling is similar to indirect emissions measurement except:

1.    Samples are collected at a greater distance from waste (e.g., fenceline or property line)
2.    Sampling locations are not clustered.

Meteorological data collection is critical.

Limitations of air monitoring/modeling include:

1.    Sensitivity of the type of instrument used to measure the contaminants
2.    Dispersion and dilution of the air emission.
Designs lot AT Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                     7/96
Site investigate                                                                         J>sge 18

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                     7J
Site investigation                                                                                                                   Pa3e 1

-------
                               Sampling Principles
                                            Identify all hazardous substances
                                            present

                                            Identify targets exposed to actual
                                            contamination
                                            Demonstrate a release

                                            Support attribution

                                            Establish representative background
                                            concentrations
                                     \
Ensure appropriate QA/QC
 Sampling Principles
Three activities must be performed before sampling can begin.  First, a data search must be conducted.
After completing the data search, data gaps can be identified. Finally, a sampling plan can be developed.
The sampling plan should be designed to fill any existing data gaps.

At the beginning of the module, basic site investigation (SI) objectives were covered. Based on the sampling
principles listed above, these objectives will be redefined. The sampling information collected at this point
should then serve a two-fold purpose;

1.     Fill in the established data gaps
2.     Meet the set objectives.
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Site Investigation
                                             7/98
                                           page 20

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Aii Imparf Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                     7I3&
Site investigate                                                                                                                   page 21

-------
                            Sampling Considerations
    1.   Worst case
2.   Source evaluation
                              Wind direction
3. QA/QC
                                     Level I
                                     Level II
                                     Level II!
                                     Level IV
                                     Level V
                             Data Quality Objectives
                                                      IV
                                                    CLP
                                                    RAS
                                                                    V
                                 Nonstandard
                                 Methods
                                 SAS
                            II
      Offsite
      Laboratory
      Analysis
                        Field
                        Analysis
           Field
           Screening
Sampling Considerations/Data Quality Objectives
When defining sampling principles for the sampling plan, several sampling considerations need to be
addressed. This list should include, but not be limited to, worst-case studies, source evaluations, and QA/
QC.  These three considerations are effective tools for the RPM/OSC when characterizing the site. The
analytical options available to support data collection activities are presented in five general levels. The
levels are distinguished by the type(s) of technology and documentation used, as well as by the degree of
sophistication chosen for the study.
Desljns lot Aif Impact Assessments at Haiafdous Wasis Sites
Sits I
                                                     7/98
                                                   page 22

-------
  Notes:
Designs (or Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                      7^98
BAss investigation                                                                                                                    page 23

-------
                                     Sampling Criteria
        Meteorological data
Acute health risks
            Stability class
            Wind speed
            Wind direction
 Onsite workers
 Offsite populations
Sampling  Criteria
Meteorological data, which typically define local terrain impacts on air flow paths,  should be reviewed before sampling
begins. These data, when used properly, will help in the interpretation of the collected air concentration data. The three most
important meteorological parameters to be collected are stability class, wind speed, and wind direction. These parameters are
used to determine the transport and dispersion of contaminants and the placement of monitoring stations.

Acute health risks are another criterion that must be examined for onsite workers and oflsite populations before sampling
begins. For onsite workers, the applicable health and safety air actions levels must be consulted so that appropriate safety
levels can be set. For offsite populations, the applicable air exposure levels that have been set by local health agencies should
be consulted so that appropriate safety measures can be taken. Once the levels have been established, the DRIs used at the site
should be evaluated in terms of detection  limits. If a DRI cannot provide a low enough detection limit, then it should either
be replaced with one that can or be used to collect a sample to be sent to a field or offsite laboratory for proper analysis.

Acute health risks
A.  Types
    1.  Onsite workers
       a.  Governed by air aciion levels (AALs) derived from health-based numbers from NIOSH. OSHA. and ACOIH
       b.  Set by site manager
    2,  Offsite populations
       a.  Air exposure level
       b.  Health-based concentration
       c.  Set by health agency
B.  Rationale
    I.  Concentration that, when exceeded,  deems a specific set action
    2.  DRI selection
    3.  Ensures that if lower-level data are needed (e.g., low detection limits), they will be obtained
    4.  Sector sampling
Designs Icf Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Srte Investigation
                                     7(98
                                   page 24

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Aw Impact Assessmertts at Hazardous Waste Srtes
Site Investigation

-------
 Case Study:  Monitoring and Sampling
 I.     Objectives for Air Monitoring and Analysis

       A.  Assess the health and safety of onsite workers
       B.  Assess the offsite, acute exposure to the public and environment
       C.  Identify the compound(s) of concern attributable to sources for further assessment
       D.  Verify direct-reading results to the QA2 level

 IT.    Site Background Information

       The Strawberry Fields Landfill site is located in Pepper, Maine, on Lonely Heart Road. The site,
       situated in an abandoned sand and gravel quarry, covers approximately 25 acres and is divided
       into two disposal areas; a solid waste disposal area covering 15 acres to the north and
       wastewater treatment sludge disposal area covering 10 acres to the south. Also onsite is an active
       transfer station operated by the town. The terrain is slightly hilly, with elevations ranging
       approximately 72 to 92 feet above sea level.  There is an active gravel quarry to the west with
       several residential dwellings between it and the site. A site map is shown in Figure 3.

       The landfill is owned by the town of Pepper and a private citizen. (The private citizen's portion
       was leased by the town during the time of disposal.) The town started solid waste operations in
       1967. It is alleged that hazardous waste from several local generators has been deposited in the
       landfill between 1967 and 1982. The hazardous waste generators included predominantly
       automotive repair and painting operations. In 1977, the landfill started accepting wastewater
       treatment sludge from a local electroplating company (F006 waste).  Each type of waste was
       kept in a separate area.

       The solid waste portion of the landfill along Lonely Heart Road was closed and covered in the
       summer of 1982.  In the meantime (May to October 1982), the transfer station was constructed.
       In October 1983, the regional landfill reached its state-permitted capacity and ceased all active
       landfilling operations.

Notes
Dasigns ter Atr Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                            7^98
Site Investigation                                                                                   page 26

-------
 Case Study: Monitoring and Sampling
Recently there has been concern about offsite migration of landfill gases because of numerous odor
complaints by nearby residents. A survey team was sent to characterize the area. Initial results indicate
the presence and migration of combustible gases in the vicinity of the residential dwellings abutting the
landfill. The FIDs and PIDs used during site characterization both detected maximum instrument
readings, with one of the highest readings recorded at a well located within 150 feet of the homes.
Additionally, dry and dusty conditions were present at the former wastewater sludge disposal area and a
visible dust cloud was observed.

Refer to Figure 3:

Label all source data with the letter A, receptor data  with the letter B, and environmental data with the
letterC.
 Question 1:   What potential IDLH conditions exist for onsite workers?
Question 2:   After reviewing the results of the direct-reading instruments (DRIs) readings taken near
              residential homes, is there a potential for acute, offsite exposures to the public and/or
              environment? Explain.
Question 3:   List some possible compounds of concern that might exist on this site.
Notes
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Was'e Sites
Site Investigation
  7/98
page 27

-------
Case Study: Monitoring and Sampling
 OL   Selection of Sampling and Analytical Methods

Question 4:   How would you further verify the direct-reading instrument results and characterize this
             site?
 IV.   QA/QC Requirements

Question 1:   What QA/QC areas need to be addressed?



Question 2:   What is the true optimum QA/QC level for this site?
Notes
    s fef Air Impad Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sties                                                        7^98
Sits Investigation                                                                            paga 28

-------
                                                   Soiid
                                                   Waste
                                                   Disposal
                                                   Area
                                                             Sewage
                                                             Sludge
                                                             Disposal
                                                             Area
                                                                Disposal area boundary

                                                                   Residences
       Figure 3. Site investigation sampling locations.
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Site investigation
  7/98
page 29

-------
                  Emission Modeling During Site Investigation
   Objectives;  .   Review for appropriateness the predictive baseline emission
                     model - screening chosen for use during the site investigation
                     Define the assumptions for predictive baseline emission
                     estimation - screening
                  .  Review the data assembled to run the model
Notes:
Designs for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                       7/88
Site Ifivssligatlor                                                                         Page 30

-------
Section Introduction
                                          Objectives

•      Given preliminary assessment data and emergency removal data (as applicable), evaluate the air
       migration pathway based on the three Hazard Ranking System model factor categories: likelihood
       of release, waste characteristics, and targets.

              Criteria:  40 CFR Part 300 (Hazard Ranking System-Final Rule)

If it is an air pathway-driven site, the following is recommended:

*      Given  preliminary assessment data and emergency removal data (as applicable), review for
       appropriateness the predictive baseline emission model - screening chosen for use during the site
       investigation.

              Criteria:  EPA fact sheet - emission modeling, NTGS Volumes I and II

*      Given preliminary assessment data, emergency removal data (as applicable), and the chosen baseline
       emission model, define the assumptions for predictive baseline emission estimation - screening.

              Criteria: EPA fact sheet -  emission modeling, NTCS Volume II,  specific information about
                      the source and the site

*      Given preliminary  assessment  data,  emergency removal  data (as  applicable), assumptions for
       predictive baseline emission estimation - screening, sampling data, and the chosen model, review
       the data assembled to run the model.

              Criteria: NTGS Volume III, EPA fact sheet - emission modeling
    s for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                  .                         3V93
Site investigation                                                                                 page 31

-------
                     Baseline Emission Estimates - Activities
L_
                                        Define the APA objectives
                                         Design and conduct Oie
                                            site scoping
                         Sl
                                         Evaluate Uia available
                                             site data
                                         Potential exists for air
                                                               In-deptti b»s*llns
                                                               emission estimate
                                                                 data are not
                                                                  necessary
                                    Design and conduct a screening APA to
                                   determine whether in-depth Baseline emission
                                        estimate data are neeessa/y
                                       In-depth base ne emission
                                       estimate data are necessary
                                                              Document screening
                                                               in-depth baseline
                                                               emission estimate
                                                                   data
                                               4*
                                       Desrgn and conduct detailed
1 	 — —H APA to determine in-deptli
j ba$ef.ne emission estimate
i

uflkwnt 	 Report m-de

p!h baseline
	 s

Sufficient S'is
i
I i
mitigation
                          S(^r«e- NTGS Volume! 11
Baseline Emission  Estimates - Activities
This protocol was developed to help the site manager determine baseline emission rates and absolute
emissions, which can be inputs to dispersion models - screening to assess the air impacts for receptor
locations of interest.

The activities identified in this flowchart are consistent with the steps of the CERCLA remedial investigation
process that involve the assessment of the air contamination migration pathway.

The flowchart is applicable to all sites, regardless of the type of site (e.g., landfill, lagoon, or waste pile),
type of waste, or the potential for the site to generate air emissions.
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Sit* Investigation
  7/98
page 32

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments al Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                   ^®
Site invesfigaaon                                                                                                                P*9* 33

-------
                 Predictive  Emissions Modeling
                          J = D,(CiC2)(Pa  io/3/PT2)/L

 where:
   J   =    volatilization vapor flux through the soil cover (jag/cm2day)
   D j   =    vapor diffusion coefficient in air (cm 2/day)
   Pa  =    air-filled soil porosity (cm3 /cm3}
   PT  =    total soil porosity (cm /cm3)
   C2  =    concentration of volatilizing material at the surface of soil layer
  C|  =    concentration of the volatilizing material at the bottom of the soil
            layer (^g/cm 3)
  L   =    depth of the soil layer (cm)

 (Farmer equation)
Predictive Emissions Modeling
Emissions models have been developed to predict emission rates for a variety of waste sites, including
landfills without internal gas generation  (typically codisposal sites), open dumps, waste piles, spills,
land treatment operations, aerated lagoons, nonaerated lagoons, and lagoons with an oil film.

The Farmer Model is one example of an emission model for closed landfills without internal gas generation.
This model was specifically developed to determine hexachlorobenzene (C6C16) vapor diffusion through
a soil cover.

Predictive emissions models are almost exclusively theoretical, and each model is generally applicable
to only one type of waste. Each model requires estimating the emission rate of the individual components
of the waste and then summing the emission rates to determine the overall emission rate.
   ns Nw Aer Impact Assessments at Ha*ardaus Waste Srtes                                                    7^98
Site investigation                                                                       page 34

-------
  Notes:
Designs lot Air Impact Assessment ai Hazardous Wast* Sites                                                                                    7/98
Site Investigation                                                                                                                   ?*** 3S

-------
                       Predictive Emissions Modeling
              Advantages

     Inexpensive


     Baseline and remediation conditions


     Multiple sources


     Low concentrations
         Disadvantages

»  Requires good data


*  Heterogeneous sites
   Some parameters are not easily
   obtained
                                                   Reactive error
                                                   Limited field validation
Predictive Emissions Modeling
Predictive emissions models provide a rapid and inexpensive means of estimating emission rates for both
gaseous and particulate matter contaminants.  These models predict emission rates as a function of the
contaminated area, contaminant concentration, physical and chemical properties, and the physical properties
of the surrounding media (e.g., soils, water, and oil).
Designs far Airh"n{>aet Assessments at Hazardous Waste
Site Investigation
                                   page 36

-------
   Notes;
Designs lor fill Impact A$sessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                     W8
Site Invesligaiion                                                                                                                    pag» 37

-------
                  Description of Selected Emission Models
                         SEAMS Closed Landfill Model

                                    Superfund


                                    Exposure


                                    Assessment


                                    Manual
SEAMS Closed Landfill Model
The Superfund Exposure Assessment Manual (SEAMS) closed landfill model is used for predicting emissions
from closed landfills or buried waste mixtures. It is assumed that the waste is present as a nonaqueous
phase liquid under a "clean" soil cover.  The emissions are determined by a two-step process of 1)
volatilization from a nonaqueous phase liquid and 2) subsequent diffusion of the organic vapor through
air-filled pore spaces to the surface.

Emissions are dependent on the volatility of the compound and the diffusion of the organic vapors through
the soil. Accordingly, emissions are extremely sensitive to the value of the soil porosity and the depth of
the soil cover.
Designs for Aff Impact Assessments at Hazardous Wssfe Sites.                                                        7/S8
Site investigation                                                                            pafl* 36

-------
  Notes:
     s tor Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Site investigation

-------
                Description of Selected Emission Models
                   Hwang-Falco Contaminated Soil Model
Hwang-Falco Contaminated Soil Model
The Hwang-Falco model describes the time-dependent emissions from contaminated soils where the
contaminants are fully incorporated into the soil matrix. The emissions are driven by a three-step process."
1) the volatile constituent desorbs from the soil particle to the associated soil moisture (water), 2) the
volatile constituent vaporizes from the soil moisture into the pore spaces, and 3) the organic vapors diffuse
through the air-filled soil pore spaces to the soil-air interface.

Because the soil is contaminated from  the surface down, the depth of contamination is not an important
factor in the emissions except to the extent that it influences the available contaminant and, therefore, its
depiction.  Emissions are dependent on the volatility of the compound and the diffusion of the constituent
through the soil cover. The emission of volatile compounds generally is limited by diffusion and is highly
sensitive to the value of the soil porosity.
Designs lor Air Impact Assessments at Hatartoys Waste Sites                                                         7<8
Site Invesljgation                                                                             pas* 4

-------
   Notes:
Oes'gns tor Air Impasl Assessfnents at Hazardous Waste Sites
Site investigation

-------
                  Description of Selected Emission Models
                             RTI Land Treatment Model


                                        Research


                                        Triangle


                                        Institute
RTI Land Treatment Model
The Research Triangle Institute (RTI) land treatment model describes the time-dependent emissions from
land treatment operations. In land treatment practices, liquid or slurry wastes (aqueous or nonaqueous) are
applied and then tilled into the soil. The contaminants are removed from the applied wastes by biodegradation
or by emission to the atmosphere. Removal of contaminants by biodegradation is significant only for less
volatile constituents.

The short-term RTI model is applicable for periods shortly after waste application and tilling.  It accounts
for increased emissions due to a visible nonaqueous (oil) waste layer on the soil surface. Although this
model has provisions for losses due to biodegradation, these losses are generally small.  Emissions for
short periods are driven by temperature, wind speed, and the volatility of the compound.

The long-term version of the RTI model is applicable to both aqueous and nonaqueous phase liquids that
have seeped  into the soil matrix. The model describes emissions based on the following mechanisms: 1)
biodegradation of the waste constituents, 2)  partitioning of the volatile constituent between the liquid-
waste phase and the soil gas (evaporation), and 3) diffusion of the gaseous constituents through the porous
soil layer. Emissions are generally limited by diffusion through the soil cover, and, thus, are highly sensitive
to the soil parameters (i.e., porosity).  For semivolatile compounds, the volatilization rate (and, therefore,
the  temperature) may be a significant factor for determining the emissions. In land treatment operations,
biodegradation may also become a competitive removal pathway for these less volatile compounds.
Designs for Ajr Impact Assessments a! Hazardous Waste Sites                                                            1&&
Srte Investigator*                                                                                 page 42

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Srtes
&t6 Investigation

-------
                     Description of Selected Emission Models
                              SEAMS Fresh Spill Model
SEAMS Fresh Spill Model
The SEAMS fresh spill model is designed to predict emissions from spills or leaks where there is a visible
oil pool on the soil surface or where the soil is saturated with contaminant from the surface down. The
model is applicable to nonaqueous phase (oil-like) liquids. Emissions are driven by the evaporation of the
volatile constituent from the "oil layer" directly to the atmosphere.
Dasigns for Air ,'mpscl Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                        7/98
Site investigation                                                                            page 44

-------
  Notes:
Dasigns tor Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste
Srt« Investtgatkm

-------
               Description of Selected Emission Models
                      SIMS Model for Aqueous Lagoons


                                 Surface

                                 Impoundment

                                 Modeling

                                 System
SIMS Model for Aqueous Lagoons
The Surface Impoundment Modeling System (SIMS) includes models for estimating air emissions from
aqueous surface impoundments (lagoons). The program includes models for quiescent, mechanically
aerated, and diffused air impoundments  (flowthrough and disposal) with or without biodegradation.
Emissions  at uncontrolled hazardous waste sites are generally associated  with nonaerated disposal
impoundments (hazardous waste lagoons) without biodegradation.  However, diffused air systems and
aerated treatment systems may be used in the treatment of wastestreams.
   s tot Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Wasta Sites                                                       ?^9&
Site Investigation                                                                         page 48

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impad Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                   "98
Ste Investigation

-------
                   Description of Selected Emission Models
           SEAMS - Landfill with Internal Gas Generation Model
SEAMS Model for Landfills with Internal Gas Generation
The SEAMS model presents a simplified algorithm for the estimation of volatile emissions from landfills
with internal gas generation, such as municipal solid waste landfills and codisposal landfills.  These
landfills differ significantly from hazardous waste landfills because of the generation of gases (methane
and carbon dioxide) from biological decomposition. The SEAMS model assumes that the emissions of
volatile species are driven by the upward movement of the biogas (convection) through the landfill cover
(diffusion is negligible in comparison).
Designs far Air Impact Assessment at Hazardous Waste Sftes                                                      7/98
Site Investigation                                                                         page 48

-------
  Notes:
Designs tor A,-r Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                     7'88
Site investigation                                                                                                                   P3!8 4B

-------
                  Description of Selected Emission Models
                  Scholi Canyon Municipal Landfill Model II
Scholl Canyon Municipal Landfill Model II
The Scholl Canyon model is a regulatory model developed for use in determining compliance with the
Clean Air Act regulations for municipal solid waste landfills after closure.  The model describes the
time-dependent gaseous (methane and VOC) emissions from municipal and codisposal landfills.

The emission rate is described by an empirical first-order kinetic model that describes the methane
production in the landfill. The model assumes that the total methane generation is at its peak upon initial
waste placement, after the negligible lag time during which anaerobic conditions are established in the
landfill. The gas production is then assumed to decay exponentially as the organic fraction of the refuse
decreases. The model takes into account the different ages of waste by dividing the landfill into submasses
of annually accumulated refuse.  VOC emissions are determined  by the ratio of VOC to methane
concentrations.

The inputs to this model include landfill capacity information and operational data, such as tons of waste
placed in the landfill annually. The model also requires empirical parameters that describe the methane
generation of the waste. It is very difficult to estimate these parameters; however, the model provides
default values.  Reference documents also provide guidance for the selection of these parameters based
on waste type, moisture content, and the availability of nutrients for the methane-generating organisms
(methanogens).
Designs for Air lm(»ct Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Site Investigation                                                                              P*B»

-------
 Notes:
Designs for A)r Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                    ?®&
S3a Investigation                                                                                                                  P*Qe 51

-------
                 Description of Selected Emission Models
                          Fugitive Dust Models


                      »  AP-42 Paved Road Equation

                      «  AP-42 Unpaved Road Equation

                      »  MR! Wind Erosion Model

                      •  MR I Storage Pile Model

                      »  SCS Wind Erosion Model
Fugitive Dust Models
Fugitive dust emissions at Superfund sites result from wind erosion of contaminated soils and vehicle
travel over contaminated roadways. Emission estimation procedures generally determine the total
suspendible dust releases for respirable paniculate emissions of particles less than 10 microns in diameter
(PMjo). Contaminant emissions are determined by multiplying the total emissions by the level of soil
contamination.
Designs for Air Impact Assessments al Hasafdous Waste Sates                                                     ^®&
Site Investigation                                                                        Pase 52

-------
   Notes:
Designs few Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Srtes                                                                                   7/98
Site Investigation                                                                                                                 page 53

-------
                             Fugitive Dust Models
                          AP-42 Paved Road Equation
                          AP-42 Unpaved Road Equation
AP-42 Paved and Unpaved Road Equations
The AP-42 paved road equation was developed by EPA for the estimation of fugitive dust emissions from
paved roads. The emissions may result from materials previously deposited on the road or by resuspension
of material from the tires and/or undercarriages of vehicles. The AP-42 emission model depends on the silt
loading (surface dust loading multiplied by the silt content) on the paved road and the weight of the
vehicles traveling on the road.

The AP-42 unpaved road equation was developed by EPA for the estimation of fugitive dust emissions
resulting from vehicular traffic on contaminated unpaved roads. The quantity of emissions depends on soil
parameters such as silt content and soil moisture, as  well as on the onsite traffic profile, including the
frequency of traffic and the speed of the vehicles.
Designs for *:r impact Assessment at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                         7/98
Site Investigation                                                                            Pai« M

-------
  Notes:
     s for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                    7/98
Site Investigation                                                                                                                  page 5$

-------
                              Fugitive Dust Models
                                 MRI Wind Erosion Model


                                 MR! Storage Pile Model


                                        Midwest


                                        Research


                                        Institute
MRI Wind Erosion and Storage Pile Models
The MRI wind erosion model is designed to estimate average annual PM10 emissions for dry exposed
surfaces with limited erosion potential.  These surfaces are usually characterized by soils with impregnated
stones or vegetation clumps, or a "surface crust." Paniculate emission rates tend to decay rapidly (half
time on the order of a few minutes) during an erosion event. The emissions are highly influenced by the
frequency of disturbance, because each time a surface is disturbed, its credibility potential is renewed.

The MRI model for fugitive dust emissions  from storage piles is a variation of the MRI limited erosion
model.  The model calculates emissions  from two  representative pile shapes, taking into account the
nonuniform  exposure of the elevated surfaces.  The emissions are based on the frequency of disturbance
and the fastest wind speed between disturbances. The threshold velocity for particle suspension may be
determined by the mode of the surface particle aggregate size distribution. Threshold friction velocities
from several surface types have also been determined by field measurements with a portable wind tunnel.
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                          ?^*8
Site Investigation                                                                                pag* 56

-------
  Notes:
  signs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                   7&8
Site Investigation                                                                                                                page 5?

-------
                             Fugitive Dust Models
                            SCS Wind Erosion Model


                                     Soil


                                     Conservation


                                     Service
SCS Wind Erosion Model
The Soil Conservation Service (SCS) developed a wind erosion model based on a number of surface and
climatic factors. Most of the parameters used in the SCS model are included in tables or graphs or are read
from data isopleths on generalized maps that are included in the references for this model. The predictions
are based on erosion loss estimates that are integrated over large fields and long time scales to produce
average annual values.

For surfaces characterized by an infinite reservoir of credible particles, PM]0 emissions are relatively time
independent at any given wind speed. These surfaces are usually finely divided soils such as sandy desert
soils.
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste S.tss                                                          7*
Sue Investigation                                                                               Pa9»

-------
  Notes:
Designs fof Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
S'te Investigation

-------
                             TABLE 1.  DATA REQUIREMENTS FOR EMISSION MODELS
— O
•S >
 $
 •a
 1
 I
 Si
 x
 to
 B



















Source extent

tr
o
CD
C
E
CO
c
0
o
it-
CD
"cU
CU

Site-Specific
Soil Properties






.*;
in
cu
Q






Porosity




^

Moisture contf





^
Organic conte
c
o
*-
.a

in
Particle size d



CO
CO
cu

Surface rough
Site-Specific
Environmental
Parameters






Temperature






cu
cu
o.
CO
c
§






Precipitation

Physical/Chemical Properties
(Laboratory Parameters)






en
tr
cu
Q




-j

Molecular wek





cu
Vapor pressur


cr
CD
CO
o
O
5
CO
in
c
cu
X





i_
Diffusivity in a




cu
CD
Diffusivity in w





>,
Water solubilit
c
cu
o
t
o
CJ
Octanol-water





cr
Biorate consta
VOC Models
SEAMS Closed Landfill
Hwang-Falco
RTI Land Treatment
SEAMS Fresh Spill
SIMS Aqueous Lagoons
SEAMS MSW Landfill
Scholl Canyon Model
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
*



•
•
•
•



•
•
•
•


•

•




•














•
•
•
•
•




•
•
•









•
•
•
•
•


•
•
•
•
•

•
•

•
•




•
•

•


•
•
•
•
•






•



•
•

•



•
•

•




•

•


Particulate Models
Paved Road
Unpaved Road
MRI "Limited" Erosion
MRI Storage Pile
SCS Wind Erosion Model
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•




















•
•
•
•
•


•
•
•







•
•
•

•


•













































   Source: Draft Emission Modeling l''act Sheet, March 1993.

-------
           TABLE 2.  MODEL GUIDE FOR EMISSIONS FROM SUPERFUND SITES
             Application
       Mode!
      Comments
      VOC Emissions

        Closed landfill



        Contaminated soils



        Land treatment



        Fresh spills


        Old spills
        Lagoons



        Municipal/Codisposal landfill


    Participate Emissions

        Open area wind erosion

        » Limited erosion potential
SEAMS Closed Landfill
Hwang-Falco Contaminated Soil
Research Triangle Institute (RTI)
Land Treatment
SEAMS Fresh Spill
RTI Land Treatment
Aqueous Lagoons - SIMS
SEAM Landfill with Internal
Gas Generation
Midwest Research Institute
(MRI) Wind Erosion
        • Unlimited erosion potential     Soil Conservation Service (SCS)
                                      Wind Erosion
        Storage piles


        Paved roads

        Unpaved roads
MRI Storage Pile


AP-42 Paved Road Equation

AP-42 Unpaved Road Equation
"Free-phase" contaminants
exist as nonaqueous liquid
phase waste

Contaminant is fully
incorporated in soil matrix
from surface down

Applicable to aqueous or
nonaqueous wastes applied
to the soil surface

Visible oil pool or layer on soil
surface

Applicable to soils saturated
from surface down after
spilled  contaminants have
seeped into soil

Applicable to aqueous
disposal and/or wastewater
treatment systems

Use as screening model for
solid waste landfills
Applies to soil impregnated
with stones or clumps of
vegetation or possessing
surface "crust"

Generally applies to finely
divided materials such as
sandy soil

Applies to surfaces with
limited erodibility
    Adapted from Draft Emission Modeling Fact Sheet, March 1993
Designs lor Aii Impart Assessments zt Hazardous Waste Sites
Site Investigation
                                                         7*96
                                                        page 61

-------
 Case Study;  Emission Modeling
Refer to the site background information provided in the Monitoring and Sampling case study,
beginning on page 26. Use this information and the information provided for emission modeling during
site investigation to respond to the following items.

1.  The modeler has chosen the Scholl Canyon Municipal Landfill Model II to obtain baseline emission
    estimates.  Is this model appropriate for this application?  If yes, please state why it is appropriate.
    If no, please state why it is not appropriate.
2.  The emission estimate will be based on 95% upper confidence limit (UCL) values for the
    appropriate variables affecting the emissions. Is this an appropriate UCL?
3.  Data have been collected from 20 sets of Summa canisters on methane (%), benzene (ppm) and vinyl
    chloride (ppm) concentrations at various points throughout the landfill.  Describe how overall
    emission rates for benzene and vinyl chloride will be calculated using the total landfill gas estimated
    emission rate.
Notes
    s for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                            7/8&
Site Investigation                                                                                page 62

-------
Notes:
  ns for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Srtes                                                                                   ^&8
 Investigation                                                                                                               page 63

-------
                 Dispersion Modeling During Site Investigation
   Objectives:   •   Review the dispersion model - screening chosen to obtain ambient
                     air concentration levels at selected receptor locations
                     Define assumptions for dispersion modeling - screening
                     Review the data assembled to run the model
Notes:
    K for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                      7t$&
Site Investigatjon                                                                         pag»64

-------
Section Introduction
                                         Objectives

       Given the predictive baseline emission estimate - screening, source geometry, receptor geometry, a
       modeling period, and meteorological data, review the chosen dispersion model - screening to obtain
       ambient air concentration levels at chosen receptor locations.

              Criteria: NTGS Volume IV, EPA fact sheet - dispersion modeling

       Given the predictive baseline emission estimate - screening, source geometry, receptor geometry, a
       modeling period, and meteorological data, define the  assumptions for dispersion modeling -
       screening.

       Criteria: NTGS Volume IV, EPA fact sheet - dispersion modeling, specific information about the
                source and the site

       Given preliminary assessment data,  emergency removal data (as applicable), sampling data, the
       chosen dispersion model - screening, the air assumptions, the baseline emission estimate, source
       geometry, receptor geometry, and the modeling period, review the data assembled to run the model.

              Criteria: NTGS Volume IV, EPA fact sheet - dispersion modeling
Designs (of Air Impact Assessments at Haiardows Waste Sites                                                            "lfc&
Site Investigation                                                                                 WO8 6S

-------
                   Selected Short-Term Dispersion Models
                          Complex (I and II) (EPA)


                           FDM (EPA)

                          ISCST2 (EPA)


                          PAL(EPA)


                          SCREEN (I and II) (EPA)

                          SHORTZ (EPA)
 Selected Short-Term Dispersion Models
Short-term site assessment models are used to calculate concentrations that have occurred over periods
of a year or less. These models provide detailed, results of downwind concentrations at several receptors
and are used most often for risk assessments.  The short-term models use measured meteorological
conditions to reproduce the flow conditions or to simulate conditions expected to occur during certain
seasons or over several years.

Although the ability to perform both emission estimation and atmospheric dispersion calculations under
the direction of a user-friendly menu is helpful, sometimes the assessments require models that allow the
modeler to have a greater control of the situation at hand.  Site assessment models provide the ability to
calculate downwind concentrations at multiple receptors for multiple sources and for a great variety of
meteorological conditions.  Several of these models are made to accept National Weather Service data to
calculate concentrations for different averaging periods. Others provide specific algorithms for handling
a certain type of modeling scenario or terrain condition.
Designs $& Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                        7V
Site Invest gaticm                                                                           Pa§e

-------
  Notes:
       r Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Sit» Investigation

-------
                      Selected Short-Term Dispersion Models
                                    Complex 1  (EPA)
                                    Complex I!
Complex I and Complex II Models
Complex I is a modification  of the multiple point-source terrain adjustment (MPTER) model that
incorporates the plume impaetion algorithm of the VALLEY model. VALLEY is a steady-state univariate
Gaussian-plume dispersion algorithm designed to simulate dispersion from point sources in deep valleys
typical of mountain terrain. It is also useful to simulate canyon effects from downtown urban areas.
The model can calculate 24-hour or annual average concentrations from up to 50 sources. Complex I is
a multiple point-source algorithm that accepts hourly meteorological data,

Complex II is a multiple point-source algorithm with terrain adjustment. Complex terrain models may
be used by themselves to evaluate concentrations in  terrain containing various land features such as
slopes, hills, mountains, and sheer faces. The algorithm alters the concentration of the plume according
to a terrain feature input file.  The terrain features act like a mirror to reflect the airflow along certain
paths. This model may be used in tandem with the Industrial Source Complex (ISC) models (described
later) to specify concentrations at receptors far downwind of a facility that is located on a plateau,
within a valley, or in coastal regions possessing neighboring slopes (for example, the western United
States).
Designs for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                         7/98
Site [nv&st^ation                                                                             page 60

-------
  Notes:
Designs fof Air Iirspact Assessments; at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                     7&
Site Inve^igafton                                                                                                                  P33®

-------
                      Selected Short-Term Dispersion Models
                                    FDM (EPA)


                                     Fugitive


                                     Dust



                                     Model
Fugitive Dust Model
The fugitive dust model (FDM) was developed to model both short- and long-term average paniculate
emissions from surface mining and other similar sources.

The FDM can simulate point, line, or area sources.  The model has not been designed to compute the
impacts of buoyant point sources; therefore, it contains no plume-rise algorithm.  The model is generally
based on the Gaussian equation, but it has been specifically adapted to incorporate an improved gradient-
transfer deposition algorithm. Emissions for each source are apportioned into a series of particle classes.
Gravitational settling and deposition velocities are calculated by each of these classes.  Concentrations are
calculated at the user-selected  receptor locations. The model  is designed to work with preprocessed
meteorological data either in hourly or STAR format.

The STAR (STability ARrays) program summarizes National Weather Service meteorological data, CD-
144 format, by generating joint frequencies of 6 windspeeds, 16 wind directions, and 6 stability categories
(Pasquill-Gifford; A through F) for the station and time period desired (STAR uses an algorithm that
produces the frequency distribution). The program generates a  count of the number of entries for each
windspeed/wind direction category by each stability class and the percent frequency for each windspeed/
wind direction category by each stability class.

For use by the STAR program, meteorological data are broken into yearly station files consisting of hourly
windspeed, wind direction, cloud height, and total cover.  Program output provides columns displaying the
number of occurrences within each windspeed category for each wind direction and each stability class,
respectively.
   ns for &jf Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste S;les                                                            7&&
SUe Investigation                                                                                 page ?Q

-------
  Notes:
Designs lor Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                     ?&&
Site Investigation                                                                                                                  page 71

-------
                  Selected Short-Term Dispersion Models
                                      ISCST2 (EPA)


                                        Industrial

                                        Source

                                        Complex

                                        Short

                                        Term
Industrial Source Complex Model
The ISCST2 model can simulate emissions from various source types, including point, area, and volume
sources, and calculates both short- (I. 3, 8, and 24 hour) and long-term (annual) averages.

The Industrial Source Complex (ISC) is an EPA, regulatory-approved, steady-state, Gaussian plume air
quality dispersion model.  It is often used to estimate the impact of various types of industrial sources. The
model has been developed primarily for use in regulatory compliance modeling applications to demonstrate
that a new or modified source will not produce air quality impacts that are above the state or federal
ambient air quality standards (AAQS).  ISC  originally consisted of short-term (ISCST) and long-term
(ISCLT) models that have been recently updated (ISC2) to account for errors in the equations within the
algorithms and to improve the downwash calculations.

The model can simulate varying emission rates but does not calculate the source term.  The model uses
hourly meteorological data with either historical or simulated content. The model can be applied to simulate
the releases typical of onsite activities by using its volume and area source capability.  The area source
algorithm has some limitations. For example, the shape of the area source must be represented as several
square sources. The horizontal dispersion is simulated by  a single line source, and the vertical dispersion
uses a virtual point-source algorithm.
DesEgns for Aif Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Stes                                                           7/98
S'Slnvestlgatio"                                                                               page T2

-------
  Notes:
Designs tor Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Site Investigation

-------
                     Selected Short-Term Dispersion Models
                                       PAL (EPA)
                                          Point
                                          Area
                                           .me
Point, Area,  and Line Model
The point, area, and line (PAL) source algorithm provides a method of estimating short-term dispersion
using Gaussian plume, steady-state assumptions. The algorithm can be used to estimate concentrations of
nonreactive pollutants at 99 receptors for averaging times of 1 to 24 hours for a limited number of point,
area, and line sources (99 of each type). This algorithm is  not intended for application to entire urban
areas, but can be used to assess the impact on air quality, on scales of tens to hundreds of meters, of
portions of urban areas such as shopping centers, large parking areas, and airports. Level terrain is assumed.

The Gaussian point-source equation estimates concentrations for point sources after determining the effective
height of emission and the upwind and crosswind distance of the source from  the receptor.  Numerical
integration of the Gaussian point-source equation is used to determine concentrations from the four types
of line sources.  Subroutines are included that  estimate concentrations for multiple lane line and curved
path sources, special line sources (line sources with endpoints at different heights above ground),  and
special curved path sources.

Integration over the area source, which includes  edge effects from the source region, is done by considering
finite line sources perpendicular to the wind at intervals upwind from the receptor. The crosswind integration
is done analytically; integration upwind is done numerically by successive approximations.
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                             7*8
Srto Investigation                                                                                  PaSa ?*

-------
Point, Area, and Line Model
The PAL-DS model uses Gaussian-plume-type diffusion-deposition algorithms based on analytical solutions
of a gradient-transfer model  The PAL-DS model can treat deposition of both gaseous and suspended
paniculate pollutants in the plume because gravitational settling and dry deposition  of the particles are
explicitly accounted for.  The analytical diffusion-deposition expressions in  the PAL-DS model, when
pollutant settling and deposition velocities are zero, reduce to the usual Gaussian plume diffusion algorithms.
  Notes:
     for Air Impact Assotsm&nts at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                            7IQ&
                                                                                           Pa9a 75

-------
                  Selected Short-Term Dispersion Models
                                  RAM (EPA)
                                   Regional
                                   Airshed
                                   Model
RAM Model
The Gaussian-Plume Multiple Source Air Quality Algorithm: Regional Airshed Model (RAM) is a short-
term, steady-state model that estimates concentrations of stable pollutants.
Designs lot A» Impact Assessments U Hazardous Waste Silos                                                       7y98
Site Invastigilian                                                                         (Wje 78

-------
  Notes:
Designs lor Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Sto Instigation                                                                                                               P"S«

-------
                    Selected Short-Term Dispersion Models
                                    SCREEN (EPA)
                                          mi
SCREEN I and II Models
The Screening Procedures for Estimating the Air Quality Impacts of Stationary Sources (U.S. EPA 1988)
contains screening techniques for chemically stable gases or fine participate pollutants. Those techniques
have been computerized into a model called SCREEN. The program provides a quick method to determine
worst-case downwind concentrations from point, area, and volume sources when emissions data are available,

SCREEN runs interactively on a PC, The program asks the user a series of questions in order to obtain the
necessary input data. SCREEN can estimate maximum ground-level concentrations and the distance to
the maximum, incorporate the effects of building downwash on the maximum concentrations for both the
near wake and the far wake regions, and estimate concentrations in the cavity recirculation zone.

SCREEN is also equipped with algorithms that estimate concentrations due to inversion breakup and shore-
line fumigation and determine plume rise for flare releases.  The model can incorporate the effects on
maximum concentrations of elevated terrain below stack height and can also estimate 24-hour average
concentrations due to plume impaction in complex terrain using the VALLEY model 24-hour screening
procedure.

Modelers often prefer SCREEN to TSCREEN when simulating effects from a specific source because it
allows for more interaction with the input data.
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                         ?<
SHe Investigation                                                                             page

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Ass«am»nts at Hazardous Waste S'«                                                                                   7
Site Investigation                                                                                                               page

-------
                 Selected Short-Term Dispersion Models
                               SHORTZ (EPA)
SHORTZ Model
SHORTZ is designed to calculate short-term pollutant concentrations produced at a large number of receptors
by emissions from multiple stack, building, and area sources. SHORTZ may be used in flat or complex
terrain.
Designs lor Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sil«s                                                     7"8
Site Investigation                                                                        B*S* *>

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                      7108
Srto Investigation                                                                                                                   page 81

-------
w o
~ at
CD to

If
                            TABLE 3. SHORT-TERM SITE ASSESSMENT DISPERSION MODELS


Model capabilities
User friendliness
Hardware/equipment
Emission source information
Variable emissions
Stack/vent (point source)
Line source
Curved line source
Area source
Volume source
Flare source
Atmospheric dispersion
Buoyant dispersion
Dense gas
Real-time computations
Averaging periods
Data output
Store to file
Display on screen
Meteorological data
Historical
Real-time/onsite
Simulated/worst-case
Complex
(land II)


DOS/VMS


X






X


S

X


X
X
X

FDM


DOS


X
X

ML



X


S

X


X
X
X

ISCST*


DOS/VMS

X
X
X

SL
X


X


S

X


X
X
X

PAL*

X
DOS


X
X
X
ML



X

X
1~24 hours

X



X
X

RAM


DOS/VMS


X


Ul (IL)



X


S

X


X
X
X

SCREEN*

X
DOS


X


VP
X
X

X
X

1 hour

X
X



X

SHORT2


DOS/VMS


X


UI/LS



X


S

X


X
X
X
a
>
(D ^
CD (O
to a»
     ""indicates model most often used by EPA/ERT
     S - several (1, 3, 8, and 24 hours and annual average)
     SL - single line
     ML - multiple lines
                                                    IL - infinite line
                                                    LS - line segment
                                                    VP - virtual point
                                                    Ul - upwind integrated

-------
   Notes:
Designs for Ait Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                      7/88
Site Investigation                                                                                                                     0*8* 83

-------
Case Study:  Dispersion Modeling
Refer to the site background information provided in the Monitoring and Sampling case study, begin-
ning on page 26, Use this information and the information provided for dispersion modeling during site
investigation to respond to the following items.

1. The modeler has chosen SCREEN II as the short-term site assessment dispersion model based on the
   following considerations:
   a.  No historical MET data
   b.  Close-in offsite receptors to an area source.
   Is this the appropriate short-term site assessment dispersion model?
2.  During the site investigation, it was discovered that 20-30 houses were built on a boundary portion
   of the landfill. Over the past week, real-time hourly averaged MET data have been collected. An
   estimate of the impact on the 20-30 houses must be determined.  Which short-term dispersion model
   is most appropriate? Why?
Notes
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Haiaidous Waste S;tes                                                             7/96
Site Investigation                                                                                 page $4

-------
 Notes:
Designs lor Air lmp«s Assessments at Hazaidous Waste Stes                                                                                    7/98
sue investigation                                                                                                                I»S* OS

-------
                      Modeling Plan Development
    Objectives:     •   Evaluate a modeling plan to ensure it is consistent with the
                      .  AIA objectives and the dispersion modeling DQO
/Votes.
Designs few Ail ImpactAssessmentsaf Hazardous Waste Sites                                                       TIQ&
Srfa Investigation                                                                         page 86

-------
Section Introduction
                                         Objectives

       Identify the necessary components of a modeling plan.

              Criteria: NTGS Volume IV
Desijns tot Air Impact Assessments ai Hazardous Wast» Sites                                                           "98
Sila Investigation                                                                                PaS« 8?

-------
                     Modeling Plan Development
                    Select constituents to be modeled

                    Define emission inventory methodology

                    Define meteorological database

                    Define receptor grid

                    Detail modeling methodology

                    Define dispersion calculations to be
                    performed

                    Document modeling plan
  Source: NTGS Volume IV
Modeling Plan Development
A dispersion modeling plan should be developed for each Superfund ATA application. The objective of the
plan is to document that the modeling methods, input data requirements, and modeling output and use are
consistent with the AIA objectives and the dispersion modeling DQO. The plan also provides an opportunity
for peer review and RPM/EPM approval of the modeling program.
Designs lor Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                   7^
Sits Investigation                                                                      fsSe S

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Aif ltnu»« Ais«sme(its at Hazardous Wast» Sites                                                                                  T9&
Sid investigation                                                                                                                page 89

-------
                      Dispersion Modeling DQOs
              Modeling objectives
              Overall rationale for the modeling approach
              Modeling uncertainties and their implications to the air
              impact assessment
  Source: NTGS Volume IV
Dispersion Modeling DQOs
DQOs are designed to outline the main objectives of dispersion modeling as part of the AIA and present
options on how to meet the objectives. DQOs should address ARARs for each of the Superfund activities
and the level of air dispersion modeling that is necessary to provide adequate input into the AIA.
Designs to Ai» Impart Assessments at Hazardous Wasta Siias                                                    "W
Sile Investigation                                                                       pas« 90

-------
  Notes:
DssiS"* 'w *i' Impact Assessments at Hazardous Wast* Silas                                                                                    7/98
Site Investigation                                                                                                                page 91

-------
                     Select Modeling Constituents
                             Volatile organics
                             Volatile inorganics
                          •  Semivolatile organics
                             Semivolatile metals
                             Nonvolatiles
Select Modeling Constituents
Selection of air toxics compounds for dispersion modeling is generally less critical than for air monitoring.
Selection of air monitoring compounds is significantly  limited by technical, budgetary, and schedule
constraints. However, dispersion modeling results from one target compound for a particular source can
generally be scaled to obtain concentrations for numerous other contaminants of interest on a cost-effective
basis.
Desists 'or Air Impact *sse*stt>snts at Hazardous Waste Sits*                                                         7/B8
Site Investigation                                                                            page 92

-------
  Notes;
Designs tor Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                   7/
$iie investigation                                                                                                                 PaSe

-------
       TABLE 4. CLASSIFICATION OF ORGANIC AND INORGANIC COMPOUNDS
                           FOR AMBIENT AIR MODELING STUDIES
    Contaminant Type
Compound Class
Representative Compounds
    Volatile organics
Aromatics
                                 Halogenated species
                                 Oxygenated species
                                 Sulfur-containing species
benzene
toluene
ethylbenzene
total xylenes
styrens
chlorobenzene
carbon tetrachloride
chloroform
methylene chloride
1,2-dichloropfOpane
frans-1,3-dichloropropsne
c/s-1,3-dich!oropropene
bromoform
bromomethane
bromodichloromethane
dibromodichloramethane
1,1,2,2-tetrachloroethane
1,1,1 -trichlorosthane
1,1,2-trichloroethane
1,1-dichloroethane
1,2-diehloroafhane
chloroethane
tetrachloroethene
trichloroethene
1,2-dichloroelhene
1,1-dichloroe1hene
1,2-dichloroethene
vinyl chloride
acetone
2-butanone
2-hexanone
4-methyl-2-pentanone
carbon disulfrde
Designs foi Air Impact Assessments al Hazardous Waste Sites
Site Inwstijation
                                                                    7(98
                                                                  page 94

-------
TA1LE4. (cont)
    Contaminant T/pe
Compound Class
Representative Compounds
    Volatile inorganics
    Semivolatile organics
Nitrogen-containing species
Acid gases

Sulfur-containing species
Phenols
                                      Esters
                                      Chlorinated benzenes
benzonitrile"
hydrogen cyanide'
hydrochloric acid8
hydrogen sulflde*
phenol
2-methylphenol
4-methylphanol
2,4-dimethylphenol
2-chlorophenol
2,4-dichlorophenol
2,4,5-trichlorophenol
2,4,6-trichlorophenol
pentachlorophenol
4-chloro-3-methylphenol
2-nitrophenol
4-nitrophenol
2.4-dinitrophenol
4,6-dinitro-2-methylphenol
bis(2-ethylhexyl5phthalate
di-n-octyl  phthalate
di-n-butyl phthalate
diethyl phthalate
butylbanzyl phthalate
dimethyl phthalate
vinyl acetate
1,2-dichlorobenzene
1,3-dichlorobenzene
1,4-dichlorobenzene
1,2,4-trichlorobenzene
hexachlorobenzene
nitrobenzene
2,6-dinitrotoluene
2,4-dinitrotoluena
3,3' -dtchlorobenzidine
Designs (or Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Site investigation
                                                                            7/9B
                                                                         page 85

-------
TABLE 4.  (cont.)
    Contaminant Type
Compound Class
Representative Compounds
                                     Amines
                                     Elhers
                                     Alkadienes
                                     Miscellaneous aliphatics
                                     and aromatics
                                     Polycyclic aromatic
                                     hydrocarbons (PAHs)
                                n-nitrosodimethylamine
                                n-nitrosodi-fi-propylamine
                                n-nitrosodiphenylamine
                                aniline
                                2-nttraaniline
                                3-nitroaniline
                                4-nitroanlline
                                4-chloroanilfne
                                bis (2-chloroethyI)ether
                                bis(2-chlaroisopropyl)e1her
                                bromophenyl-phenylether
                                4-chlorophenyl-phenyiether
                                hexachlorobutadrene
                                hexaehlorocyelopentadiene
                                benzole acid

                                benzyl alcohol
                                bis(2-chloroethoxy)methane
                                dibenzofuran
                                hexach I oroet hans
                                isophorone
                                acenaphlhene
                                acenaphthylene
                                benz(a) anthracene
                                benzo
-------
TABLE 4,  (cent.)
     Contaminant Type
Compound Class
Representative Compounds
                                     Pesticides
                                     Polychlorinated biphenyls
                                     (PCBs)
                                2-methylnaphthalene
                                2-chIoronaphthaIene
                                phenanthrene
                                pyrene
                                alpha-BHC
                                beta-BHC
                                delta-BHC
                                gamma-BHC
                                heptachlor
                                heptachlor epoxide
                                4,4'-DDT
                                4,4'-ODD
                                4,4'-DDE
                                endrin
                                endrin kstone
                                endrin aldehyde
                                endosutfan 1
                                endosulfan I!
                                endosulfan suliate
                                aldrin
                                dieldrin
                                chlordane
                                mathoxychlor
                                toxephene
                                Aroclor 1016

                                Aroclor 1221
                                Aroclor 1232
                                Aroclor 1242
                                Aroclor 1248
                                Aroclor 1254
                                Aroclor 1260
Designs tot Air lnpa« Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Site Investigation
                                                                      pago97

-------
TABLE 4.  (cont)
    Contaminant Type
Compound Class
Representative Compounds
    Semivolatile metals
    Nonvolatiles
Inorganic metals and
nonmetals
mercury
aluminum
antimony
arsenic
barium
beryllium
cadmium
cateium
chromium
cobalt
copper
iron
lead magnesium
manganese
nickel
potassium
selenium
silver
sodium
thallium
tin
vanadium
zinc
* These compounds are not contained on EPA's hazardous substance list.
     ?of Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Site Investigation
                                                                       7/98
                                                                     page 88

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                    7&B
Srte IfwesUgaiiotl                                                                                                                 p3g* 99

-------
                 Define Emission Inventory Methodology
   The modeling plan should outline the procedures for:


        •  Estimating the dimension of the sources involved

        »  Classifying sources by configuration

        »  Determining coordinates of the sources

        •  Defining the constituents involved

        •  Defining the parameters

        «  Calculating emissions

        •  Estimating particle size (when applicable)

        »  Accounting for downwash from nearby structures

        •  Estimating dimensions and distance of structures from the sources
Define Emission Inventory Methodology
An emission inventory is a key input to Superfund air dispersion modeling.  The emissions inventory
should be tabulated in a format suitable for use in dispersion modeling. This table should include physical
and chemical characteristics of the constituents to be modeled.  Program design objectives and DQOs
should be an integral part of the methodology involved.
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Wasle Spies                                                       "96
Srta Investigation                                                                         WS» 100

-------
  Notes:
Design* for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites

-------
Irregularly Shaped Area Source


.1
o
.3
.4
.5
.6
**y

.8
m
                          .9
                                                                  .11
Irregularly Shaped Area Source
Most of the Superfund air release sources are area sources, followed by line and volume sources and, to a
lesser extent, by point sources.  Many of the area sources at Superfund sites have irregular shapes and
many cover a large area (e.g., many acres). The Industrial Source Complex (ISC) dispersion model handles
area sources only as squares. To accommodate the ISC model input requirements, it may be necessary to
subdivide a Superfund area source into a number of smaller square area sources.
      Air impact Assessment at Hazardous Waste Sites
Site Investigation
page 1&2

-------
  Notes:
(Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                       "99
Site Investigation                                                                                                                   page 103

-------
                     Define Meteorological Database
   For refined modeling applications, onsite meteorological data should be
   used:
         To evaluate (correlate) offsite data
       *  To provide site-specific data showing the diurnal variations of
         the meteorological parameters and the effects of topography
         and nearby water bodies on the transport and dispersion of the
         air toxics plume
         To define worst-case emission/dispersion scenarios to
         conservatively evaluate short-term exposure conditions to
         support screening AlAs
Define Meteorological Database
Meteorological data are also key inputs to the dispersion calculations.  Input meteorology governs the
transport and dispersion of the contaminant plume. It is therefore imperative to select the most appropriate
meteorological data.  For most Superfund activities  (ROTS,  remedial design, and operations and
maintenance), historical data are very useful. In the absence of a long record of onsite data, data applicable
for use in dispersion modeling are generally available from National Weather Service stations, state
meteorological programs, and private industry. Generally, at least 1 year of meteorological data should
be available for screening analyses. It is desirable to have five or more years of meteorological data to
support long-term exposure assessments for refined AIAs.
Designs (of Ait Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                      7/88
Site Investigation                                                                       (sags 104

-------
  Notes:
Designs tor Air Impact Ass«s5:m«nts a! Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                       7/BS
Site Investigation                                                                                                                    pai« 105

-------
                           Design Receptor Grid
                                                                            0.1
       0.1
       = Nearest receptors

       = Monitoring stations

       = Dilution factor isopleths
 (ratio of downwind concentration/facility property boundary concentrator))
Design Receptor Grid
The selection of the proper number and locations of receptors is critical for dispersion modeling analysis.
It is important to carefully select receptors to ensure that the areas of potential impact include the desired
spatial distribution of receptors.

A receptor grid  or network for a Superfund air dispersion model defines the locations of calculated air
concentrations that are used as a part of the AIA to assess the effect of air releases on human health and the
environment under the various Superfund site activities.

A receptor jpid  should be  established that will address both the locations of anticipated maximum air
toxics  concentration and the air toxics concentrations at environmentally sensitive receptors such as
residences, work areas, schools, hospitals, parks, and monuments.
Designs for A if impact Assessments at Hazardous Wasta Sites
Srte Investigation
  7/98
page 106

-------
Design Receptor Grid
Concentration averaging times should be a factor in setting the receptor grid in accordance with the AIA
objectives. For short-term averaging times (up to 24 hours), the selection of receptors should be based on
the objective of protecting public health and the environment at all publicly accessible areas around the
Superfund site. In this respect, the receptor should include locations of anticipated maximum air toxics
concentrations offsite. With respect to long averaging times (e.g., monthly, seasonally, annually, 70 years,
or others), air toxics concentrations should be evaluated at actual receptor locations (i.e., in areas surrounding
residences and work places, and at locations with environmentally sensitive species).
 Notes:
Designs for Aii impact Assessments at Hazardous Wssie Srtes
Site lrt¥*sflgatron

-------
                   Design Receptor Grid-Considerations
      •   Results of the receptor data evaluation
      *   Results of screening and refined screening dispersion modeling
      •   Prevailing wind direction
      •   Meteorological conditions conducive to high concentrations
      *   Population distribution in the vicinity of the site
                   Design Receptor Grid-Considerations
        Sensitive receptor location
        Number and configuration of sources
        Release characteristics such as height, dimensions, and proximity
        to the site perimeter
        Work areas on the site
        Locations of air monitoring stations
Design Receptor Grid-Considerations
The receptor grid system for Superfund AIAs should be developed on a case-by-case basis.  The basic
objective is to resolve concentration gradients in the vicinity of the site and to identify maximum
concentrations.
  ns for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Srtes                                                 ?^8
                                                                         Pafl*10a

-------
  Notes:
D®sigr*s for Aif Impact A*a*stm9fits at Hazardous Wastt Sftea                                                                                     7108
Site Investigation                                                                                                                  PaSa t09

-------
                       Detail Modeling Methodology
                          Sophistication level
                          input data requirements
                          Data quality
Detail Modeling Methodology
The modeling methodology is based on the objectives previously outlined for dispersion modeling as a
function of the Superfund activity, and it is consistent with the DQOs for the project.  It is necessary to
determine the level of sophistication of the dispersion modeling, the input data requirements, and the
quality of data.  This determination will permit assessment of the costs and benefits of the modeling
methodology and the effects of the uncertainties involved in the Superfund AIA.

Screening modeling is useful for obtaining rough, upper-bound estimates of the levels of air contaminant
concentrations and the approximate locations of high concentrations and providing information on the
need for refined dispersion modeling. The selected methodology should take into account the following:

1.     Screening vs. refined modeling application
2.     Choice of model to be used
3,     Applicability of the approach to the Superfund activity and source under consideration
4.     Concentration averaging lime
5.     Special considerations (e.g., downwash)
6.     Dispersion parameters (e.g., stability class and roughness factors)
7.     Plume rise considerations
8.     Quality and quantity of meteorological data available (e.g., the availability of representative data
       recommended to support refined dispersion modeling analyses).

For refined dispersion modeling, the ISC dispersion model is a preferred model for most Superfund
AIAs.  When there is a need to characterize time-dependent releases, the INPUFF model should be used.
The dispersion modeling plan should address the following for refined modeling:

Designs iQf AH impact Assessments at Hazardous Wasle S-'tes                                                          7/98
Sits investigation                                                                               page 110

-------
Detail Modeling Methodology
I.     Selected model and rationale
2,     Model applicability, as determined by the Superfund activity involved and source characteristics
3.     The rural or urban character of the area, based on demographic data
4.     Wake and/or downwash effects, including those attributable to onsite obstructions
5.     Particle deposition, taking into consideration the particle mass-size distribution
6.     Plume rise and dispersion parameters, including initial dilution parameters
7.     Model switches (tabulation).
 Notes:
Designs for Air irmpacl Assessments al Hazardous Waste Sites
Site Investigation

-------
                       Define Dispersion Calculations
               *  Short-term vs. long-term calculations
                 Superfund activities under consideration
                  Reporting format for calculated results
Define Dispersion Calculations
Once the overall scheme for dispersion modeling has been outlined, the dispersion calculations to be
performed must be defined and presented in the modeling plan.  These calculations include averaging
times for calculating concentrations, dispersion modeling scenarios as a function of the Superfund activity
under consideration, and the reporting format for calculated results.
D«slgrs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous 'Waste Sites                                                        ?/98
Site Investigation                                                                           page 112

-------
   Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                      3V9S
S.to Investigation,                                                                                                                  page 113

-------
                      Document the Modeling Plan
      Constituents
        Emission
        inventory
      Meteorological
        database      I /
Modeling
   plan
                                                                  Modeling
                                                                methodology
                                                               Receptor grid
                              Dispersion
                             calculations
Document the Modeling Plan
The modeling plan should be documented according to the discussion provided in this section, using the
classifications suggested in Table 4.
Designs tor Air Impad Assessments at Ha2ardoys Waste Sites
Site investigation
                                                                                  7/98
                                            page 1

-------
  Notes:
Oessgns ?o* Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                      "9®
Site investigation                                                                                                                  pag« 115

-------

-------
      AIR IMPACT
 ASSESSMENT DURING
REMEDIAL INVESTIGATION

-------
           Air Impact Assessment During Remedial Investigation
   Module Purpose:   To quantitatively estimate the types of compounds
                         present at the site, and the location and extent of
                         contamination
     Sections: *  Baseline Exposure Estimation

                 •  Emission and Dispersion Modeling During Remedial Investigation

                 *  Monitoring and Sampling During Remedial Investigation

                 •  Risk Assessment During Remedial Investigation
Module Introduction
The goals of this module are:

1,    Given preliminary assessment and site inspection data and emergency removal data (as applicable),
      evaluate onsite and offsite exposure potential using air pathway assessment techniques during
      remedial investigation,

             Criteria: ARARs, 29CFR 1910,120, Health-based air action levels

2,    Given preliminary assessment and site inspection data, emergency removal data (as applicable),
      and the evaluation of onsite and offsite exposure potential:

      A.     Coordinate air pathway assessment activities for remedial investigation
      B.     Evaluate air pathway assessment activities for remedial investigation.

             Criteria: ARARs, 29 CFR 1910.120, Health-based air action levels, NTGS Volumes I-V,
             Removal Program Representative Sampling Guidance Volume 2::::::::::Airf April 1992

This module is divided into three sections.  Each section is concluded with a case study to allow practice
coordinating and evaluating air pathway assessment activities for remedial investigation.
Designs for AET Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                         ?^9S
Remedial Investigation                                                                           page 2

-------
  Notes:
     ! tor Air Impart Ais*ssm»nts a Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                 "88
Remedial liwtstigation                                                                                                          PaiB ^

-------
                                           Perform a
                                        screening level
                                             AIA
              Do the other
             media eliminate
              the no-action
              alternative?
                            Results exceed
                             risk levels or
                               ARARs?
  Document
                                                                 Perform a more
                                                                   refined AIA
                                           Is more
                                          refinement
                                         appropriate?
                                           Do levels
                                         constitute an
                                        immediate risk?
                                                       emergency
                                      Eliminate "no-action
                                    alternative" based on air
                                         pathway only
M Go to FS
   Figure 1.  Air impact assessment during remedial investigation.
Dssignsfor A;rlfnisact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
                                                                       7/98
                                                                      page 4

-------
  Notes:
Designs lor Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Wasts Sites                                                                                    7(98
Remedial Instigation                                                                                                              P*B» 5

-------
                        Air Impact Assessment Objectives
                       for Baseline Exposure Estimation
          Characterize the air exposure potential for volatile species and
          participate matter from the undisturbed site
          Characterize the air exposure potential for volatile species and
          particulate matter from the disturbed site
          Identify contaminants of concern
          Provide baseline exposure estimates that can be used to
          assess the health risk and the need to mitigate
          Provide baseline exposure estimates that can be used to
          assess the need for onsite or fenceline ambient monitoring
Air impact Assessment Objectives for Baseline Exposure Estimation

The first step in developing site-specific ATA objectives is to collect and review readily available site
historical records.  The potential for air emissions can be inferred from the review of preliminary site
information. Even though the baseline emissions may be low, the activities encountered during remediation
of the site have the potential for air emissions of particulate matter (semivolatile organics, metals, and
other inorganic contaminants) and enhanced volatile organic emissions.
   s tot Air impart Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                   ^V98
         n                                                                   Pa9e 8

-------
   Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments ml Hazardous Waste Sties                                                                                      7/98
Remedial Investigation                                                                                                                page 7

-------
                Guideline for Predictive Baseline Emission
               Estimation Procedures for Superfund Sites
    *  Provides step by step procedures

    •  Does not include all relevant information on each model (e.g.,
      limitations and assumptions)

    *  User must understand cited reference material

    •  Procedures are hierarchical - QA at each step

    •  Hypothetical case example provided

   EPA-450/1-92-002, January 1992
                               Guideline Steps
          •  Step 1;      Collect and review site data

          *  Step 2:      List all ARARs and TBCs (as applicable)

          *  Step 3:      Estimate emission rates

          •  Step 4:      Estimate ambient air concentrations

          *  Step 5:      Compare concentrations to ARARs/TBCs

          *  Step 6:      Organize data for input to baseline risk assessment
EPA-450/1-92-002
The objective of the Guideline for Predictive Baseline Emission Estimation Procedures for Superfund
Sites (EPA-450/1-92-002, January 1992) is to provide conservative baseline emission estimates (BEEs) for
use in the baseline risk assessment.
Designs la* Air Impact Assessments it Hazardous Wait* Sites                                                   ^'SS
Remedial Investigation                                                                   Page 8

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sates                                                                                     ?^8
Remedial Investigation                                                                                                                 P*SS *

-------
                     ERT Revised Guideline Steps
                                                 Pre-RI
     Step I:           Collect and review site data<
     Step IIA:         List all ARARs and TBCs (as applicable)
    Step IIB:         List all health and/or risk-based levels of
                     concern
    Step III:         Define the AIA objectives and assumptions
                      ERT Revised Guideline Steps
    SteplVA-1:      Estimate emission rates
        or
    Step IVA-2:      Measure emission rates

    Step IVB:        Estimate ambient air concentrations

    Step VA;         Compare concentrations to ARARs/TBCs

    Step VB:         Organize data for input to baseiine risk
                     assessment


Suggested Guideline Steps	

These suggested guideline steps should provide a more structured baseline emission estimate.
Designs for Ait Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                               7''9*
RemediaHnves&gation                                                              pag* 10

-------
  Notes:
DesisnsforAirlmpactAssessments alHazardoysWaste Sites                                                                                    ?®8
Remedial investigation                                                                                                             Pa9e '1

-------
                  Step I:  Collect and Review Site Data
                  Identify potential air exposure pathways
                                        7 Pre-RI
               *  Assemble site data^
                  Assemble chemical/physical property data
Step!
Data input requirements for emission models can be summarized by classifying the parameters into two
groups:

1.    "Measurable" site-specific parameters
2.    Physical/chemical properties of the waste constituent.

For each of the selected emission models, refer to Table I on page 60 of SI for data requirements in terms
of both site-specific measurable parameters and physical/chemical properties of the contaminants. Paniculate
emissions are not chemical dependant and are influenced solely by the site-specific parameters (soil properties
and environmental parameters) that affect the resuspension of particles,
Designs tor Air impact Asstssments at Hazardous Waste Silts                                                          7^
RemesJai Investigation                                                                            W *2

-------
  Notes:
     s for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                     7/96
R*m$dftl Investigation                                                                                                              pa§* 13

-------
             Step HA:  List all ARARs and TBCs (as applicable)
           National ambient air quality standards (NAAQS)

           National emission standards for hazardous air pollutants
           (NESHAPS)

           State ambient air concentration guidelines or standards
           (SAACGS)

           Others
           Step I1B: List all Health/Risk-Based Levels of Concern
           List all health and/or risk-based levels of concern
Steps IIA and IIB
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                               7/98
Remedial Investigation                                                             pai« 1 *

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Aw Impact Assessments at Hazardous Wasta Srtes                               -                                                    ^/9B
Remedial investigation                                                                                                             PaS*15

-------
      Step III: Determine the A1A Objectives and Define Assumptions
                     What information is already available?
                 *    What pathways must be considered?
                     What is technically possible?
                     What time deadlines exist?
                     What data quality objectives are required?
Defining the AlA Objectives
CERCLA and SARA legislation highlight the basic objectives for all remedial investigations.  These
objectives provide data that are "necessary and sufficient"  to characterize the "nature and extent" of
contamination onsite. In addition, they mandate that "all potential migration pathways for contamination"
require characterization. The first step of the protocol to assess baseline emissions is to develop site-
specific objectives.
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                      7JS6
Remedial Investigation                                                                      page 16

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                 7/88
Romedial I

-------
                   Step 1VA-1: Estimate Emission Rates
   Emission models are available for the following:


    *   Gaseous emissions from subsurface soils

    •   Gaseous emissions from nonaerated surface inpoundments and
        contaminated soils at soil surfaces

    •   Gaseous emissions from codisposal landfills

    •   Solids and semivolatiles emitted as particulate matter



                   Step IVA-2:  Measure Emission  Rates
       Conduct emission rate measurements using direct or
       indirect measurement techniques
Steps IVA-1 andlVA-2
Emission models are available for a range of applications for both volatile organic compound (VOC)
emissions and fugitive dust emissions. Several emission models have been proposed for each application.
The variation between models of similar application is due to differences in their assumptions and/or
complexity.
Designs tor An Impact Assessments al Hazardous Waste SiWf                                                 7/98
                                                 '

-------
   Notes:
De»ign» lor Air Imaact Ass»Mm»nt* at Hazardou* Waste SitM                                                                                   7/98
Remedial ImMUgation                                                                                                            '!il9* 1S

-------
                              Direct Methods
                 Emission isolation flux chamber (surface)
                     Volatiles
                     Semivolatiles

                 Downhole emissions flux chamber (subsurface)
                     Volatiles
                             Indirect Methods
                          Transect method
                                Volatiles
                                Semivolatiles
                                Nonvolatiles

                          Optical remote sensing
                                Volatiles
                                Semivolatiles
Direct and Indirect Methods
See Appendix A for a standard operating procedure for Emission Isolation Flux Chamber Sampling.
Dmigni fof Aif Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Site*                                                  7/9d
Remedial fnv»»tff alien                                                                W 20

-------
  Notes:
Designs tor Air Impact Assessments at Huardoyi Waste Sites                                                                                    ^
Remedial Investigation                                                                                                              f!aBe *

-------
                      Example of transect sampling technique
         Virtual
       Point Sourc
Area
                                                       '  Gas Plume
                                                       ! Center Line
                                              Source
                                                       Midpoint of
                                                       Center Line
                              Wind Direction
 Transect Monitoring
The key points of transect monitoring are that

*     This technique is expensive to implement
•     Multiple measurements (7-10) must be made for each single emission rate data point
•     Actual winds must be approximately centered on the vertical sampling axis.
Drai^m for Air Impact Ass**»m«nt» al Hazardous Waste Sttef
Remedial Investigation
                                           7/98
                                         pace 72

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments ai Hazardous Waste S-tes                                                                                      7/98
Remedial Investigation                                                                                                               page 23

-------
                          Optical Remote Sensing
                  Capable of generating a new emission rate
                  data point approximately every 3-5 minutes
                  Sensitivity usually is not sufficient for Rl
                  studies; however, very applicable to FS and
                  RD studies
                  Will be covered in more detail in monitoring
                  section
Optical Remote Sensing
Designs for AH impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                 7/98
Remedia: investigation                                                               page 2^

-------
  Notes:
Designs (of Aif Impart Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                   7®®
Remedial Investigation                                                                                                             page 25

-------
              Step IVB:  Estimate Ambient Air Concentrations
                Dispersion models are available for the following;

               •  Short-term estimates
                    -  1-hour, 8-hour, and 24-hour exposures

               •  Long-term estimates
                    -  Monthly, seasonal, and annual averages

               •  Area sources

               •  Point sources

               1  Near-field (<50 m) and onsite receptors
              Step VA: Compare Concentration to ARARs/TBCs
        Compare concentrations on a chemical-specific basis
        Concentrations must be estimated on the same averaging time as the ARAR/TBC
        Receptor may be "point of public access"
        Exceedance warrants greater in-depth modeling and/or monitoring
Steps IVB and VA
Designs tor Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                   7/98
Raitiadial Investigation                                                                   PaSe 28

-------
  Notes:
      forAfcr Impact Assessments st Hazardous Wasaa Sites                                                                                  ?$6
Remedial investigation                                                                                                            P*>9* 2?

-------
      Step VB: Organize Data for Input to Baseline Risk Assessment
       Long-term average exposure point concentrations are most
       applicable
       Short-term averages may be applicable if the potential to emit is
       sufficient
       List all model variables and assumptions and discuss how
       uncertainties may affect data
Step VB
Designs tef Air Impact Assessment* at Haia'doys Wasle Sites                                                7/98
Remedial Investigation                                                              PW 28

-------
   Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Mazsrdous Waste Site*                                                                                      7/96
Remedial Investigation                                                                                                               pa8<* 29

-------
  Emission and Dispersion Modeling During Remedial Investigation
   Objectives:
Review the emission model chosen for use during remedial
investigation
                    Define the remedial investigation assumptions for predictive
                    emission estimation - refined
                    Identify the data that must be assembled to run the chosen
                    predictive emission estimation - refined model for remedial
                    investigation
  Emission and Dispersion Modeling During Remedial Investigation
   Objectives:  *   Review the dispersion model - refined chosen for use during
                    remedial investigation

                 •   Review the data assembled to run the chosen dispersion
                    model - refined for remedial investigation
Notes:
Designs for Atf lrttpa£t Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Remedial Investigation
                                                       7/98
                                                      page 30

-------
 Section Introduction
                                          Objectives

        Given preliminary assessment and site inspection data, emergency removal data (as applicable),
        and monitoring and sampling data, review the emission model chosen for use during the remedial
        investigation.

               Criteria: NTGS Volume HI, EPA fact sheet - emission modeling

        Given preliminary assessment and site inspection data, emergency removal data (as applicable),
        the chosen model, and monitoring and sampling data, define the remedial investigation assumptions
        for predictive emission estimation - refined.

               Criteria: NTGS Volume III, EPA fact sheet - emission modeling

        Given remedial investigation data,

        A.     Review the data assembled to run the chosen predictive emission estimation - refined model
               for remedial investigation
        B.     Verify the accuracy, precision, and representativeness of the obtained emission estimate.

               Criteria: EPA fact sheet - emission modeling, NTGS Volume III

        Given the predictive emission estimate - refined, source geometry, receptor geometry, a modeling
        period, and  meteorological data, review the dispersion model - refined chosen for use during the
        remedial investigation,

               Criteria: NTGS Volume IV, EPA fact sheet - dispersion modeling

        Given remedial investigation data and the chosen dispersion estimation model - refined,

        A.     Review the data assembled  to run the  chosen dispersion model  - refined for remedial
               investigation
        D.     Verify the accuracy, precision, and representativeness of the obtained dispersion estimate.
               Criteria: NTGS Volume IV, EPA fact sheet - dispersion modeling
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Remedial Investigation

-------
          Emission Rates
          AIA Guidelines
         Volumes II and III
                                                 COLLECT AND REVIEW INFORMATION

                                              Source data
                                              Urban'rura) classification data and
                                              receptor data
                                              Environmental characteristics
  Available
Monitoring Data
                                               SELECT MODEL CUSS AND
                                                SOPHISTICATION LEVEL

                                            Screened
                                            Refined
             EPA Modeling
              Guidelines
                                                     DEVELOP MODELING PLAN

                                          Select model
                                        •  Select constituents to be modeled
                                          Define model input requirements (emissions,
                                          meteorology, receptors)
                                          Select receptors
                                        •  Select modeling period
                                          Evaluate modeling uncertainty
    EPA         1
Review/Approval
                                                 CONDUCT MODELING

                                 • Develop emission inventory
                                 • Process meteorological data
                                 • Develop receptor grid
                                  Run model test cases
                                  Verify input files
                                  Perform calculation lor averaging times under
                                  consideration
                                                           I
                                                          I
                              Yes
                                           SUMMAR1ZE/EVALUATE RESULTS

                                       • Determine concentrations
                                       • Prepare meteorological summaries
                                       • Consider modeling uncertainty
                                           ADDITIONAL ANALYSES NEEDED?
     Reproduced from NTGS Volume IV
                                                                                                 Input to EPA
                                                                                                Remedial/Removal
                                                                                                Decision-Making
Figure 2,  Superfund air impact assessment dispersion modeling protocol
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Remedial investigation
                                                                                                                            7ISS
                                                                                                                          page 32

-------
  Notes:
Designs tor Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Stte«                                                                                    7/98
Rwnedia! Investigation                                                                                                               PaB* M

-------
                         Refined Dispersion Modeling
 Refined Dispersion Modeling
 Refined dispersion models use analytical techniques that provide more detailed treatment of the physical
 and chemical atmospheric  processes,  more detailed and precise input data, and more specialized
 concentration estimates than the screening techniques.  Refined models generally provide more accurate
 estimates of the impact of Superfund sources on public health and the environment by relying on fewer
 assumptions and providing a consistent means of making repetitious and involved calculations without
 error.
      if Impact Assessments al Hazardous Waste Sites
Remedial Invesllgaiion
  7/98
page 34

-------
  Notes:
Designs lor Air impact Assessments at Haiardoys Wast* Sites                                                                                    7*8
Remedial Investigation                                                                                                              W 35

-------
                      Long-term Dispersion Models
                           » AQDM

                           • COM2

                           • COMPLEX (1 and 2)

                           • FDM

                           • ISCLT2

                           » LONGZ

                           • VALLEY
Long-term Dispersion Models
Long-term site assessment models are used to evaluate concentrations at multiple receptors for a period of
a year or more. The long-term models use simplified equations that are valid for distances much greater
than the source size.
Designs for Air lmpactA«s«ssrnenlj at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                   MM
Remedial Investigation                                                                   pag* 36

-------
  Notes:
Designs te Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                     7/96
Remedial Investigation                                                                                                               1^9* 3?

-------
                             TABLE 1. LONG-TERM SITE ASSESSMENT DISPERSION MODELS


Model capabilities
User friendliness
Hardware/equipment
Emission source information
Variable emissions
Stack/vent (point source)
Line source
Area source
Volume source
Atmospheric dispersion
Buoyant dispersion
Dense gas
Real-time computations
Averaging periods
Data output
Store to file
Meteorological data
Historical
Real-time/onsite
S im u lated/wo rst-case
STAR

AQDM


DOS/VMS


X
X
VP


X

X
S

X


X
X


COM2


DOS/VMS


X
X
UI(PS)


X
X
X
S

X

X
X
X

COMPLEX
(I and II)


DOS/VMS


X
X

X

X


S

X

X
X
X


FDM

X
DOS/VMS


X

VP


X


S

X

X
X
X
X

ISCLT


DOS/VMS


X
X
VP
X

X

X
Annual

X

X


X

LONGZ

X
DOS/VMS


X
X
UI/VP


X

X
S

X

X
X
X


VALLEY


DOS/VMS


X
X
VP


X


24, Annual

X

X

X

tf 3
        S - several (1, 3, 8, and 24 hours and annual average)
        UI - Upwind integration
        VP - Virtual point
        IL - Infinite line
        PS - Point-source average

-------
Notes:
  s for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Srtes                                                                                     ?/98
    Investigation                                                                                                               page 39

-------
Case Study: Emission and Dispersion Modeling	

I.      Site Background Information

       The Strawberry Fields Landfill Site is located on Lonely Heart Road in Pepper, Maine. The site,
       situated in an abandoned sand and gravel quarry, covers approximately 25 acres and is divided
       into two disposal areas: a solid waste disposal area covering 15 acres to the north and a sewage
       sludge disposal area covering  10 acres to the south. Three surface waterbodies flow through the
       site; Sugarbucket River, Nelson Brook, and an unnamed brook.  The site is situated on the east
       side of Lonely Heart Road and is bordered by the road to the west, the Sugarbucket River to the
       east, and residential private property to the north and south. Nelson Brook flows southerly
       through the center of the site and joins the Sugarbucket River before leaving the site. An
       unnamed brook, originating on the west side of Lonely Heart Road, joins the Sugarbucket River
       500 feet south of Nelson Brook. The Sugarbucket is classified as a class B river; suitable for
       fishing and swimming. Also onsite is an active transfer station where refuse is unloaded from
       refuse collection trucks and transferred to trucks which haul the refuse offsite. The terrain is
       slightly hilly with elevations ranging approximately 72 to 92 feet above sea level. There is an
       active gravel quarry to the west with several residential dwellings between it and the site.  A site
       map of the landfill (Figure 3)  provides wind rose data from an onsite meteorological station and
       the location of residential homes, businesses, and the disposal ara boundaires.

       The landfill and active transfer station are owned by the town of Pepper. A portion of the landfill
       was leased to a private citizen during the time of disposal. The town started solid waste operations
       in 1967. In 1977, the landfill started accepting waste-water treatment sludge. Each type of waste
       was kept in a separate area.

       The solid waste portion of the landfill along Lonely  Heart Road  was closed and covered in the
       summer of 1982. In the meantime (May to October 1982), the transfer station was constructed.  In
       October 1983, the regional landfill reached its state-permitted capacity and ceased all active landfilling
       operations.
       Significant amounts of methane and vinyl chloride are typically generated by decomposition of the
       materials within a landfill.  Other volatile organic compounds detected at the Strawberry Fields
       Landfill include 1,2-dichloroethylene; 1,1,1-trichloroethane, benzene, ethylbenzene, and toluene.
       These gases should be sampled to support an evaluation of the extent of gas migration into the soil
       surrounding the landfills which may pose a threat to nearby property owners.  In addition, the
       ambient air will be monitored  for personnel health and safety during all field activities.  However,
       if results of the air monitoring and/or public health assessment indicate the need for more extensive
       air monitoring, a program outlined in the EPA statement of work (June 1990) may be conducted.

Notes
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                            7/98
    l investigation                                                                               page 40

-------
Case Study: Emission and Dispersion Modeling	

II.     Questions

Question 1:   The modeler has chosen the Landfill II Model to obtain an emission estimate. Is this the
             most appropriate model?  Why? Why not?
 Question 2:   Define the Remedial Investigation assumptions for predictive emission estimation.
 Question 3:   What is the most important data that must be collected before the model can be run?
 Question 4:   The modeler has chosen the FDM model to model the long-term, downwind air impact on
             the adjacent neighborhood. Is this the most appropriate model? Why? Why not?
 Question 5:   Based on the selected model, how must the meteorological data be formatted?
Notes
Design* tor Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                        7*8
Remedial Investigation                                                                         W8* 41

-------
                                                  Solid
                                                  Waste
                                                  Disposal
                                                  Area
                                                            Sewage
                                                            Sludge
                                                            Disposal
                                                            Area
                                                          %'^.j Disposal area boundary

                                                                  Residences
    Figure 3. Remedial investigation sampling locations.
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Remedial investigation
  7J98
page 42

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air impact Assessment at Hazardous Waste Silas                                                                                    7/98
Remedial investigation                                                                                                             page 43

-------
           Monitoring and Sampling During Remedial Investigation
    Objectives: •  Choose the chemical(s) for air pathway assessment during
                    remedial investigation
                    Develop a monitoring constituents target list for air monitoring
                    during the remedial investigation
                    Evaluate the appropriate sampling and analytical methods for the
                    remedial investigation
           Monitoring and Sampling During Remedial Investigation
   Objectives:   •  Evaluate, when appropriate, the proposed number and location of
                    meteorological stations (including exposure height) for air pathway
                    assessment during the remedial investigation
                    Evaluate a monitoring network design for remedial investigation
 Section Introduction
The purpose of monitoring and sampling during the remedial investigation is to evaluate the health and risk
to onsite and offsite receptors.
  igns for Air impact Ass«ssmarts at Hanardcus Waste Sites                                                      7/98
Remedial rnvestiQation                                                                     P^9® **

-------
Section Introduction
        Given preliminary assessment and site investigation data, choose the chemicaJ(s) for air pathway assessment
        during remedial investigation.

               Criteria:  Health-based air action levels, ARARs

        Given preliminary assessment and site investigation data and emergency removal data (as applicable), develop
        a monitoring constituents target list for air monitoring during the remedial investigation.

               Criteria;  EPA - Target compound list/target analyte list (TCL/TAL); ARARs; Removal Program
                        Representative Sampling Guidance Volume 2: Air. April 1992; NTGS Volume IV

        Given preliminary assessment and site investigation data, emergency removal data (as applicable), and a
        monitoring constituents target list, evaluate the appropriate sampling and analytical methods for the remedial
        investigation.

               Criteria:  29 CFR 1910,120; Removal Program Representative Sampling Guidance Volume 2; Air,
                        April 1992; Air methods database; DQO manuals

        Given preliminary assessment and site investigation data, emergency removal data (as applicable), and sampling
        equipment and media,  evaluate  the proposed number and location of meteorological stations (including
        exposure height) for air pathway assessment during the remedial investigation.

               Criteria:  NTGS Volumes l-V; EPA SOSGs; Removal Program Representative Sampling Guidance
                        Volume 2: Air. April 1992

        Given source data, receptor data, and environmental data, evaluate a monitoring network design for remedial
        investigation.

               Criteria: NTGS Volumes l-V, DQO manuals, Removal Program Representative Sampling Guidance
                         Volume 2: Air, April 1992
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                 ?^&
Remedial Investigation                                                                                     page 45

-------
         Monitoring and Sampling During Remedial Investigation
    Objectives."   •   Evaluate the proposed air monitoring/sampling plan itself
                      (when appropriate) for remedial investigation
                      Evaluate the proposed QA/QC program
                     implement the air monitoring and sampling plan (when
                     appropriate)
                     Evaluate the air monitoring and sampling plan results (when
                     appropriate)
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Silas
Remedial investigation

-------
Section Introduction
                                        Objectives

       Given the monitoring constituents target list, air monitoring network design,  meteorological
       monitoring program design, and monitoring sophistication level, evaluate, when appropriate, the
       proposed air monitoring/sampling plan for remedial investigation.

             Criteria: NTGS Volumes I- V- SOSGs; Removal Program Representative Sampling Guidance
                     Volume 2:  Air. April 1992; Air methods database; 29 CFR1910.120

       Given an air monitoring and sampling plan for remedial investigation,

       1.     Implement the air monitoring and sampling plan (when appropriate)
       2.     Evaluate the air monitoring and sampling plan results (when appropriate).

             Criteria:  NTGS Volume IV, Superfimd field operations  methods manual, Air methods
                      database, 29 CFR 1910.120, SOSGs, Removal Program Representative Sampling
                      Guidance Volume 2:  Air. April 1992

       Given an air monitoring and sampling plan for remedial investigation, evaluate the proposed QA/
       QC program.

             Criteria: NTGS Volume IV, Removal Program RepresentattyeJsamplmg Guidance Volume
                      2i_Alr_, April 1992
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazsrdous Waste Sites                                                          7/98
Remedial Investigation                                                                           pas® 4?

-------
                Has any previous
              monitoring/sampling
                and/or modeling
              ^occurred at the site?>
                  Yes
        No
            Based on potential site hazard(s),
            select monitoring, sampling, and/or
            modeling methods
         Collect and review information
             *  Source data
             *  Receptor data
             «  Environmental characteristics
             *  Previous AIA data
          Select sophistication level
              •   Screening and/or refined
                Have the
            program goals and
          data quality objectives
           been defined for the
             sampling plan?
No
Define program goals

Evaluate AIA for
       Onsite workers
   -   Offsite
       population and
       environment
Define DQO objectives

Evaluate AIA for
       Onsite workers
   -   Offsite
       population and
       environment
                Yesk-
         Develop sampling plan
           1.    Define program goals
           2,    Select target compounds
           3.    Establish DQOs
           4.    Select number and location of
                monitoring sites
           5.    Select duration and frequency of
                monitoring
           6.    Choose monitoring methods
           7.    Establish a quality assurance/quality
                control program
           8.    Establish a data management system
                         NTGS, Volume IV
             Conduct monitoring/sampling
                    Evaluate results
      Figure 4. Superfund air impact assessment air monitoring protocol.
OassgnsforAir Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Ksmeani Investigation
                                                           7/88
                                                         page 46

-------
  Notes:
    ns for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                    -^98
Remedial Investigation                                                                                                              page 48

-------
                            Data Collection and Review
                                  •  Source data

                                  •  Receptor data
Data  Collection and Review
To effectively design and implement an air quality monitoring program, the first step is to compile and
evaluate all of the available data. It is important to remember that the quality of available information will
depend on the nature and extent of the previously performed site activities, such as the preliminary assess-
ment and site investigation studies.

I      Source data
       A.    Specific sources
       B.    Contaminants
       C.    Toxicity
       D,    Offsite identification
       E    Hot spots
       E     Heterogeneity vs. homogeneity

H.     Receptor data
       A,    Modeling results
       B,    Upwind/downwind locations
       C.    Population distribution
       D.    Sensitive populations
       E    Work zones
       E     Local land uses
Designs (of AIT impart Assessments al Hazaidous Wasle Sites
Remedial investigation

-------
  Notes:
Designs (of Air Impact Assessments at Hazaidous Waste Sites                                                                                    "®8
Remedial (nvsslijation                                                                                                               Pa9* ^1

-------
                          Data Collection and Review
                         Environmental characteristics

                         Previous air impact assessment data
Data Collection and Review
Other information that needs to be obtained, if available, includes environmental data and previous AIA
data.

I.     Environmental characteristics
      A.     Dispersion characteristics
      B.     Climatological date
      C.     Topographic data
      D.     Soil and vegetation characteristics

n.    Previous AIA data
      A,     Types of data
      B.     Evaluation factors
Designs for Aif Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                        7f®&
Remedial Investigation                                                                         page 52

-------
  Notes:
Designs tor Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                    7(98
Remetfal investigation                                                                                                             PaSe 53

-------
                        Air Monitoring Sophistication Levels
              Definition of monitoring sophistication
•                 V Screening level
i                        .   Screening techniques for real-time
                           monitoring
I                        .   Refined screening techniques for onsite
,                           analysis

]                 ^ Refined level
;                        .   Refined techniques for offsite analysis using
                           standardized methods
Air Monitoring Sophistication Levels
The successful preparation of a complete air monitoring program is directly related to the proper selection
of air monitoring sophistication levels. In general, screening studies are performed to better define the
nature and extent of the problem, and refined studies are performed to find definitive answers to one or
more air-related questions.

I.     Screening level
      A.    High detection levels; ppm for gases, mg/m3 for particulates, semivolatiles, and nonvolatiles.
      B,    Real-time results
      C.    Limited evaluation
      D.    Most effective
      E.    Potential for false negatives

II.    Refined screening
      A.    Lower detection levels; ppb for gases
      B.    Near real-time results
      C.    Limitations

III.    Refined
      A.    Low detection levels: ppb to ppt for gases, pg/m3 for semivolatiles and nonvolatiles, ug/m
            for particulates
      B.    Time lag
      C.    High-quality data
      D.    Factors that affect data quality
Designs far Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                         7/98
Remedial Inwstijatiofi                                                                          page 54

-------
  Notes:
Design* for Air impact Assessments it Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                      ^^8
Rem-edial Investtg alien                                                                                                               P^g* 55

-------
                    Air Monitoring Sophistication Levels
        Select monitoring sophistication level
     Primary factors
Source-specific AIA
recommendations
Input data from Step 1
Technical air monitoring
objectives
Air monitoring
objectives/applications
Analytical turnaround time
Required detection iimits
                                        Secondary factors
                                            Legal and Jiability aspects of
                                            Superfund project      - »
                                            Pragrnatc aspects of program
                                                                            Levels

                                                                             Screening
                                                                             *£•*
                                                                             JJJJJQ
Air Monitoring Sophistication Levels
The selection of the sophistication level is based on a combination of primary and secondary factors which,
in turn, determine the appropriate level.

L     Purpose for selecting the appropriate level
n.    Factors that determine the sophistication level
      A.     Screening AIA
             1.      Preliminary results/data obtained to make quick decisions
             2.      Data for onsite and offsite receptors
      B.     Refined AIA
             1.      Detailed results/data obtained to make decisions
             2.      Data for risk assessments and remedial alternatives.
Deigns for A" Irnpact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Site
Remedial investigation
                                                                                         7/S&
                                                                                       Pa§e 58

-------
  Notes:
Designs tor Air Impact Assessments al Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                            •       ?'88
Remedial Investigation                                                                                                            Pa9e s7

-------
— ff
li
TABLE 2. SUMMARY OF SCREENING AND REFINED SCREENING TECHNIQUES
FOR DETECTION OF ORGANIC AND INORGANIC COMPOUNDS IN AMBIENT AIR
                                          Applicable) M ethods

Compound Class
Volatile organics
Aliphalics
Aromalrcs
Halogenated species
Oxygenated species
Sulfui-conlaining species
Nitrogen-containing species
Volatile inorganics
Acid gases
Sulfur-containing species'
Som ii/olatile organics
Phenols
Esters
Chlorinated benzenes
Amines
Pesticides others
A Ikadiones
Miscellaneous aliphalics
and aromatics
Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons
Pesticides
Polychlorinated biphenyls
Nonvolatile:
Inoiganics. metals, and nonmetals
Typicaldetection limits
Total Hydrocarbon
Analyzers
FID1

X
X
X
X
X
X




X
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X


ppm
Infiaied

X
X

X

X





X


X


X




PPm
Colorimelfic Methods
Gas
Detection
Tubes


X'
X
X
X
X

X
X

X

X
X







X
ppm
Tape
M on it or








X














ppm
Electrochemical
Detectors and
Alarms








XHr"(ppm)
X(ppm)












X'"(PPb)

Portable GC Analyzers
GC/FID

X
X

X






X
X

X
XX

X
X




high ppb
GC/PID


XX'


X







X"


X






ppb
GC/ECD



XX'







X

XX
X

X


X
X


ppb
GC/FPD





X
XX


X




X








ppb
Portable
Pumps and
Filtors








x-



X





X
X


X
Fractional ppm

-------
 Table 2. (continued)
Adapted from: NTGS Volume IV

Abbreviations:       FID - flame ionization detector           GC - gas chromatograph
                    PID - photoionization detector            ECD - electron capture detector
                    FPD - flame photometric detector

a FID alone will not distinguish between categories of compounds. An "X" in this column means that the
  category is measured along with all other categories.
b Colorimetric gas detection tubes may not be applicable to every compound in a given category. Consult
  manufacturer's information for specific applicability.
«Where more than one GC or total hydrocarbon detector is listed, "X" indicates a preferred method.

-------
                             Sampling Plan Development
8-Step Process ^^-
1.
2.
3.
4,
5.
6.
7.
8.
Define <^
Select ^ __
Establish
Select
Select
Choose
Establish
Establish
                                       Step 1:  Define program goals
                                                   •  Identify assumptions
 Stepf
An air monitoring plan should be developed for each Superfund AIA application. Because there is no
universal plan for conducting an air monitoring program, this eight-step process has been developed for
use as a framework for preparing the plan.

Example Program Goals:

1.     Collect air monitoring data to measure against the model.
2.     Collect air monitoring data to calculate emission rates.
3.     Collect air monitoring data to verify that sensitive populations are safe.
Designs for Aif Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Remedial Investigation
  7/98
page SO

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessment 31 Hazardous Wasts Sties                                                                                     7/98
Remedial Investigation                                                                                                              W B1

-------
                              Sampling Plan Development
                  8-Step Process
                1. Define
                2. Select
                3. Establish
                4- Select
                5. Select
                6- Choose
                7. Establish
                8. Establish
                                     Step 2: Select target compounds


                                     »  Key factors of contaminants

                                     *  Develop compound list

                                     •  Define hazard index (HI)

                                     •  Compare HI to monitoring
                                       sophistication level

                        Step 2:  Key Factors of Contaminants
                            Physical and chemical properties

                            Toxicity and health effects of chemicals

                            Constituent concentrations relative to each
                            other and to potential interferences

                            Availability and performance of standard
                            sampling and analysis methods
Step 2
After defining the goals of an air impact assessment, the next step is to determine and list analytes of
concern. Select only the most hazardous contaminants that could potentially pose a significant risk via the
air pathway.  Factors that need to be addressed when determining the risk posed  by the contaminants
include:
*
•
Concentration of the contaminant in buried waste, soil, or water
Volatility and rate at which the contaminants are emitted into the atmosphere
Toxicity.
Designs toi Air Impact Assessms^ES at Hazardoys Waste Sites
Remedial Investigation
                                                                                    7/98
                                                                                  page 82

-------
  Notes:
     s for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Wasta Sties                                                                                    Ifi/fa
Ramedial investigation                                                                                                              pao»53

-------
  Step 2: Develop compound list
      Site specific
      Target compound list (TCL)
      for organics
      Target analyte list (TAL) for
      inorganics
      Superfund air emission
      constituents for others
Step 2:  Define hazard index (HI)
Hl =
         Predicted concentration
         Applicable action level
                     Potential
                     problem
Compound List and Hazard Index
EPA has developed a list of compounds, called the hazardous substance list (HSL), for the Superfund
program.  This list is a composite of the target compound list (TCL) and the target analyte list (TAL).
Examples of additional Superfund air emission constituents are included in this list as well. This compila-
tion represents a comprehensive list of compounds from which a list of target air toxic compounds can be
selected (refer to Table 4 in She Investigation).

To prepare a list of potential target compounds, the potential health risks associated with each compound
can be marked in terms of a hazard index (HI). The HI is the ratio of the predicted concentration to the
applicable action level.
Designs for Air impact Assessments 9! Hazardous Waste Sites
Remedial Investigation

-------
Notes:
        Impact Assassments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                 7&S
     investigation                                                                                                        ptg» 65

-------
           Step 2: Compare HI to Monitoring Sophistication Level
       Screening
 Refined
screening
Compare HI to Monitoring Sophistication Level	

Periodically review the TCL and revise as new or additional monitoring results become available.
Additional sampling and analysis of the TCL (particularly long-term refined monitoring studies) will
help to confirm or deny its representativeness.
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Ha
Remedial Investigation
                    s Waste
                                           7/§8
                                          page 66

-------
  Notes:
Design* for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                    ?&8
Remedial Investigation                                                                                                             Pa9» ®7

-------
                             Sampling Plan Development
        8-Step Process
     1.  Define
     2.  Select
     3.  Establish
     4.  Select
     5.  Select
     6.  Choose
     7.  Establish
     8.  Establish
Step 3: Establish data quality objectives
          •  Levels I - V
Step3
Data quality objectives must be defined qualitatively and quantitatively when establishing limits of data
quality.

L      Qualitative
       A.     Representativeness of data
       B.     Comparability of data
n.     Quantitative
       A.     False positive and negative errors
       B.     Acceptable probability vs. consequence of an incorrect decision
       C.     Accuracy and precision of measurement method
Oes»gns for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Remedial Investigation

-------
   Notes:
Designs for Mi impact Assessments at HazanJous Waste Sites                                                                                     7/98
Remedial investigation                                                                                                              pa£Q €9

-------
                      Step 3: Establish Data Quality Objectives
                                                                              V
                                                            IV
                                                          CLP
                                                          RAS
                                                Nonstandard
                                                Methods
                                                SAS
                                      Offsite
                                      Laboratory
                                      Analysis
             I
 Field
Analysis
       Field
       Screening
 Establish Data Quality Objectives
Stage II (identify data uses/needs) of the remedial response DQO process consists of three categories of
activities: 1) defining data uses, 2) specifying the type of data needed to meet project objectives, and 3)
identifying data quality needs.  Once data uses have been defined and the type of data needed to meet
project objectives have been specified, data quality needs can be identified.

The analytical options available to support data collection activities are presented in five general levels.
The levels are distinguished by the type(s) of technology and documentation used, as well as by the degree
of sophistication chosen for the study.
Designs (or Air Impact Assessments a! Hazardous Waste Sites
Remedial Investigation
                                                                 7/98
                                                               page 70

-------
    Notes;
Designs tor Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                     '/S8
Remedial Investigation                                                                                                               Pa9* "

-------
                                Sampling Plan  Development
                    8-Step Process
                 1.  Define
                 2.  Select
                 3,  Establish
                 4.  Select
                 5.  Select
                 6.  Choose
                 7.  Establish
                 8.  Establish
Step 4:  Select number and location of
       monitoring sites


  •  Site-specific characteristics

  *  Meteorological monitoring
        Environmental characteristics

  •  Siting constraints
        Long-term monitoring
     -   Short-term monitoring

  «  Probe siting criteria
                          Step 4;   Site-Specific Characteristics
                                    Receptor characteristics
                                    Source characteristics
                                 •  Results of air dispersion modeling
Step 4
Many factors should be considered in selecting the locations and the number of monitoring stations for air
monitoring programs.  In the discussions that follow, the site-specific characteristics for the selection
process will be explained.
Designs (or Air Impact Assessments al Hazardous Waste Sites
Rameslial Investigation
                                                 7/96
                                               page 72

-------
  Notes:
Designs fof Air Impact Assessments at Haiartous Waste Sites                                                                                     7^96
Remedial Investigation                                                                                                               PaSe ?3

-------
               Step 4:  Meteorological/Environmental Monitoring
                     Previous (historical)
                     meteorological/environmental conditions
                     Present meteorological/environmental conditions
                  *  Seasonal effects
                     Meteorological tower height considerations
Meteorological Monitoring
Meteorological measurements will often be required along with ambient air quality data when assessing
the risks associated with air pathway emissions. The meteorological measurements collected must be
representative of the atmospheric conditions that affect pollutant emissions, transport, and dispersion. The
following information is necessary:

I.     Meteorological conditions
      A.     Meteorological parameters
      B.     Historical conditions
      C.     Local conditions
      D.     Regional flow characteristics
      E,     Seasonal effects
      F.     Previous results, if applicable

II.    Meteorological tower height considerations
      A,     Contaminant route
      B.     Contaminant distance
      C.     Terrain interferences
      D.     Wind conditions
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste S :es                                                        7'96
Remedial Investigation                                                                         page 74

-------
  Notes:
Designs for An Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                    7®$
Remedial Investigation                                                                                                              page 75

-------
                     Step 4;  Environmental Characteristics
  Adapted from Removal Program Representative Sampling Guidance Volume 2: Interim Final
Environmental Characteristics and Topographic Features	


Environmental characteristics and topographic features can influence ambient air concentrations of con-
taminants in a variety of ways, AH of these influencing factors need to be identified before developing the
air monitoring program.

L     Environmental characteristics
      A.    Downwind concentration (C) in relation to emission strength (Q) and dilution factor (DF)
      B.    Minimum  and maximum conditions
n.    Topographic features
      A.    Types
      B,    Advection and transport
      C.    Large water bodies
De&gns for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Remedial investigation
page 76

-------
   Notes:
Desijns for Air Impact Assessments at Hazatdous Wasts Sites                                                                                   7/98
Remedial InvMftgabwi                                                                                                            P*88 ^

-------
                       Step 4:   General Siting Constraints
                     Maximum - one station every 30 degrees
Siting Constraints—Long-term Monitoring
In general, programs designed for determining long-term concentration levels (e.g., lifetime exposures)
will require fewer monitoring locations than those intended to monitor compliance with short-term AALs.

Long-term monitoring siting constraints:

L     Prevailing wind
n.    Predictability of sampling sites
III.    Appropriate sampling locations
Designs (or Aic Impscl Asstssmens at Hazardous Waste Sites
Remedial in
  7/98
pag» 78

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impart Assessments at Hszwddus Wist* S-lts
Remedial Investigation

-------
                       Step 4:   General Siting Constraints
               Minimum - one upwind and three downwind stations
                                                         Wind direction
Siting Constraints—Short-term Monitoring
Short-term monitoring siting constraints:

L     Fixed network around perimeter
II.    Additional samplers
HI.    Number of sites based on site size
      A.    Large site by nearby residence
      B.    Other sites upwind or downwind
      C.    Stations moved on a daily basis
IV.    Heterogeneity of site
V.    Distance of samplers from site boundary
VI.    Expected atmospheric stability
VU.   Sample time
Vni.  Wind variation
IX.    Offsite receptor sources
X.    Number of upwind sources
Designs (or Air Impact Assessments at Hazaidous Was» Sites
Remedial investigation
  7/96
page SO

-------
   Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments al Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                      ?!&&
Remedial ifwestigstian                                                                                                                PaSe 81

-------
                           Step 4:  Probe Siting Criteria
         Key factors include:

              •  Vertical placement above ground


              •  Horizontal spacing from obstructions and obstacles


              *  Unrestricted air flow


              •  Spacing from roads
Probe Siting Criteria
The placement of air monitoring and meteorological stations must conform to a consistent set of criteria
and guidance to ensure data comparability and compatibility, A detailed set of probe siting criteria is given
in the following EPA document:

      U.S. EPA. 1987. Ambient Monitoring Guidelines for Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD).
      EPA-450/4-87/007. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air Quality Planning and
      Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC,
Designs for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                        ?&S
Remsdsal tnvesiigatton                                                                         page 62

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites

-------
                           Sampling Plan Development
         8-Step Process
       1.  Define
       2.  Select
       3.  Establish
       4.  Select
       5.  Select
       6.  Choose
       7.  Establish
       8,  Establish
Step 5:   Select duration and frequency of
          monitoring


          •  Sampling period


          •  Sampling frequency
             Step 5:  Select Duration and Frequency of Monitoring
       Sampling Period
       Refers to the length of
       time to which each
       measurement value is
       referenced
             Sampling Frequency
             Number of sampling
             periods conducted within
             a given time interval
       (e.g., 30 minutes, 24 hours)
            (e.g., daily, weekly, monthly)
StepS
The minimum time needed for sampling is defined by the sampling period and frequency. For typical
AIA monitoring programs, the sampling periods and frequencies will depend on the specific goals and
data requirements of the program.
Designs tor Ait Impact Assessment at Hazardous Waste Sites
Remedial Investigation
                                             page 84

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                     ?<98
Remedial Investigation                                                                                                              Pa9« *5

-------
    STEP 5:  TABLE 3. SELECT DURATION AND FREQUENCY OF MONITORING
                                                                      Frequency
       Superfund Step
 Monitoring Program Duration
 Sampling Duration
    Number of Samples
   RI/FS - Screening AIA


          Screening/
          monitoring
          Refined screening/
          monitoring
   RI/FS - Refined AIA

          Refined monitoring
       1-2 days
       1-2 days
(under worst-case conditions)
      4-6 weeks
  (should bt spread over §
minimum of two seasons and
 one season should cover a
   worst-case scenario
15-30 minutes at each
sampling location
24-hour integrated
24-hour integrated
20-30 readings using THC
analyzers

10-20 samples using colon'metric
gas detection tubes at equivalent

50-10 samples for organies in
gas phase

Limited QA/QC samples

Approximately 10 at each
monitoring location for organies
in gas phase; semivolatHe
organies and inorganics in
paniculate phase

Approximately 10 at the
collocated monitoring location for
the same constituents listed
above

Field and trip blanks, and spiked,
split, and surrogate samples on a
case-by-case basis
  Adapted from: NTGS Volume IV
Select Duration and Frequency of Monitoring	


This table provides recommendations for program duration and sampling frequency during the RI/FS.
The actual amount of time required and the number of samples that need to be collected will depend on
the specific project objectives and resources.  An additional recommendation is that a reasonable data-
base be established and a representative number of air  samples be collected during each step of the
project.

The screening/monitoring should have been performed during the site investigation (SI). If it has not
been performed, it should be done before proceeding any further. The outcome of this step may deter-
mine whether an emergency removal is necessary at this time.
Designs lor Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Wass Sites
    y] Investigation
                                                                        7/98
                                                                      page 89

-------
   Notes:
Designs for Ait impact A$**ssrrwml3i at Hazardous Waste S'ias                                                                                      ?/68
Remedial irweslifation                                                                                                               page 3?

-------
                           Sampling Plan Development
        8-Step Process
      1.  Define
      2.  Select
      3.  Establish
      4.  Select
      5.  Select
      6.  Choose
      7.  Establish
      8.  Establish
Step 6:  Choose monitoring methods


        •  Sampling methods


        »  Analytical methods
Step 6
In this step, appropriate sampling and analytical methods for air emissions will be discussed. The discussion
will include methods for volatile organic compounds (VOCs), semivolatile organic compounds (SVOCs),
particulates, and inorganic compounds.
   s tot Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sties
                                         7/98
                                        page 88

-------
   Notes:
Designs tar Airlmpact Assessments at Hazardous Wasta Sites                                                                                    7'88
Remedial Investigation                                                                                                              Pa8« 88

-------
     Step 6:  EPA Compendium
             Sampling Methods
                    Step 6:  EPA Compendium
                           Analytical Methods
                                                  7h   HPLC  n\
                                                                  i \  \
. VoJatiles (80 to 200°C)
Volatiles(-30to215<>C)
   Semivolatiles
                                          ' HR = High Resolution
Sampling and Analytical Methods
The Compendium of Methods for the Determination of Toxic Organic Compounds in Ambient Air prepared
by EPA is designed to give guidance for sampling and analyzing many compounds. Because the highest
quality data are not achieved in every case, modification of those methods should be applied when needed.
Designs for Air Jmpact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Remedial investigation
                                                      7/98
                                                    page 90

-------
   Notes:
Designs far Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                     J'SS
Remedial Investigation                                                                                                               pa3« 91

-------
                   Step 6:  Overview of Sampling Methods
    Integrated Sampling                vs.              Grab Sampling


    Fixed time - 8 hours,                                Instantaneous
                24 hours                               whole air
                                                        or real-time
    Time-averaged value                               analysis
Overview of Sampling Methods
The advantages and disadvantages of integrated sampling vs. grab sampling depend on the monitoring
objectives, required detection levels, and the duration of the monitoring program.

L     Integrated sampling
      A,    Advantages
      B.    Disadvantages
n.    Grab sampling
      A.    Advantages
      B.    Disadvantages
Designs fof Aif Impact Assessment at Hazardous Wasle Sites                                                    7/S8
Remedial Investigation                                                                    P«9* 92

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Remedial Investigation

-------
       Step 6: Semivolatile Organic Compounds Sampling Methods
                            (EPA TO Methods)
                                                                 TO-9

TO4
-4






QomK/filotilcio
OciilIvUlclUIc/ci






TO1^
- IU

                                                                TO-13
VOC Sampling Methods
A more detailed description of these sampling methods can be found in the Compendium of Methods for
the Determination of Toxic Organic Compounds in Ambient Air.

The volatile organic compounds consist of aromatic hydrocarbons, halogenated hydrocarbons, and
oxygenated compounds.

L     TO-1
      A.    Sample approach
      B.    Advantages
      C.    Disadvantages
H.     TO-2
      A.    Sample approach
      B.    Advantages
      C,    Disadvantages
HI.    TO-3
      A.    Sample approach
      B.    Advantages
      C.    Disadvantages
Designs for Aif Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Site*
Remedial investigation
                                                                                7S8

-------
  Notes:
Designs 'or Ait Impact Ass«*smsns at Haiaidous Wa$(B Sites                                                                                   7^*
Remedial Investigation                                                                                                            PW K

-------
          Step 6: VOC Sampling Methods  (EPA TO Methods)
                                           TO-12
               Volatiles
                                           NMOC
                                         TO-14
                                        -30to215°C
 VOC Sampling Methods
n.
TO-12
A,   Sample approach
B,   Advantages
C.   Disadvantages
TO-14
A.   Sample approach
B.   Advantages
C.   Disadvantages
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Remedial Investigation
                                                                page 96

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessmursts at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                       "?(&&
Remedial I jwfrsti gallon                                                                                                                P39e $7

-------
           Step 6: VOC Analytical Methods (EPA TO Methods)
      TO-3
      TO-2
     TO-1
                      Gas Chromatography
                        Capillary
                 Gas Chromatography/
                   Mass Spectroscopy
                                                   TO-12
                                                         TO-14
VOC Analytical Methods (EPA TO Methods)
n.
Gas Chromatography for TO-3 and TO-12
A.    Analytical approach
B.    Advantages
C    Disadvantage
Gas chromatography/mass spectroscopy for TO-1, TO-2, and TO-14
A.    Analytical approach
B.    Advantages
C.    Disadvantages
Designs lor Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Remedial Investigation
                                                               7/B§
                                                             page 98

-------
  Notes:
Designs lor Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Remedial Investigate

-------
                          Step 6: Full-scan GC/WIS
                     TIME
                SCAN analysis
                    Step 6; Selective Ion Monitoring (SIM)
          z
          o

          Q
          LU

          O
          UJ
          _J
          UJ
          t/3
          LL"
          O
          C/3
          Z
          ID
                  J

                     TIME -

                  SIM analysis
VOC Analytical Methods (EPA TQ-14)



Full-scan GC/MS provides an entire range of masses, a "continuum," with a mass value ranging from low

to high.


Selective ion monitoring (SIM) provides a series of discrete or "selective" masses.
Dmigns fo> Air Impiel Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites

Remedial Investigation
  7/98

page 100

-------
   Notes:
Designs foi Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sues                                                                                     "9*
Remedial Investigation                                                                                                             page 101

-------
       Step 6: Semivolatile Organic Compounds Sampling Methods
                           (EPA TO Methods)
                                                              TO-9

TO-4



Semivolatiles



TO- 10

                                                             TO-13
Semivolatile Organic Compounds Sampling Methods
(EPA TO Methods)	

The SVOCs consist of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs), polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs),
organopesticides, and polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins (PCDDs) and polychlorinated dibenzo-p-furans
(PCDFs),

L     TO-4
      A.    Sampling approach
      B.    Advantages
      C    Disadvantages
H.    TO-9
      A.    Sampling approach
      B.    Advantages
      C    Disadvantages
ffl.    TO-10
      A.    Sampling approach
      B.    Advantages
      C.    Disadvantages
IV.    TO-13
      A.    Sampling approach
      B.    Advantages
      C.    Disadvantages
  igos fo* Aif impact Assessments at Hazafdous Waste
Remedial investigation
page 102

-------
  Notes:
Designs lof Air tir»pael Assessments at Hazardous Waste Siles

-------
              Step 6: Inorganic Compound Sampling Methods
                                 Inorganics
  High Volume
    Sampling
   Specific
   Chemical
   Monitors
  Particulates
    - Heavy metals
    - Pesticide dusts
  Elemental and
inorganic mercury

  Cyanide salts
   Acid gases
Low Volume
 Sampling
 Impingers
Inorganic Compound Sampling Methods
For this course, the following analytes were grouped into the inorganic compound section:

1.     Paniculate matter, which includes heavy metals, pesticide dusts, and droplets of inorganic liquids
2.     Elemental and inorganic mercury
3.     Salts of cyanide.

L     High volume sampling
      A.    Sampling approach-Appendix B
      B.    Advantages
      C.    Disadvantages
      D.    Sampling approach-Appendix J
      E    Advantages
      F.    Disadvantages
H.     Low volume sampling
      A.    Sampling approach
      B.    Advantages
      C.    Disadvantages
HI.    Specific chemical monitors
      A.    Sampling approach-mercury
      B.    Advantages
      C,    Disadvantages
      D.    Sampling approach-cyanide salts and acid gases
      E    Advantages
      F.    Disadvantages
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Remedial investigation
                                                7/98
                                              page 104

-------
  Notes:
Designs fat Air impact Assessmeflfcs at Hazardous Waste Site*                                                                                     ^fiSS
      l investigation                                                                                                              page t05

-------
               Step 6: Inorganic Compound Analytical Methods
                           Particulates/Acid Gases
                             Lead, arsenic,
                             and chromium
Inorganic mercury
                                               Fitter with Hopcaltte
                                               or Hydraer sampling
                                                 AA/Cold vapor
          GFAA
  Ion chromatography
     for acid gases
Titration with
silver nitrate
Inorganic Compound Analytical Methods
                   AA     =    Atomic absorption spectroscopy
                   AE/ICP =    Atomic emission spectroscopy - inductively coupled plasma
                   GFAA  =    Graphite furnace atomic absorption spectroscopy
                   ISE     =    Ion-specific electrode.
I      Heavy metals/filter sampling
       A.     Analytical approach for AA
       B.     Advantages
       C.     Disadvantages
D,     Heavy metals/filter sampling
       A,     Analytical approach for ICP
       B.     Advantages
       C.     Disadvantages
HI,    Heavy metals/filter sampling
       A.     Analytical approach for GFAA
       B,     Advantages
       C.     Disadvantages
IV.    Heavy metals/gold foil techniques
       A.     Analytical approach for cold vapor
       B.     Advantages
       C.     Disadvantages
  V.    Cyanide salts/acid gases
        A.     Analytical approach for ion-
               specific electrodes
        B,     Advantages
        C.     Disadvantages
        D,     Analytical approach for
               colorimetric procedures
        E.     Advantages
        F.     Disadvantages
        G.     Analytical approach for
               titration with silver nitrate
        H.     Advantages
        L      Disadvantages
Designs far Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Remedial I
                                   page 106

-------
  Notes:
Design* tof Ak Impact Asse»sm«nts at Hazardous Wasl» Sites

-------
         Step 6:  Detection Limit and Applicable Range for TO Methods
                                                0.01
                                                       0.10     1.0      10     100
                                                       Approachable Detection Limits, ppb
                                                                                   1000
                Step 6:  Detection Limit and Applicable Range for
                          Various Sampling and Analytical Methods
  Remote FTIR
  Remote MS/MS
   Total HC Analyzers
   Portable GC/FID
   Portable GC/FPD
  Portable GC/ECD/PID
  Portable Electrochemical
  Continuous Colorimeters
  Detector Tubes
  Colorimetric Tape Monitor
  Passive Dosimetry
  CEMs (Chemiluminescent)
                                                       1.0      10      100    1000
                                                         Approachable Detection Limits, ppb
   & for Air Impact Assessments al Hazardous Waste
Remedial Investigation
  7/88
page 108

-------
 Detection Limits of Sampling and Analytical Methods   	


 The selection of the sampling and analytical methods not only depends on cost and equipment availability,
 but also on the detection limits needed to meet the requirements of any air action levels established for the
 site.
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous vVaste Sites                                                        7<^98
Remedial investigation                                   _                                      page 109

-------
                         Step 6:   Air Methods Database
                                    Air Methods
                                Database Main Menu
          Search Menu
Reports Menu
Utilities Menu
   By Compound     By Method


Password
By Method

Print
Display
File
By Compound By Class
(
' Print
i Display
File

Print
Display
File '


Display Type

Printer
References i Rein
i

                                     HP LaserJet Series II
                                     Citizen MP10/15
                                     NEC Pinwriter P2200
                                     Epson E/F/J/RX/IQ
                                     OKI Microline 84/92/93
                                     Brother HR15/25
                                     IBM Proprinier
                                     QUME Sprint 5
                      ASTM Methods
                      CLP Methods
                      TO Methods
                      OSHA Methods
                     ! NIOSH Methods 2nd Edition
                     ! NIOSH Methods 3rd Edition
                     i lA Methods
                      40CFR,Part50
Air Methods Database
The air methods database can be used to investigate the sampling and analytical methods produced by
several entities, including EPA, NTOSH, CLP, and OSHA. This software package is available for no charge
from EPA.
Designs for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
                                                     7/98
                                                   page 110

-------
  Notes;
DesisnstorAitlmwct Assessments alHaiarsous Waste Sitss
Remadial Investigation

-------
                          Sampling Plan Development
        8-Step Process

     1.  Define
     2.  Select
     3.  Establish
     4.  Select
     5.  Select
     6.  Choose
     7.  Establish
     8.  Establish
Step 7:  Establish a quality
         assurance/quality
         control program


 »  General principles of QA/QC

 *  Quality assurance project plan
    (QAPP)
Step 7
EPA requires that a quality assurance project plan (QAPP) be prepared and implemented for all environmental
measurement programs mandated or supported by the agency through regulations, grants, contracts, or
other formalized means. The main purpose of the QAPP is to specify minimum procedures that must be
used to  ensure that the accuracy,  precision, completeness, and representativeness of  the resulting
measurement data are known, documented, and sufficient to achieve the overall goals of the measurement
program. Therefore, the general principles of QA/QC have to be described so that they may be used to
establish a comprehensive QA program.
Designs for Air impact Assessments al Hazardous Waste Sites
Remedial investigation
                                             7/98
                                           page 112

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                     7i$&
Remedial Investigation                                                                                                              J^S8 113

-------
            Step 7:  Principle of Quality Assurance (QA)
     Refers to the entire system of activities, planned or taken, to
     ensure that the measurement data are of sufficient quality to
     meet the overall goals of the program
             Step 7:  Principle of Quality Control (QC)
       Refers to the operational techniques and activities used to
       sustain acceptable levels of data quality
Quality Assurance and Quality Control
Detailed guidelines and procedures for achieving QA/QC in air pollution measurement systems are given
in EPA's five-volume series, Quality Assurance Handbook for Air Pollution Measurement Systems.  The
principles of QA given in Volume I form an appropriate basis for designing a QA program for pathway
assessment activities.
Designs lor Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Wasl«Sit»s                                                 W8
Rsmedial Invsstigation                                                               9*3* ' 14

-------
  Notes:
     s for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                7&B
Remedial Investigation                                                                                                        P^e 115

-------
                 Step 7:  Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPP)
          18 Elements

       1. Title page                                        Structure and format
       2. Table of contents

       3. Project description                                       Background
       4, Project organization                                       Information
       5. Quality assurance objectives for data
         management

       6. Sample and/or modeling methodology
       7. Sample and document custody procedures, when applicable
       8. Meteorological data collection
       9. Calibration procedures for monitors and samplers, when
         applicable
     10. Analytical procedures, when applicable                          Specific
     11, Data reduction, validation, and reporting                         Actions
     12. Internal quality control checks
     13. Performance and system audits
     14. Preventive maintenance
     15. Data measurement assessment
         procedures
     16. Corrective actions
     17. Quality assurance reports to management

     18. Appendices - SOPs
I  Adapted from NTGS Volume IV, Revised Edition


Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPP)


Eighteen QA elements of the QAPP will be addressed in this section for the air impact assessment. The
first two elements, title page and table of contents, deal only with the structure and format of the QAPP,
Others, like elements 3, 4, and 5, provide background information so that those not familiar with the
project  can be appropriately informed. However, most of the QAPP describes specific actions that will
take place to ensure that the data collected  are of known quality.
Designs for Air Jmpact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Srtes                                                       ?^9S
Ramadial Imtsfigatson                                                                      Paas Hfl

-------
  Notes:
Design* tor Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                    ^'SS
Rowed ial liwssogation                                                                                                             P»8» !' f

-------
                    Step 7: Quality Assurance Management
                       3.  Project description
                       4.  Project organization and responsibility
                       5.  Data quality objectives
Quality Assurance Management
To be effective, a QA program must be thoroughly integrated with the overall monitoring effort.  All
members of the project team must be familiar with the goals and underlying principles on which the QA
program is based to ensure that the measurement data are 1) technically sound and defensible and 2) of
sufficient quality to achieve the specific goals of the air pathway assessment.
Designs tor Air Impact Assessments al Hazardous Waste Srtes                                                       7®8
Remedial Investigation                                                                      page 118

-------
  Notes:
Designs fetf Aif Impact AssessrrwmS at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                  ?/98
                                                                                                                         p*fl* 119

-------
             Step 7:  Sampling and Analytical Quality Assurance
                 6.  Sample and modeling methodologies
                 7.  Sample and document custody procedures
                 8.  Collection of meteorological data
Sampling and Analytical Quality Assurance
This section of the QAPP should provide a description of the possible sample matrices, required equip-
ment, sample design (with references to SOPs and EPA procedures used for collecting samples), sample
documentation, corrective actions, sample analysis, and a schedule of work.

L     Sample and modeling methodologies
      A.     Site selection
      B.     Sampling procedures
      C.     Modeling methods
      D,     Other parameters
      E.     Decontamination procedures
n.    Sample and document custody procedures
      A.     Sample custody
      B.     Sample storage procedures
HI.    Collection of meteorological data (essential to almost all air programs)
      A.     Number and location of stations
      B.     Height
      C,     Parameters
      D.     Data collection and backup procedures
    fof^if Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
    l investigation

-------
  Notes:
Desijns tor Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                    7/98
Remediallnvesligatwn                                                                                                              page 121

-------
                 REPRESENTATIVE AIR SAMPLING PLAN CHECKLIST
        Objectives of the Sampling Program and Implied Assumptions

        	   A.      Have clear, concise objectives for the sampling program been defined?
        	   B.      Have the assumptions of the sampling program been ciearly defined (e.g., sampling under "worst-
                       case" conditions, sampling under "typical" conditions, sampling under a routine, periodic schedule,
                       etc.)?
               C      Other;	
        Selection of Sampling and Analytical Methods

        	    A.      Selection of Target Compounds
                       1.       Has background site information been consulted?
        	    B.      Selection of Method (sampling and/or analytical)
                       1.       Can selected methods detect the probable target compounds?
                       2.       Do the selected analytical methods have detection limits low enough to meet the overall
                               objectives of the sampling program?
                       3,       Would the selected methods be hampered by any interfering compounds?
        	    C      Will the selected methods, when applied to the projected sampling location(s), adequately isolate the
                       relative downwind impact of the site from that of other upwind sources?
        	    D.      Are the selected methods logistically feasible at this site?
                £      Other:  	
111.     Location(s) and Number of Sampling Points

        	   A.      Do the locations account for all the potential onsite emission sources that have been identified from
                       the initial site background information and from walk-through inspections?
        	   B.      Will the sampling locations account for all the potential emission sources upwind from the site?
        	   C      For short-term monitoring programs, was a forecast of the local winds for the day(s) of the program
                       obtained?
        	   D,      For a long-term monitoring program, were long-term air quality dispersion models and historical
                       meteorological  data used to predict probable area of maximum impact (when applicable)?
        	   E      Does the sampl ing plan account for the effects of local topography on overall wind directions and for
                       potential shifts in direction during the day (e.g., valley effects, shoreline effects, hillside effects)?
        	   F.      Do the sampling location decisions account for the effects of topography on surface winds, especially
                       under more stable wind directions (e.g., channelization of surface winds due to buildings, stands of
                       trees, adjacent hills)?
        	   G.      Can any sampling equipment left at these locations be adequately secured?
               H.      Other: 	
Designs for Aif Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste SrEes                                                                     f®&
Remedial investigation                                                                                        pa§* ^22

-------
IV.     Time, Duration, and Frequency of Sampling Events

                A.      When the sampling time periods (the actual days, as well as the time span during specific days) were
                        selected, were the effects of the following conditions on  downwind transport of contaminants
                        considered:

        	    •       Expected wind directions?
        	    «       Expected atmospheric stability classes and wind speeds?
        	           Evening and early morning temperature inversions?
        	    •       Changes in atmospheric pressure and surface soil permeability on lateral, offsite migration of gases
                        from methane-producing sources such as landfills?
        	    *       During indoor air investigations, gas infiltration rates into  homes due to changes in atmospheric
                        pressure and to the depressurization of homes caused by many home heating systems?
        	    •       Other:  	

                1.      When the sampling ti me periods (the actual days, as well as the time span during sped fie days) were
                        selected, were the effects on potential site emissions listed below considered:

        	    •       Effect of site activities?
        	    *       Effect of temperature and solar radiation on volatile compounds?
        	    •       Effect of wind speeds on particulate-bound contaminants and on volatiles from lagoons?
        	    •       Effect of changes in atmospheric pressure on landfills and other methane-producing emission sources?
        	    •       Effect of recent precipitation on emissions of both volatile and particulate-bound compounds?
                 •       Other:  	^__^___^__
        	   C      Do the time periods selected allow for contingencies, such as difficulties in properly securing the
                        equipment or public reaction to the noise of generators for high-volume samplers running late at
                        night?

        	   D.      When determining the length of time over which individual samples are to be taken, were the follow-
                        ing questions considered (when applicable)?

        	   •       Will sufficient sample volumes be taken to meet the desired analytical method detection limits?
        	   »       Will the sampling durations be adequate either to cover the full range of diurnal variations in emis-
                        sions and downwind transport or to isolate the effects of these variations?
        	   •       When applicable, do the selected time intervals account for potential wind shifts that could occur
                        due to local topography such as shorelines and valleys?
        	   •       Other:	


V.      Meteorological Data Requirements

        	   A.      Has a source of meteorological data been identified to document actual conditions at the time the
                        sampling event takes place?
        	   B.      Has the placement of an onsite meteorological  station been considered in the sampling plan if no
                        offsite station has been identified?

VI.     QA/QC Requirements

        	   A.      What level of QA/QC will be required?
        	   B.      Have the necessary QA/QC samples been incorporated into the sample design to allow for the detec-
                        tion of potential sources of error?
        	   C.      Does the QA/QC plan account for verification of the sample design and the sample collection?
DasignsforAirNflpactAssassmentsatHazsrdousWaste Srtes                                                                       7
Remedial Investigation                                                                                            P=S« 1

-------
                     Step 7:  Sampling and Analytical Quality Assurance
                      9,  Calibration procedures, when applicable
                     10,  Analytical procedures, when applicable
                     11,  Data reduction, validation, and reporting
                     12.  Internal quality control checks
 Step 7
         Calibration procedures
         A.      Sampling equipment
                1.      Flow rate
                2.      Documentation
         B.      Frequency of calibration
                1.      For each measurement
                       system
                2.      Regulatory
                       requirements
         Analytical procedures
         A.      Analytical equipment
                1.      Approved EPA
                       procedures
                2.      Rationale for modified
                       or alternative methods
                3.      Validation of modified
                       or alternative methods
         B.      Frequency
                1.      For each measu rement
                       system
                2.      Regulatory
                       requirements
ffi.    Data reduction, validation, and
       reporting
       A.     Procedures to specify:
              1,      Statistical approach
              2.      Method blanks
              3.      Nondetect compounds
              4.      Flagged data
              5.      Results reporting
       B.     Develop flowcharts
IV.    QA/QC
       A.     Performed on all sampling and analytical
              systems
       B.     Field sampling system checks
              1.      Flow rate
              2.      Leaks
              3.      Timers
              4,      Others
       C.     Analytical system checks
              1.      QA/QC samples
              2.      Corrective action(s)
Designs for Air impaetAssessments at Hazardous Wasie Sites
Remedial investigation
                                                 7«8
                                                 e 124

-------
  Notes:
Designs lor Air Impact Assessments at (teardoys Waste Sites                                                                                     7*98
Hsmadial Investigation                                                                                                              Pa9« 1 &

-------
                                TABLE 4.  TYPES OF QA/QC SAMPLES
QA/QC Sample Type
 Suggested Minimum
	Frequency	
Responsible
   Party
  Application
Field blank
Trip blank
Replicate/collocated
sampie
  Method dependent;
  typically no! <5%
  5% of minimum of 1 per
  shipment {0 if field blank
  used in lieu of trip blank)
  5% or minimum of 1 per
  sampling even!
 Field crew
 Field crew
 Field crew
Used to detect
contamination during
field operations and
shipping.

Used to detect
contamination during
shipping. Only used when
collecting VOCs,

Used to determine variation
due to sample collection and/
ambient conditions.
Breakthrough sample
Distributed volume
sample
Performance evaluation
sample/blind sample
blank
  Minimum of 1 per event
  unless supplanted by
  distributed volume sampling
  When applicable, minimum
  of 1 per day
 Field crew
 Field crew
  1 per week when user requires
  more stringent QC controls
  if used for sampling.
 Field crew
indicates when the medium
has become saturated.
Typically required when
atmospheric conditions may
cause saturation of the
sampling tubes.

Used with adsorbent-based
sampling methods—
especially tube samples.
Detects both breakthrough,
compound degradation, and
compound formation caused
by the sampling event itself.

Used to evaluate laboratory
capability. In addition, a
spike evaluates air matrix and
sorbent.
Lot blank
  1 per event per lot; 3-6              Field crew/
  whenever new lot of absorbent        laboratory
  acquired
                       Used whenever manufacturers
                       supply a tot o samplers or
                       when a fresh tot of sampling
                       media is cleaned.
Reagent^method blank
  1 per reagent blank per batch
 Laboratory
Used for impinger samples
and for solvent-desorbed
sorbent media.
Surrogate spike
Matrix spike
  Every sample when used             Laboratory
  10% when user requires more        Laboratory
  stringent QC controls
                       Used to verify that bias results
                       are not being reported high or
                       low because of problems with a
                       specific analysis,

                       Not appropriate for total
                       particulates.  Very appropriate
                       for particulate-bound pollutants.
                       Used to verifyretention times,
                       concentrations, percent
                       recovery, analytical error and
                       matrix interference.
Adapted from U.S. EPA. 1992. Removal Program Representative Sampling Guidance Volume 2: Air. Interim Final.  U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response and Office of Emergency and Remedial
Response, Emergency Response Division, Environmental Response Branch, Washington, DC.
Designs forAiMnnpac* Assess/Tier^ at Hazardous Waste Sites
Rejred'ai Inwest-gation
                                                                                    7/88
                                                                                 page 128

-------
 Notes:
Designs for Aii Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                     W98
Remedial Investigation                                                                                                              page 127

-------
 Types of QA/QC Samples
The QA/QC samples listed in Table 4 are to be considered as either sampling and analytical control checks
or as samples used to evaluate the overall performance of the measurement system. The sampling and
analytical checks can be used to provide feedback to determine whether the sampling and analytical sys-
tems are operating within preestablished control limits.  If the control limits are exceeded, corrective ac-
tions should be implemented before additional samples are analyzed.  Laboratory QA/QC samples differ
from field QA/QC samples in a number of ways. For example, laboratory QA/QC samples provide an
increase in overall data quality and they are very effective in identifying the need for corrective action for
both sampling and analytical procedures. However, because of the time lag before analysis of laboratory
QA/QC samples, a lot of time may expire before correct action(s) take place.
Desrgns ter A*f Iftipact Assessments at Haiardcus Waste Sites                                                           7/98
Remadrai Investigation                                                                            P^ge 126

-------
  Notes:
D*$igrtS ?otr Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Silas
Remedial investigation

-------
               Step 7;  Data Management Quality Assurance
                  13.  Performance and system audits

                  14.  Preventive maintenance

                  15.  Data measurement assessment procedures

                  16.  Corrective actions

                  17.  Quality assurance reports to management

                  18.  Appendices
Data Management Quality Assurance
The evaluation of data in terms of precision, accuracy, and completeness must be specifically described for
all parameters in the QAPP. Specific procedures used to evaluate the quality of the data are given in the
Code of Federal Regulations (Part 58, Appendix B) and other EPA guidance documents.
Designs fOf Air Impact Assassmants at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                  7W
Remedial ifwesligalion                                                                 page 130

-------
   Notes:
Designs for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Wast* Sites                                                                                      ?<"S8
Remedial investigation                                                                                                               page 131

-------
                            Sampling Plan Development
                 8-Step Process
               1 Define
               2. Select
               3. Establish
               4, Select
               5, Select
               6. Choose
               7, Establish
               8. Establish
Step 8:  Establish a data
       management system
     Data management planning
     Data acquisition
     Data reduction
     Data validation
     Data reporting
     Data usage
                       Step 8:   Data Management Planning
                     Documentation and recordkeeping
                     Data quality objectives
                     Data transfer, storage, and reporting
Step 8
The goal of ambient air monitoring programs at Superfund sites is to generate accurate, verifiable reports
on ambient conditions of air pollutants in the area of concern. Therefore, establishing sound data manage-
ment procedures and objectives can be critical to the success of an air monitoring program.

To maximize the efficiency of the data management process, collection methods and standards should be
developed early in the program, keeping the end use of the data in mind.  Data management procedures
should then ensure that the sampling and analytical data are stored and maintained in an efficient manner.
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Was!« Sites
Remedial Investigation
                                           pags 132

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air 3rtf pact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Stt&$                                                                                     ?
Remedial investigation                                                                                                               PaS» ^

-------
                      Step 8:  Data Reporting and Usage
                   Data reporting

                      -   Meteorological data summaries
                      -   Air data summaries
                      -   Reports
                   Data usage
Data Reporting and Usage
Validated database files are used to prepare both meteorological and air monitoring data summaries. The
generated summaries are then used to determine exposure potentials for airborne pollutant concentrations
at various sample locations. These data may have several uses, the most common being to compare the
measured concentrations with either short- or long-term action levels.
Deigns far Aw Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Stt&$                                                    ?/3B
Remedial Investigation                                                                    psg« 134

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste S-tes                                                                                     ?
Remedial Investigation                                                                                                              pa§* *

-------
 Case Study: Monitoring and Sampling
 Refer to the site background information provided in the emission and dispersion
 modeling case study beginning on page 40. Use this information to respond to the
 following questions.

 I.      Objectives for Air Monitoring and Analysis

        A.     Evaluate the health and safety of onsite workers and the public through air sampling and analytical
               methods,
        B.     Given a monitoring constituents target list, choose the chemicals for an air impact assessment,
        C,     Given the air methods database, evaluate the appropriate sampling and analytical methods.
        D.     Determine the best method to collect meteorological data in order to appropriately interpret air
               concentration data.
        E-     Given air sampling data, evaluate the monitoring network design.
        F.     Determine the appropriate QA/QC level based on the selection of the sampling and analytical methods,
        G.     Determine whether samples are cross-contaminated during sampling or sample handling.

  II.     Sampling  Plan Design

 (Adapted from the Removal Program Representative Sampling Guidance, 3.2 Air Sampling Plan Checklist.

 Question I:     Have clear, concise objectives for the sampling program been defined? (If not, then list the appropriate
               objectives.)
 Question 2:     Has background site information been properly reviewed for the selection of target compounds? If yes, list
               the target compounds.


 Question 3:     When using the air methods database which of the following methods (OSHA-07, EPA TO-14, NIOSH
               1501, ASTM D 4490-90) could be used to detect the target compounds?
Notes
Designs for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Remedial Investigation
136

-------
Case Study: Monitoring and Sampling
Question 4:     Based on the air methods database, do the selected analytical methods have detection limits low enough to
               meet the overall objectives of the sampling program?
Notes
Question 5:     When evaluating the health and safety of onsite workers and the public, would the selected methods be
               hampered by any interfering compounds?
Question 6:     What level of QA/QC is required?
Question 7:     What type of samples must be collected to allow for the detection of potential sources of error?
Question 8:     Based on Table 5 and the answers to questions 1-7 is the network design appropriate?
Designs tof Aw Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste S,t&s
Remedml Investigation
   7/9S
page 137

-------
 Case Study: Monitoring and Sampling
                                    TABLE S
                              RI SAMPLING RESULTS
Contaminant
Benzene
1 ,2-Dichloroethylene
Ethyl benzene
1,1,1 -Trichloroethane
Toluene
Vinyl chloride
Highest Concentration
(ppm)
12
80
56
325
50
1
Notes
Designs fc* Aif Impact Assessments af Ha/a rdous Wssfe Sites
Remedial lfi«esQga!ian
  7/96
page 136

-------
      s tor Air Impact Assassments at Hazardous Was!* Sites                                                                                                   7*8
Remedial Investigation                                                                                                                                page 138

-------
           Risk Assessment During Remedial Investigation
   Objectives:«  Determine the potential short-term health hazards to
                  onsite and offsite receptors
                  Determine potential health risk caused by air
                  concentrations from the site
Notes:
Designs tot Air Impact Asssssmsnts at Hazardous Waste Sitss                                                  7/98
Remedial Inyssligation                                                                 page 140

-------
Section Introduction
                                         Objectives


»      Given remedial investigation data, determine the potential short-term health hazards to onsite and
       offsite receptors.

              Criteria: NTGS Volume I, NTGS evaluation of short-term air action levels

•      Given the baseline risk assessment, determine potential health risk caused by air concentrations
       from the site.

              Criteria: NTGS Volume I, RAGS - Human Health Volume 1, Pan A
     or Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                            7
Remedial investigation                                                                             page 1

-------
                                 Step 24
                            List all ARARs and TCis
                            (as applicable)

                           ZZZIIXZZIZZII
                                   Sfep 4B
                            Obtain air contaminant
                            concentration of ME1 or
                            offsite receptor from air
                            sampling and/or modeling
Apply 95% upper
confidence limit of the
arithmetic mean to air
contaminant
concentration
                                                               Step 5A
                                                          Do the air contaminant
                                                          concentrations exceed
                                                          any ARARs or TBCs?
NoJ
Step SB
Input data into the
baseline risk
assessment
4 	 . 	
Verify that risk
assessment
levels wilt not
be less than
ARARs/T8Cs
i
                                                            Are risk-based
                                                            levels less than
                                                            ARARs/TBCs?
                                                            Do the resuffs
                                                            from the risk
                                                            assessment
                                                            exceed NCP
                                                            requirements?
                                                             Information
                                                             submitted for
                                                             feasibility study
   Figure 5,  Risk assessment during remedial investigation.
Designs fsr Ajf Impact Assessments a! Haza/dQus Waste
Remedial Pnvestigabofi
                                                                                                                7/93

-------
  Notes:
Designs lot Ail Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                      7/9s
Remeoial Investigation                                                                                                               paga 143

-------
                        Remedial Investigation (Rl)
    Scoping
Investigation
Feasibility
Study
^~.
X"

Remedy
Selection
and Record
of Decision


X

Remedial
Design/
Remedial
Action


x

Deletion/
-Year
Review

 RAGS Volume!,  HHEM,PariA
Remedial  Investigation
The remedial investigation (RI) is the most complex part of the Superfund cleanup process.  During the RI,
qualitative and quantitative analyses of the contaminants are completed.  From the results of the analyses,
the possible risks associated with the contaminants can be determined and the appropriate remediation
levels can be established, Once a site is placed on the National Priority List (NPL), the contaminants must
be remediated to safe levels. These levels are determined in two different ways:

1.     Human health baseline risk assessment
2.     ARARs.
Designs ler Asr impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Remedta! investigation
  7/98
page 144

-------
  Notes:
Designs for *ir Impact Assessments ait Hazardous Waste Sites                            -                                                         ?^
Remedia] hvestigaiion                                                                                                              page 145

-------
                               Baseline Risk Assessment
                  Step 4
            Exposure Assessment
        Analyze contaminant releases

        Identify exposed populations

        Identify potential exposure pathways

        Eliminate exposure concentrations for
        pathways

        Estimate contaminanl intakes for
        pathways
     RAGS Volume I, HHEM, Part A
                                                  Step 1
                                       Data Collection and Evaluation
                                           Gather and analyze relevant
                                           air data

                                           Identify potential chemicals of
                                           concern
\
                                                                       Toxlcity Assessment
                           Collect qualitative and quantitative
                           loxicity information
                           Determine appropriate toxicity
                           values
                                           Risk Characterization
                                       Characterize potential for adverse
                                       health effects to occur
                                          Estimate cancer risks
                                          Estimate noncancer hazard
                                          quotients

                                       Evaluate uncertainty

                                       Summarize risk information
Baseline Risk Assessment
The human health baseline risk assessment is a systematic approach for quantifying the potential risk of a
Superfund hazardous waste site to the public.  The human health baseline risk assessment, hereafter referred to
as the baseline risk assessment, is classified as a long-term air exposure evaluation.  It is the only guidance
available to evaluate long-term exposures. Long-term exposures are defined as exposures that range from 7 to
70 years.  The baseline risk assessment is divided into four major parts:
Data collection/evaluation
Exposure assessment
           Toxicity assessment
           Risk characterization.
This process parallels the modified guideline steps from the Guideline for Predictive Baseline Emission Estimation
Procedures for Superfund Sites.
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sues
Remedial investigation
                                                         page 146

-------
   Notes:
Designs for Air impact Assessments 31 Hazardous Waste Sites

-------
                               Determine Exposure
   Exposure Medium
     (Air)
    Exposure
    Point
                                              Prevailing Wind
                                              Direction
                                                                         Transport Medium
                                                                            (Air)
              Inhalation
              Exposure Route
Determine  Exposure
Volume IV of the NTGS series, Procedures for Conducting an Air Pathway Analysis, gives guidance on
how to develop, conduct, and evaluate air monitoring data.  The data obtained through air monitoring or
modeling are essential in determining the air concentration that receptors are being exposed to (these
topics are covered in greater detail in other sections),

The exposure assessment estimates  the type and degree of exposure to the receptor.  Once it has been
established that the receptor will come into contact with a contaminant, and the degree of exposure has
been determined, the toxicity of the contaminant must be assessed.  The toxicity assessment specifically
looks at the compounds of concern and their ability to  cause adverse health effects to humans. This type of
assessment is accomplished by reviewing existing health studies.
Designs *er Asr Impact Assessments at Ha2ardaus Waste Sites
Remedial investigation
  7/sa
page 148

-------
   Notes:
Oesigne ftx AiHnnpact ABsassrnents al Hazardous Waste Sites                                          '                                            "*®&
Remedial tnvestigalion                                                                                                               paje 149

-------
                            Toxicity Assessment
                          Determine the toxicity of the
                          compounds of concern
 Toxicity Assessment
Existing toxicity studies can be located in EPA's Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS) or in the
Health Effects Assessment Summary Tables (HEAST),  Developed by EPA, these databases give detailed
information on the studies completed to date, the possible adverse health effects, and air concentrations
that are considered safe for human exposure. Each of the sources address carcinogenic effects,  where
applicable, and provide a variable called the "slope factor." The slope factor is a number used to determine
the excess cancer risk from a carcinogenic compound.  IRIS and HEAST also address noncarcinogenic
effects. Concentrations related to noncarcinogenic effects are used to develop a variable called the hazard
quotient.

If a toxicity value is not  provided in  IRIS or HEAST,  then assistance can  be received from EPA's
Environmental Criteria and Assessment Office.
Designs tor Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sties
Remedial investigation
  7/S8
page 150

-------
   Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Wait* Sites                                                                                     "5*
Remedial Investigation                                                                                                             "afl* '51

-------
                             Risk Characterization
         Carcinogens - excess cancer risk should not exceed
         10'4 to 1 cr6
         Noncarcinogens - hazard quotient should not exceed
         unity
Risk  Characterization
The final step in the baseline risk assessment is the risk characterization stage. During this stage, the
sampling data are compared to the values found during the toxicity assessment.  The compounds are
evaluated for carcinogenic and noncarcinogenic effects. The chemicals are evaluated individually and as a
whole within each pathway. Some chemicals could have both carcinogenic and noncarcinogenic effects
and need to be evaluated for each effect.  If the noncarcinogenic hazard quotient is at unity or the excess
cancer risk exceeds 10"4 to 10"4, then the contaminants may need to be reduced. The last step in the
baseline risk assessment process is evaluating subchronic exposures to the compounds of concern.
Designs far Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sues                                                     7/96
Remedial Investigation                                                                    P3981^2

-------
   Notes:
Designs for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Remedial Investigation

-------
                                    ARARs
                                    Step 5A
        Air Concentration
        of Contaminant
Applicable or
relevant and
appropriate
requirements
(NAAQS,
 NESHAP)
Applicable or  Relevant  and Appropriate  Requirements	

When the concentration of a contaminant is determined onsite, the baseline risk assessment is not always
referred to.  Sometimes the concentration is compared to ARARs.  The Risk Assessment Guidance for
Superfttnd: Volume I, Human Health Evaluation Manual Part C defines ARARs as follows:

      Applicable requirements are those cleanup standards, standards of control, and other
      substantive environmental protection requirements, criteria, or limitations promulgated
      under federal or state law that specifically address a hazardous substance, pollutant,
      contaminant, remedial action, location, or other circumstance at a Comprehensive
      Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA) site, 'Relevant
      and appropriate1 requirements are those cleanup standards which, while not 'applicable'
      at a CERCLA site, address problems or situations sufficiently similar to those encountered
      at the CERCLA site that their use is well-suited to the particular site. ARARs can be
      action-specific, location-specific, or chemical-specific.

Unlike soil and water, air does not have multiple ARARs at either the federal or state level. However, these
values should be checked in addition to performing  a baseline risk assessment.  Assistance in finding
ARARs can be found through the EPA ARARs fact sheet or by calling the EPA regional ARARs coordinator.
Desijis for A
-------
   Notes:
Designs tor Air impart Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                    ''
Remedial Investigation                                                                                                            PaSe 1SS

-------
                                  Summary
        Assistance:

               ARARs Fact Sheet (EPA Publication No. 9234.2-22FS)


         *     Regional ARARs Coordinator


               SCRAM Bulletin Board System (state level)
Summary
If an ARAR does exist, caution should be taken because risk-based cleanup levels are usually lower than
ARARs.

In summary, the baseline risk assessment and ARARs are the only types of guidance that can be used to
determine long-term exposures.
Designs for Aif Impact Assessments al Hazanjous Wasta Sites                                                    7/98
Remedial Investigation                                                                   pag« 156

-------
  Notes:
Designs let Air Impact Assessments a! Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                     39« 157

-------
 Refer to the site background information provided in the emissions and dispersion
modeling case study (page 40) and the monitoring and sampling case study (page 138).
Use this information to respond to the following questions.


I.      Questions

A closed landfill has been determined to have benzene,  vinyl chloride, 1,2-dichloroethylene, toluene, 1,1,1-trichlorethane,
1,1,1-trichloroethyIene.  All of these compounds are surfacing and entering the air matrix via a methane gas carrier.

Question I:     What chemicals from the compounds of concern have potential short-term or acute effects? Please
              document why you chose these compounds. List the potential short-term and acute effects of each
              chemical.

              Benzene
              1.2-Dichloroethvlene
              Toluene
              Vinyl chloride
Notes
Designs tor Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                              T/98
Remedial investigation                                                                                 page 158

-------
Case Study:  Risk Assessment
Question 2;
               1.1.1-Trichloroethane
               1.1,1 -Trichloroethvjene
In order to coordinate the risk assessment process, you must ensure that appropriate concentration data are
obtained for the offsite population.  From Figure 6, which locations would you recommend be used and
why?
Question 3:      Personal sampling during the remedial investigation shows that a worker doing soil sampling is exposed to
               the following concentrations of chemicals. Do any of these concentrations exceed air exposure levels?
               Benzene
               1,2-Dichioroeth ylene
               Ethylbenzene
               Methane
               Vinyl chloride
               1,1,1-Trichloroethane
               IJJ-Trichloroethvlene
                       2 ppm
Notes
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Remedial investigation
                                                                                      7/98
                                                                                   page 15S

-------
Question 4:    Using the ACGIH Occupational Exposure Values Book, what is the primary concern with
              the compounds that exceed the PELs in question #3
 Question 5:   The initial Baseline Risk Assessment has produced an excess cancer risk of 10E-4. Is this
              of concern?  Please support your answer.
Notes
Designs for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                             71QQ
Remedial Investigation                                                                                page 180

-------
                                                          Sludge
                                                          Disposal
                                                          Area
                                                       LEGEND
                                                        v _. J Disposal area boundary

                                                                Residences
    Figure 6.  Remedial investigation sampling locations.
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
   7/98
page 191

-------

-------
 AIR IMPACT ASSESSMENT
DURING FEASIBILITY STUDY/
 REMEDIAL DESIGN (FS/RD)

-------
       Air Impact Assessment During Feasibility Study/Remedial Design
    Module Purpose:  To estimate the potential offsite impact during full-scale
                          remedial actions
    Sections:     •   Strategies for Air Impact Assessment During Feasibility
                       Study/Remedial Design

                    «   Emission Modeling During Feasibility Study/Remedial Design
                       (Tiers I and II)

                    «   Monitoring and Sampling (Tier III)

                    »   Risk Assessment During Feasibility Study/Remedial Design
Module Introduction
The goals of this module are:

1.     Given preliminary assessment and site inspection and remedial investigation data, evaluate onsite and
      offsite exposure potential using air impact assessment techniques during feasibility study/remedial
      design,

             Criteria: ARARs, 29 CFR 1910.120, health-based air action levels

2.     Given preliminary assessment and site inspection data, remedial investigation data, and the monitoring
      and sampling data,

      A,     Coordinate air impact assessment activities for the feasibility study/remedial design
      B.     Evaluate air impact assessment activities for the feasibility study/remedial design

             Criteria: ARARs, 29 CFR 1910.120, health-based air action levels, NTGS Volumes 7-K
                     Removal Program Representative SampIingjGuidance Volume 2: Air. April 1992

This module is divided into four sections and is concluded with a case study to allow practice coordinating
and evaluating air pathway assessment activities for feasibility study/remedial design.
Designs for A:f impact Assessments st Hazardous Waste Srfes                                                         7/S8
Feasibility Study/Remedial Design                                                                      page 2

-------
   Notes:
Designs for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Wasi« Sites                                                                                        7>96
Feasibility SU^dy/Remedial Design                                                                                                           page3

-------
                                 i  1   Define AIA objectives
                                2   Assess eMSlinj data/records
                                                            Collect historical data
                                         res'
                            3  Develop conceptual site modeltesi mate
                               values for fcey parameters
                          4  Divide site mts cells of homogeneous waste
                                                                                       '  i   Incineration 
-------
  Notes:
Designs tor Ati impact Assessments at Hazafdeus Waste S*tes                                                                                     W8
Feasibility SfudyMemedia! D«sign

-------
                                                             i  From end of Rl i
                                                        Select initial list of remedial
                                                          options to be evaluated
                                 Tierl
                  Qualitatively estimate air impacts!
                    for each remedial alternative
                                                         Select preferred remedies
                                                            Develop target list
                                Tier 11
                                                    Perform screening AiA for remedy
      Tier 11/111    Perform a more refined AIA
                                         'Yes
                                                                 Does an
                                                               unacceptable
                                                               riskor ARAR
                                                                  exist?
 Is a more
refined AIA
warranted?
    Consider the
appropriate emission
      controls
          Are costs,
      ARAR exceedance
          and/or risk
         acceptable?
                             Go to ROD
     Figure 2.  Air impact assessment during feasibility study.
Designs for Air impact Assessments al Hazardous Wast* Stes
Fsasioility Study/Remedial Oesjgfi
                                                   page 6

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                       "*®&
FeasJ&tity Stutty/Rsmechal Design                                                                                                          f^S*7

-------
                    Consider reopening
                           ROD
                                                                                                     Prior to RD
                                                                        Does
                                                                    selected remedy
                                                                   have potential for
                                                                      air impact?
Obtain more refined
potential air impact
                                                                        Have
                                                                       emission
                                                                       control
                                                                     requirements
                                                                      been set?
    Are current
 potential impact data
 sufficient to design
     controls?
                                                                     Design needs
                                                                   emission controls
                                                                      WttI controls
                                                                      be sufficient
                                                                        to meet
                                                                     requirements?
                                                                     Will emission
                                                                        controls
                                                                    significantly affed
                                                                        costs?
                                                                    Have all design
                                                                    considerations
                                                                      bean met?
                Obtain other design
                  considerations
    Figure 3,  Air impact assessment during remedial design.
Designs lor Aif Impact Assessments al Haiaraous Waste Sites
Feasibility StudyfRemerfia! Design
                                                                                                       7/98
                                                                                                     pagei

-------
  Notes:
Designs (of Aif impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Feasibility Study^Rere«fia3 Oesign

-------
                Strategies for Air Impact Asessment During FS/RD
                      Reevaluate compounds of concern if needed
                      (target "worst actors")
                      Select AIA tier
                III.    Select strategy appropriate to the tier
                       (monitoring vs. emission modeling)
                IV.    Interpret results
Strategies for Air Impact Assessment during FS/RD


Once the compounds of concern are identified, the level (or tier) of the study is selected. Selection of the
strategy is based on factors such as the availability of appropriate auxiliary data, a comparison of emissions
vs. the time period of interest, and the physical nature of the operation. Interpretation of the results involves
tabulation of all the collected data.
Dessgns tor Atr Impact Assessments at Hazardous WasJe Sites                                                     7&8
Feasibility Study/Remedial Design                                                                 page 10

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                        T'SB
Feasibility Study/Rem&dial Design                                                                                                          page 11
                                                                                                                                           Li

-------
                                 FS/RD Strategies
           Tier I

     Qualitative
     estimate of
     potential impact
     from all considered
     remedies
             Yes
          Possible
         Not likely
      Tier II

Semiqualitative
estimate derived
from existing site
data
       Tier Hi

Quantitative
estimate derived
from directly
measured
emissions during
pilot operations
 FS/RD Strategies
Tier lisa screening estimate of impact conducted in accordance with Risk Assessment Guidance for Superfund:
Volume I Human Health Evaluation Manual Part C. Tier I activities are conducted during the feasibility
study on all considered remedies.

Tier II is a sem[quantitative estimate derived from existing site data in accordance with Air/Superfund remedy-
specific guidance. Tier II is usually only conducted on the selected remedy.

Tier III is a quantitative estimate of the emissions potential due to full-scale operations derived from directly
measured emissions during pilot-scale operations.
Des gns *0* Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Feasibility StudyfRemedimi
                                                      7m
                                                    page 12

-------
  Notes:
Dessgns tef Air impact Assessments at Hazatsous Waste Sstes                                                                                       7/96
Feasibility Stu^yfRemedial Design                                                                                                         page 13

-------
      Feasibility Study/Remedial Design Compounds of Concern
                 Remedial
               investigation
                   data
    Risk
assessment
    data
                                Total hydrocarbons
                             Aromatic hydrocarbons
                                      PAHs
                                   Pesticides
                                  Participates
Feasibility Study/Remedial Design Compounds of Concern	

The compounds of concern in FS/RD are those compounds that pose the most significant health risk in the
risk assessment process.

Because of technical and/or financial resource limitations, it is not practical to sample and analyze for all
compounds found in the air. Therefore, compounds must be ranked according to applicable health-based air
action levels and predictive concentration levels. For example, adverse health effects vary from compound to
compound and especially between those that may have similar chemical structures (e.g., benzene and toluene).
Benzene poses a much greater risk than does toluene.  So, when ranking chemicals for the compound list,
consider those chemicals that will pose the greatest health risks and place them at the top of the list.
Designs fex Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Feasibility Styoy/Remedial Dasign
                       page 14

-------
   Notes:
Designs tor Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                      ?$8
Feasibility Study/Remedial Design                                                                                                        t»ge15

-------
                        Emission Modeling During
                    Feasibility Study/Remedial Design
   Objectives:  •  Review the data inputs to the emission model for the feasibility
                   study/remedial design
                   Review the data assembled to run the chosen predictive emission
                   estimation - refined model for the feasibility study
Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Feasibility Study/Remed^ai Design
                                                                                    7m

-------
 Section Introduction
                                           Objectives

        Given remedial investigation data for predictive emission modeling - refined and the proposed remedial
        teehnology/aciion(s), review the data inputs to the emission model for the feasibility study/remedial
        design.

               Criteria: EPA fact sheet - emission modeling, NTGS Volume HI

        Given remedial investigation data and the proposed remedial technology/action, review the data
        assembled to run the chosen predictive emission estimation - refined model for the feasibility study/
        remedial design.
Designs for Aif Ifnpact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Siies                                                              7^98
      tudy/Re medial Oessgrt                                                                          page 17

-------
                   Emissions Potential Assessment (TIER I)
      .   Estimate the volume (m3), mass (kg), and type of waste material to
         be treated
      *   Estimate the concentration of VOCs, heavy metals, dioxins,
         asbestos, and pesticides in the waste material


      «   Estimate the operating rate for remedial activities
Emissions Potential Assessment
The necessity of evaluating air emissions for a given site depends on the type of hazardous material(s) at the
site, the size of the site, and the proposed treatment options. The information listed above should be known
so that the emissions potential of the site can be assessed.
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazanioijs Waste Sites                                                   7B8
Feasibility Study/Remedial Design                                                              page 18

-------
   Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessmants 3t Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                        7198
Feasibility Study/Remedial Design                                                                                                           page 19

-------
                              TABLE 1.  SUMMARY OF TYPICAL AIR EMISSION VALUES BY SOURCE TYPE (TIER I)
1 1
ir Air Impact Assessmel
Study/Remedial Desigr
01
Hazardous Wasi
to
en
S
ut












Remedial Option
Incineration

Air stripping
In-situ ventilation

Excavation
Backhoe
Dragline
Scraper
Bulldozer
Grading
Transport
Unpaved roads
Paved roads
Dumping
Storage
Stabilization

Typical Operation Rate
650 m3/min°
50,000,000 BTU/hour
3,500 L/min
0.15-0.85 m3/mine


900 m3/day
700 mVday
340-610 mVday
1100m3/day
-

5 trucks/hour
5 trucks/hour
24-270 mVday
-
-

Uncontrolled Emissions Controlled Emissions
PM VOC PM VOC
0.5-23 g/m3 0.1-500 ug/m3 34-110 mg/m3 --b

0 5-50 kg/dayc 0 50-100 ppm"
0 1-110 kg/day 0 50-100 ppm"


0.002-0.22 kg/metric ton - -'
-
-
-
0.03-5.4 kg/hour - --'

1.3kgA/KT -- -'
0.022-0.15 kg/VKT - -'
0.005-0.16 kg/metric ton - --'
0.39-1 .5 g/m2/day - -'
0.31-0.41 kg/metric ton - --'
a Exhaust gas rate.
" -- indicates insufficient data to generate typical value.
c Assume 1-10 mg/L pollutant.
d 95-99% efficiency for gas streams of 1,000-10,000 ppm VOC. Multiple treatment units may feed a single control system.
° Exhaust gas rate per recovery well.
' Assume control efficiency of 50%.

-------
  Notes:
     s for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Feasibility Study/Remedial Design

-------
               TABLE 2. CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES AVAILABLE FOR EACH REMEDIAL OPTION
        Remedial Operation
    Contaminant
    Control Technology
 Incineration
 Groundwater stripping




 In-sAu venting



 Soils handling

    Excavation




    Transportation
Hydrocarbons


Participate




Acid gases



NO,


Fugitives

Hydrocarbons




Hydrocarbons
Particulates, hydrocarbons
Participates, hydrocarbons
    Dumping
Particulates, hydrocarbons
    Storage
    Grading
    Stabilization/Solidification
Particulates, hydrocarbons
Particulates, hydrocarbons
Particulates, hydrocarbons
Afterburner
Operational  (in-furnace) methods

Venturi scrubber
Electrostatic precipitator
ionizing wet scrubber
Fabric filter (baghouse)

Spray dryers
Ionizing wet scrubber
Venturi scrubber

Catalytic reduction
Operational  (in-furnace) methods

Inspection/maintenance

Condensation
Carbon adsorption (disposable)
Carbon adsorption (regenerate)
Incineration

Condensation
Carbon adsorption (disposable)
Carbon adsorption (regenerate)
Incineration
Water sprays of active areas
Dust  suppressants
Surfactants
Foam coverings

Water sprays of active areas
Dust suppressants
Surfactants
Road carpets
Road oiling
Speed reduction
Coverings for loads

Water sprays of active areas
Water spray curtains over bed during
dumping
Dust suppressants
Surfactants

Windscreens and other enclosures
Orientation of pile
Foam covering and other coverings
Dust suppressants
Light water sprays
Surfactants

Enclosure of mixing area/apparatus
Storage pile  controls for  raw  materials
Enclosure of binder preparation area
Suction hood (in-situ treatment)
Designs tof Air Impact Assessments at Hazircfcus Waste S.tes
Feasibility Study/Remedial Design
                                                                    7m
                                                                  page 22

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air 'mpact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Stfes                                                                                      ^9&
Feasibility Study/^»m»ctial Design                                                                                                         page 23

-------
Case Study: Emission  Modeling
A contaminated aquifer containing vinyl chloride (50 ppb), trichloroelhylene (100 ppb), and 1,1,1-trichloroethane (250
ppb) has been discovered beneath the site.  The groundwater within the aquifer flows to the northwest, where a small
community is located approximately 1/2 mile away,

Question 1:     The remedy being considered is a set of extraction wells to interept the plume prior to flowing underneath
               the adjacent home and into the well. The water will be treated by air stripping.  Is there an emission
               potential?


Question 2:     What data or assumptions are needed to perform a screening level emission using the air/Superfund
               guidance?
Question 3:     If the need for refined modeling arose (based on the screening level results), what changes in data would be
               necessary?
Notes
Designs fo* Air ffnpact Assessments at Harsrdtous Waste S'tes                                                                   ?/&&
Feasibly Sft^/Remed.a! Design                                                                                  ESie 24

-------
Designs, for Air impact Assessments a! Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                                     7&§
                      ] Design                                                                                                                          page 25

-------
                        Monitoring and Sampling During
                       Feasibility Study/Remedial Design
   Objectives: * Select appropriate type of emission rate measurement (direct vs.
                   indirect) based on the remediation option being evaluated
                   Evaluate the downwind air monitoring plan for a pilot-scale
                   remediation
Notes;
Designs tor A:r Impact Assessments at Hazardous Wasls Sites                                                      7/98
Feasibility SlutiylRemeiial Design                                                                 PaQ8 26

-------
Section Introduction
                                        Objectives

       Given risk assessment data from the remedial investigation, select the appropriate type of emission
       rate measurement (direct vs. indirect) based on the remediation option being evaluated.

             Criteria: EPA - TCUTAL; ARARs; Removal Program Representative Sampling Guidance
                      Volume 2: Air, April 1992; air methods database; DQO manuals; NTGS Volumes
                      I and IV

       Given the compounds of concern, evaluate the  downwind air monitoring plan for a pilot-scale
       remediation,
             Criteria: 29 CFR 1910.120: Removal Program Representative Samjjlin^ Guidance Volume
                         Je April 1992; air methods database; DQO manuals; NTGS Volumes I and IV
Designs for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                           ?^l
Feasibility Study/Remedial Design                                                                       page 2?

-------
       Remedial investigation data
Risk assessment data
           Select compounds of concern
           specific to remedy
      Choose appropriate tier and strategy
   Design a monitoring network for pilot-scale study
         Conduct sampling and analysis
         and interpret results
    Input data to emission/dispersion models
   Figure 4. Monitoring and sampling during feasibility study/remedial design.
Designs for Air fmpact Assessments at Hazardous Wasie Sites
Feasibility Study^Rorrwdial Design
                                   786
                                 page 28

-------
   Notes:
Designs for Air impact Assessments a* Hazardous Waste Sties
FeasiBiIit  tudf/Retneeiiai  esin
FeasiBiIity Studyf/Retneeiiai Design                                                                                                                 page29

-------
      Feasibility Study/Remedial Design Compounds of Concern
                 Remedial
               investigation
                   data
    Risk
assessment
    data
                                Total hydrocarbons
                              Aromatic  hydrocarbons
                                      PAHs
                                    Pesticides
                                   Participates
 Feasibility Study/Remedial Design  Compounds of Concern
 The compounds of concern in FS/RD are those compounds that pose the most significant health risk in the
 risk assessment process.

 Because of technical and/or financial resource limitations, it is not practical to sample and analyze for all
 compounds found in the air.  Therefore, compounds must be ranked according to applicable health-based air
 action levels and predictive concentration levels. For example, adverse health effects vary from compound to
 compound and especially between those that may have similar chemical structures (e.g., benzene and toluene).
 Benzene poses a much greater risk than does toluene. So, when ranking chemicals for the compound list,
 consider those chemicals that will pose the greatest health risks and place them at the top of the list.
Designs (or Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Feasibility Study/Remedial Design
                                                                                   7/98

-------
  Notes:
Designs tor Atf Impact Assessments ai Hazardous Waste Srtes                                                                                      ^6
Feasibility Study/Remedial Design                                                                                                         page 31

-------
                 Tier III Determine Source Term (Emission Rate)
        Select appropriate
        refined emission
        measurement
                                                    Direct measurement
                                                    A  Flux
                                                    B. Stack/vent
     Compare

         1
indirect measurement
A.  Transect method
B.  Open path monitors
Determine Source Term
Direct measurement would include flux chambers and stack or vent sampling. Indirect measurement would
include transect methods or open path fourier transform infrared or ultraviolet (FTIR/FTUV) methods. Criteria
for selecting the type of emissions measurement technique include:
a.     Sensitivity
b.     Temporal resolution every 5 minutes vs. every hour
c.     Number of data points needed
d.     Cost per emission estimation (e.g., eight Summas/one emission rate for transect method)
e.     Access to source (direct vs. indirect).
Designs tor Air impart Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Feasibility Study/Remedial Design
                                7ISB
                               page 32

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                       7/S6
Feasibility Swdy/Remodial Design                                                                                                         page 33

-------
             Monitoring Offsite Impact During Pilot Operations
                      Combustion Chamber
           Optical Remote Sensing (Emissions Measurement)
 Onsite and Offsite Health and Safety Monitoring
I.     Types of air monitoring
      A.    Onsite health and safety
      B.    Offsite emission source monitoring
n.    Air monitoring system criteria
      A.    Detection limits
      B.    Sufficient temporal resolution
      C.    Compound detection flexibility
Designs for AM Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
     tudy/Remedial Design
  7m
page 3-1

-------
   Notes:
Designs for Aif Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Srtes                                                                                       ?&&
Feasibility Study/Remedial Design                                                                                                          pagfi35

-------
           Developing Technologies for Ambient Air Monitoring
                        Open Path Monitors
    U ItraVioIet

    D ifferential

    O ptical

    A bsorbance

    S pectrometer
Fourier
Transform
InfraRed
Gas
Filter
Correlation
Developing Technologies for Ambient Air Monitoring
Open path monitors (OPMs) are based on the principle that light interacts with matter to produce qualitative
and quantitative data about the matter.  This information or identification is based on the unique spectral
pattern exhibited by molecules and atoms as a function of the wavelength of light interacting with them,

UVDOAS   SQj, inorganics, aromatics
OP-FTIR    Most organics, inorganic gases with polar bonds
GFC       Light organic gases
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Feasrbility Sludy/Remedial
                                            7/38
                                           pageM

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                      7/98
Feasibility Stydy/Remtdiai Dtsign                                                                                                         page 37

-------
          Comparison of Conventional Point Monitoring (CPM)
                      and Open Path Monitors (OPM)

Detection Limits
Data Turnaround
Dispersion Model Inputs
Unknowns
Guidance
Site Layout
Emission Rate Determination
CPM
Lower detection limits than
OPMs; usually below the
long-term action levels.
For speciated data, at least
1-hour, but generally 24-48
hours; may not be able to
warn if short-term action
levels are exceeded.
Must be extrapolated from
a line of point samplers.
More accurately identifies
the presence of compounds
near the detection limit;
accuracy doesn't
necessarily improve as
concentrations increase.
Well documented and
accepted.
Sensitive to areas where
sampler cannot be placed
on the ground; insensitive
to hilly or broken site
terrain.
Not well suited.
OPM
Higher detection limits than
CPMs on most path
lengths; may be above
some long-term action
levels.
Speciated data for tens of
compounds available in
minutes. Can warn of
short-term health
exceedances.
Direct output in one or two
dimensions.
Less accurate at lowest
concentrations observable,
but gets better as
concentration increases
over reasonable range.
Easier to identify unknowns
at reasonable
concentrations.
Little documentation; still
not well understood.
Sensitive to line-of-sight
obstruction; insensitive to
recessed obstacles such as
lagoons and pits.
Extremely well suited.
CPM vs. OPM
Examples of conventional point monitoring (CPM) are the FTIR, absorbent tubes, and Summa canisters.
Examples of an OPM are FTIR, UV-DOAS, and GFC.
Designs faf Aw Imaact Assessments at Haza'dous Waste Sites
Feasibility Sludy/Remetiial Design
page 36

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Feasibility Study/Re medial Design

-------
                  Pilot-Scale Air Monitoring and Sampling Plan
                                        Define Purpose
                                   Collect meteorological data
                                 Review air sampling plan checklist
                                                                  _J
                                 Determine number and locations
                                    of air monitoring stations
                                     Implement pilot-scale air
                                   monitoring and sampling plan
                                 Evaluate the air monitoring and
                                sampling results of pilot-scale study
Pilot-Scale Air Monitoring and Sampling Plan	

To correctly and appropriately interpret air concentration data, a substantial amount of meteorological data
should be collected prior to interpretation so that any impacts of air flow paths from the local terrain can be
identified.  Also, before beginning to interpret the air concentration data, the air sampling plan checklist
should be reviewed. This checklist is part of the Removal Program Representative Sampling Guidance
Volume 2: Air.

During the pilot-scale study, one main objective is to measure maximum ambient concentrations. Therefore,
monitoring is performed as soon as possible after the emission release.  However, because the pilot-scale
study is usually a scaled-down version of the remedial action activities, it is unlikely that any high chemical
concentrations will be detected at the fenceline.
Designs for Asr impact Assessments at Haia^doisS Waste
Feasibihty Study/Remedial Design
  7J98
page 40

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Was'e Srtes                                                                                       7^8
Feasibility Stody/Remedial Design                                                                                                         page 41

-------
Case Study:  Monitoring and Sampling
I       FS/RD Objectives

        A.      Assess the health and safety of onsite workers and the public through air sampling and analysis,
        B,      Given risk assessment data from the remedial investigation, select compounds of concern for the air
               pathway assessment.
        C.      Given the compounds of concern, determine source term (emission rate).
        D-      Select the appropriate emission measurement technique,
        E      Given the three gas collection system options, develop a method to compare their ambient air impacts.

II.      Site Background Information

The initial study conducted as part of the remedial investigation (RJ) of the Strawberry Fields Landfill site was conducted to
support an evaluation of the extent of gas migration that may posea threat to the residences abutting the landfill. The sampling
data from the HI study are contained in Table 3. The table lists the highest concentrations recorded for each of the compounds
of concern.  Risk assessment data from the RI were reviewed and indicate that benzene and vinyl chloride have a combined
carcinogenic risk of 10J.

Because of RCRA regulations, it was determined that the full site must be capped. This is expected to greatly affect the offsite
migration of landfill gas. Therefore, some type of gas collection system will be needed.  The three alternatives are a passive
perimeter system, an active collection system to a central print with no controls, and a passive perimeter system with emission
controls. Passive vents are placed every 100 feet.
Notes
Designs for Air Impact Assessments a: Hazardous Waste Spies                                                                    "8S
Feasibility Study/Remedial Design                                                                                  page "12

-------
                                                 Waste
                                                 Disposal
                                                 Area
                                                            Sewage
                                                            Sludge
                                                            Disposal
                                                            Area
                                                               Disposal area boundary

                                                          I   i—-3   Residences
    Figure 4.  FS/RD sampling locations.
Design* (or Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Feasibility StudyfRcnwdlal Design
  MS
pas* 43

-------
Case Study: Monitoring and Sampling
                                      TABLE 3
                                RJ SAMPLING RESULTS
Contaminant
Benzene
1,2-Dichloroethylene
Ethyl benzene
1,1,1-Trichloroethane
Toluene
Vinyl chloride
Highest Concentration
(ppm)
12
80
56
325
50
1
                                      TABLE 4
                            LOCATION FOR FS PILOT STUDY
Compound
Benzene
Vinyl Chloride
DWI
0.004
ND
DW2
0.008
ND
DW3
0.004
ND
OS1
0,05
ND
UW1
ND
ND
UW2
ND
ND
UW3
ND
ND
      ND= not detected
Notes
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Feasibility Study/Remedial Design
page 44

-------
Case Study: Monitoring and Sampling
111.           Pilot-Scale Study
Question I:    In order to assess the health and safety of onsite workers and the public through air sampling
             and analysis, which hazard appears to be the greatest risk?
Question 2:   Of the six compounds of concerns, which ones should the pilot study emphasize?
Question 3:   What would be your next step in addressing this problem?
Question 4:   What would be an appropriate emission measurement technique to use here? Why?
Question 5:   How would the ambient air impacts for the three alternatives be compared?
Notes
Designs for Air Impact Assessments al Hazardous Waste Sites                                                          ?S6
Feasibility Study/Ramedia! Design                                                                     page 45

-------
           Risk Assessment During Feasibility Study/Remedial Design
    Objectives:
Evaluate the need for control measures to reduce the risk to
receptors during feasibility study/remedial design
                     Compile all air pathway assessment data for inclusion in the
                     detailed analysis of alternatives
                     Evaluate the risk potential to receptors
                     Evaluate data for inclusion in the Record of Decision
Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazards us Waste Sites
Feasibility Study/Remedial Design
                                                              im
                                                            page 45

-------
Section Introduction
                                          Objectives

       Given remedial investigation data, evaluate the need for control measures to reduce the risks to receptors
       during the feasibility study/remedial design.

              Criteria: Health-based air action levels, ARARs, Bisk Assessment Guidance for
                       Siiperfund:  Volume 1 Human-Health EvqlugtipnManual Part C

       Given remedial investigation, feasibility study, and remedial design data, compile all air pathway
       assessment data for inclusion in the detailed analysis of remedial alternatives,

              Criteria:  CERCLA/SARA,  Risk Assessment Guidance for Superfitnd;  Volume I Human
                       Health Evaluation Manual Part C

       Given the remedial alternatives, evaluate the risk potential to receptors.

              Criteria: Health-based air action levels, ARARs, manufacturer's treatment data, bench- and
                       pilot-scale studies

       Given the feasibility study data, evaluate data for inclusion in the Record of Decision.

              Criteria: Health-based air action levels, ARARs, manufacturer's treatment data, bench- and
                       pilot-scale studies
Designs for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                              7^6
Feasibility Study/Remedial Design                                                                          PHI8 47

-------
      Estimate air contaminant concentrations for each remedial'
      alternative that is being considered (this information can   !
      be received through pilot- or bench-scale studies or from  '
      previous remediation data from other sites)              >
      A. Establish air action levels for the remediation process
      B. Conduct long-term evaluation of remedial alternatives
     , C. Conduct short-terrn evaluation of remedial alternatives
                                                                        Evaluate new alternative i
                       )o any air
                     contaminant
                ''concentrations exceed"
                4he levels in boxes A,
                       B, or C?
Yes, Document and exclude
     remedial alternative
Institute control measures
       Choose remedial alternative based on the NCR's
       threshold, modifying, and balancing criteria      !
                        1ROD
    i Estimate ambient air concentrations from monitoring, •
    i sampling, and/or modeling during the remedial design'1

      _-  __    	 	"ir	
    i Evaluate chosen remedial alternative with appropriate j
    i AELs or AALs
                     Modify existing remedial technology
                               T
                        Do air
                     contaminant
                    concentrations
                  exceed any AELs or
                        AALs?
   Yes  i institute control measures to reduce air]
         contaminant concentrations to safe
         levels
                  Reevaluate as needed ;
                i Remedial design complete
   Figure 5. Risk assessment during feasibility study/remedial design.
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Feasibility Study/Remedial Design
                                                            7J98
                                                          page AS

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Wfeste Sites                                                                                       7/96
Peasifcitity Styd^Remedia! Design                                                                                                         page 49

-------
                                  Feasibility Study
           Remedial
           alternative
           Remedial
           alternative
           Remedial
           alternative
   Nine
evaluation
  criteria
  (NCP)
 Selected
 remedial
alternative
Feasibility Study
The feasibility study is the first step in the Supeif und process that deals with the proposed remedy or remedies
to clean up the site. The sole function is to identify which remedial alternatives will reduce or eliminate the
risks of that site in an efficient manner.  The criteria for selecting the chosen remedial alternative are set forth
by the National Contingency Plan. The first two criteria are the most important;

*      Protection of human health and the environment

•      Compliance with applicable or relevant and appropriate requirements (ARARs).

These two criteria are called the threshold criteria, whereas the other criteria are balancing or modifying
criteria. Once the criteria have been met, a remedial alternative will be selected. This process is known as the
record of decision.
Designs tor AST Jmpact Ass«ssrnent5 at Hazardous Wasle Siles
Fassi&ility Study/Remedial Design

-------
   Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                       7*96
Feasibility Study/Remedial Dessgn

-------
                   Evaluation of Risks During the FS/RD
          Feasibility Study
        Risk evaluation
        Short-term exposure limits
        Air exposure levels
      (For all remedial alternatives)
     Remedial Design
    Risk evaluation
    Short-term exposure limits
    Air exposure
(For chosen remedial alternatives)  j
Evaluation of Risks During the FS/RD
During the feasibility study, several remedial alternatives need to be evaluated on their possible health effects
to the public.  Previous sections of this course have focused on the four types of air exposure limits. These
same limits will be used to determine the potential risk to the public during the FS/RD. Short-term and long-
term AELs will be used to determine the potential risks while reviewing the remedial alternatives for the site.
Designs tor Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste S«$
Feasibility Stydy/Remedia! Design
                                                                                           7,98

-------
  Notes;
Designs for Air impart Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                      7**
Feasibility Study/Hsmudial Design                                                                                                        pageSS

-------
               Short-term Exposure Evaluation During the FS/RD
              RAGS Volume I, HHEM Part C
          *   National Center for Environmental Assessment
              Technical Support Center
              513569-7300
Short-term Exposure Evaluation During the FS/RD	


Short-term AELs, which were discussed in detail in the Emergency Removal section, are used to evaluate the
various remedial alternatives. Each alternative is operated on a small-scale basis to test the efficiency and
potential risks that it will create. During the pilot-scale studies, exposures to the public must be evaluated.
Because the pilot-scale studies are short in duration, both contingency and short-term AELs are used. If help
is needed in determining a short-term exposure limit, then the EPA's National Center for Environmental
Assessment can be contacted. A division called the Technical Support Center will aid all EPA CERCLA
staff in choosing short-term AELs. The telephone number for this agency is 513 569-7300 (FTS 684-7300).
All other CERCLA staff can submit their requests in writing to:

Superfund Health Risk Technical Support Center
National Centerfor Environmental Assessment
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Mail Stop 114, 26 West Martin Luther King Drive
Cincinnati, Ohio 45268

Please include with your request:

1,    CERCLA site name, site location, and 12-digit site number
2.    Name and telephone number of the RPM
3.    Detailed description of the risk assessment-related question.

The Technical Support Center should be contacted when using any short-term exposure limit.
Designs fo* &tt rmpad Assessments ar Hazardous Waste SiEes                                                        #98
          dial Design                                                                   page 54

-------
 Short-term Exposure Evaluation During the FS/RD	

 To obtain air contaminant concentrations from the pilot-scale studies, sampling and monitoring data and air
 modeling information is used. Exceedance of short-term air action levels (AALs) will warrant some type of
 control measure. These measures could include shutting down the site, applying foam to keep air concentrations
 down, or, in drastic cases, evacuating the site. These control measures may also be used once the chosen
 alternative is in operation during the remedial design stage. EPA Region 6 gives direction on this subject in
 a document titled Policy Statement: Hazardous Waste Management Division Superfund Program SOP for
 Air Emissions. This document is included in NTGS's Evaluation of Short-Term Air Action Levels for Superfund
 Sites.
  Notes:
   s for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Wasie Srtes                                                          ?^8
Feasibility Stydy/Rernediai Ossign                                                                       page 55

-------
Risk Evaluation of Remedial Alternatives
	 	
Stages in Remediation
I Remedial
{ Investigation

1 Feasibility
Study

1
M Selection of I 	
Remedy
j

Stages in Evaluating Remedial Alternatives
Evaluate Risks ,
i During Screening
and Detailed 1
; Analysis of
Alternatives
Source: HHEM, Part C, Page 5
Develop Proposed
Plan and
Document Risks
of Alternatives
in Record of
Decision

	 J Remedial Design/ ' 	 J Deletion/
' Remedial Action | ] Five-year Review
-1

Evaluate Risks 1 . Revisit
j During Remedial Ml Protectiveness
Design/Remedial • x J
Action | i
,

1 Evaluate Attainment of I i
j Residual Risk
KM**
 Risk Evaluation of Remedial Alternatives
 Long-term exposures are evaluated using long-term AELs. Discussed in the remedial investigation section,
 risk assessments are used to determine the long-term or lifetime risks associated with chemicals at a site. By
 looking at both carcinogens and noncarcinogens, a risk assessment allows evaluation of remedial alternatives
 for their possible long-term effects on the public.  The document entitled Risk Assessment Guidance for
 Supei-fund: Volume 1—Hitman Health Evaluation Manual Part A (RAGS Part A) provides guidance for the
 baseline risk assessment in the remedial investigation. In the FS/RD, however, information in RAGS Part C
 is used to determine the possible health risks from various remedial alternatives. Tables provided in Appendix
 A of RAGS Part C are very useful when reviewing various remedial alternatives. The first table describes
 various remedial technologies and how they work, whereas the second table points out the possible releases
 in the various media from a given remediation process. This document is important in deciding whether a
 remedial alternative meets the threshold criteria from the NCP and whether it is  ultimately selected for the
 remedial action.

 Once the remedial alternative has been selected, evaluation for long-term exposures still has to be performed.
 This evaluation is completed by making sure the air contaminant concentrations are below the levels stated in
 the ROD, which are usually risk-based levels.
Designs fof *if Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste S/tes
Feasibility Study^emed;al Design
  713B
page 56

-------
 Notes:
Oestgns for Ait impact Assessments a! Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                       ^B
Feasibility Study/Remedial Design                                                                                                          page 57

-------
Case Study:  Risk Assessment
 I      Site Background Information

Groundwater contamination consists of 100 ppb 1,1,1-trichloroeihylene, 250 ppb 1,1,1-trichloroethane, and 50 ppb vinyl
chloride. To treat the eontaminantion, two remediation options have been selected: air stripping and carbon adsorption.


11.      Questions

Question 1:     Using the background information and Exhibit A-2 in RAGS Volume I, HHEM Pan C Risk Evalmuon of
               Remedial Alternatives, determine what air hazards will result from each remediation. Please note that the
               contamination is located in the water matrix.
Question 2:     What sources can assist you in evaluating the air pathway for remedial alternatives?
Question 3:      Based on air emissions alone, it is clear which treatment should be selected; however, other factors must be
               reviewed before selection. Please name some factors that need to be considered.
Notes
Designs for Arr Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                  7/98
Feasibility Siudy/Rernadia] Design                                                                                pageSS

-------
IS
— »
&*

If
3 o
9:>
•il
 5
 I
 0)

 B
                                            EXHIBIT A-2

                REMEDIATION TECHNOLOGIES AND SOME POTENTIALLY SIGNIFICANT RELEASES
Technologies
Air
Water"
Other*
SOIL AND SLUDGE TECHNOLOGIES
Soil Handling
Soil Excavation, Transport,
Dumping, Screening and
Grading
• Fugitive emissions of participates
and volaiilcs
• RunoETor leaching of
contaminants to surface or
groundwater
• Seepage or runoff to nearby
soil
Thermal Destruction
Incineration: Rotary Kiln,
Fluidizcd Bed, Circulating
Bed, and Infrared
Pyrolysis
Wet Air Oxidation
Aqueous Thermal
Decomposition
• Fugitive and stack emissions of
metal fumes; particulatcs,
including metals and salts; and
products of incomplete
combustion, including organic
compounds, acid gases, CO, NO^
and SOx
• Fugitive and slack emissions of
metal fumes; particulatcs,
including metals and salts; and
products of incomplete
combustion, including organic
compounds, acid gases, CO, NOx,
and SO,
• Fugitive emissions of volatile
organic compounds
• Fugitive emissions of volatile
organic compounds
• Discharge of scrubber liquor and
blowdown
• Discharge of scrubber liquor and
blowdown
• Discharge of metals and
unoxidizcd organics
• Discharge of metals and
unoxidizcd organics
• Disposal of ash and other solid
residues
• Disposal of ash and other solid
residues
• Disposal of sludge residues
• Disposal of sludge residues
                                               (Continued)

-------
                                         EXHIBIT A-2 (Continued)
                REMEDIATION TECHNOLOGIES AND SOME POTENTIALLY SIGNIFICANT RELEASES
3 3
i>
»&
 s
 Q>
 a
 o
 s
 s
Technologies
Air
Water1
Olhei4-
Dcchlorinalion
Glycolate Dcchlorination
• Fugitive emissions of volatile
organic compounds
• Discharge of spent solvents and
degraded contaminants to surface
water, or leaching to
groundwatcr

Biological Treatment
Composting
In-situ Biodcgradation
Slurry-phase or Solid-phase
Biodcgradation
• Fugitive emissions of particulars
and volatile organics
• Fugitive emissions of volatile
organics
• Fugitive emissions of volatile
organics
• Leaching of metals and/or
organics
• Leaching of metals and/or
organics
• Discharge of treated water
• Discharge of non-degraded by-
products in slurry liquor treated
effluent
• Runoff to surface water or to
groundwatcr (with solid-phase
process)


• Disposal of residual biomass
which may contain hazardous
metals and refractory organics
Vacuum/Vapor Extraction, Thermal Desorption
Low Temperature Thermal
Stripping
In-situ Vacuum/Steam
Extraction
• Stack emissions of volatile
organics
• Fugitive emissions of volatile
organics
• Fugitive emissions of volatile
organics
• Discharge of scrubber blowdown
• Discharge of contaminant or
water condcnsate
• Discharge of contaminant or
water condcnsate

• Disposal or regeneration of
spent activated carbon
                                                (Continued)

-------
It



II
a> ~
9- >
                        EXHIBIT A-2 (Continued)

REMEDIATION TECHNOLOGIES AND SOME POTENTIALLY SIGNIFICANT RELEASES
Technologies
Air
Water"
Other"
Chemical Extraction & Soil Washing
In-situ Chemical Treatment
Chemical or Solvent
Extraction
Soil Washing
In-situ Soil Flushing
• Fugitive emissions of volatile
organic compounds
• Fugitive emissions of volatile
organic compounds
• Fugitive emissions of volatile
organic compounds
• Fugitive emissions of volatile
organic compounds
• RunoITof uncontaincd treatment
chemicals
• Post-cxlraclioii discharge of
wastcwatcr with extracted
contaminants
• Post-washing discharge or
wastcwalcr with extracted
contaminants
• Leaching of contaminated flush
water, acids, bases, chelating
agents, or surfactants
• Possible solvent residuals in
treated soil
• Possible solvent residuals in
treated soil
• Discharge of foam with metals
and organics
• Deposition of sedimentation
sludge residuals
• Deposition of untreated,
contaminated Tines

Immobilization
Capping
Solidification/Stabilization
• Fugitive emissions of particulatcs
and volatiles during cap
construction
• Fugitive emissions of volatile
organics
• Fugitive emissions of particulatcs
and volaliles
• Leaching of contaminants to
groundwater
• None likely
• Lateral movement of volatile
organic compounds after
capping
• Potential leaching to soils and
groundwater of contaminants
from deposited material over
time
                                                 (Continued)

-------
0> (B
1
CD ~
9- >
                                         EXHIBIT A-2 (Continued)
                REMEDIATION TECHNOLOGIES AND SOME POTENTIALLY SIGNIFICANT RELEASES
Technologies
In-situ Vitrification
Air
• Surface fugitive emissions of
volatile organics and volatile
metals during the process
Water3
• Discharge of scrubber solution
• Possible contamination of
groundwaier under the treatment
area
Other*
• Potential lateral migration of
vaporized or leached
contaminants into the soil that
surrounds the vitrified
monolith
GROUNDWATER AND SURFACE WATER TECHNOLOGIES
Non-Trealment Actions
Natural Attenuation
Pump without Treatment
Air Stripping
Filtration/Settling
Granular Activated Carbon
Adsorption
• Emissions of volatile organic
compounds
• Emissions of volatile organic
compounds
• Stack and fugitive emissions of
volatile organics
• Fugitive emissions of volatile
compounds from settling basin
• None likely
• Aquifer discharge to surface
water
• Continued aquifer transport of
contaminants
• Discharge of untreated water to
surface water or Publicly Owned
Treatment Works (POTW)
• Seepage of untreated water
• Discharge to surface water of
effluent treated water with
residual metals, particulars, or
nonvolatile organics
• Discharge of effluent water
containing dissolved solids or
unrcmovcd particles
• Discharge of effluent with non-
adsorbablc, low molecular weight
compounds

• Disposal of sludge residuals
from POTW
• Disposal of backwash or
cleaning residues
• Disposal of filter cake or
sludge containing organics,
metals, or other inorganics
• Disposal and/or regeneration
of spent carbon
                                                  (Continued)

-------
•n o
|f
S a
                                                      EXHIBIT A-2 (Continued)
                     REMEDIATION TECHNOLOGIES AND SOME POTENTIALLY SIGNIFICANT RELEASES
Technologies
Ion Exchange
Chemical Treatment
Biological Treatment
Air
• None likely
• Fugitive emissions of volatile
organic compounds from
treatment tanks
• Emissions of volatile organics in
aerobic treatment or due to
aeration
Water0
• Discharge of backwash water
• Discharge of effluent with
treatment residues
• Discharge of effluent with
unremovcd solids
Other"
• Disposal and/or regeneration
of spent resins
• Disposal of treatment sludges
• Disposal of treatment sludges
Membrane Separation
Reverse Osmosis
Elcctrodialysis
• None likely
• None likely
• Discharge of effluent containing
unfiltcred organics (depends on
filter membrane used)
• Discharge of treated effluent
• Discharge of concentrate
stream with contaminants
removed from treated water
• Discharge of concentrate
stream with contaminants
removed from treated water
      Notes:

      '  In general, seepage and leaching are more likely to affect groundwater, but could also contaminate surface water. Runoff and discharge are releases tliat
        will most likely contaminate surface water, but could also contaminate groundwater.


      b  Other releases include treatment residuals that need further treatment or proper disposal. In most cases, this column refers to sludge or solid residues that
        may also be hazardous.
w ^j
88

-------

-------
  AIR IMPACT ASSESSMENT
DURING REMEDIAL ACTION (RA)

-------
              Air Impact Assessment During Remedial Action
  Module Purpose:     To assess the air impact during ongoing
                          remedial actions.
  Sections:
Monitoring and Sampling During Remedial Action
                         Risk Assessment During Remedial Action
 Module Introduction
The goal of this module is:

1.    Given the Record of Decision,

      A.    Coordinate air impact assessment activities for remedial action

      B.    Evaluate air impact assessment activities for remedial action.

            Criteria: NTGS Volumes IIV

This module is divided into two sections. It is concluded with a case study to allow practice coordinating
and evaluating air impact assessment activities for remedial action.
Designs lot Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous1 Waste Sites
Remedial Action
                                                     7/98
                                                    age 2

-------
   Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                   "98
Remedial Action                                                                                                                 T>a9f 3

-------
                                                              From RD
   Reevaluate AALs,
   associated actions, and/or
   emission controls
  Stop operations
  causing emissions
   Yes
                                                            Obtain AELs
                     Set corresponding AALs
                     and define associated
                     actions for each
                                                   Initiate monitoring and sampling
            Are AALs still
              exceeded?
                                                       Initiate remedial actions
                                                  Continue monitoring and sampling i
Implement
associated
control action
    Do air
 contaminant
concentrations
   exceed
    AALs?
                                                            Is the cleanup
                                                             completed?
                                                             Go to O&M
     Figure 1.  Emission monitoring control during remedial action.
Designs lor Atf Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Remedial Action
                                                 7/9$
                                                page 4

-------
   Notes:
Designs for A.r Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Srtes                                                                                   ?^J8
Remedial Acton                                                                                                                 page 5

-------
                                                   From RD i
                                                 Obtain AELs
                                              Setup and initiate
                                              emission control
                                              monitoring
                                        Initiate confirmatory monitoring
                Return remedial
                  actions with
               revised emissions
                  control plan
                    Initiate remedial actions
                Continue confirmatory sampling  |
      Review and
    revise emission
      control plan
      as needed  :
- Stop remedial! Yes
     action
                                                 Is the cleanup
                                                  completed?
                                                  No
   Figure 2. Confirmatory sampling during remedial action.
Designs for Asr [mpae* Assessments at Hazardous Wasle Sites
Remedial Action
                                                                                      pages

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                   7M
Remedial Adion                                                                                                                page?

-------
              Monitoring and Sampling During Remedial Action
   Section Purpose:  To determine the risk potential of the site to onsite workers
                        and offsite populations
    Objectives:    •  Develop air sampling plan objectives that ensure worker
                       protection, proper emission control, and confirmatory sampling
                       results for all work activities during remedial action

                    •  Determine air monitoring needed onsite so proper worker
                       protection and emission control occurs during remedial action
                       work activities
Notes:
Designs for A?r impact Assessments at Hazardous WasSe Sites                                                      ?$
Remedial Action                                                                          Pa9e

-------
Section Introduction
                                         Objectives

•      Given site conditions, develop air sampling plan objectives that ensure worker protection, proper
       emission control, and confirmatory sampling results for all work activities during remedial action.

                                   Criteria: NTGS Volume IV

*      Given site conditions,  determine air monitoring needed onsite so proper worker protection and
       emission control occurs during work activities,

                                   Criteria: NTGS Volume IV

The flowchart on the following page shows the type of information that needs to be collected to evaluate
fenceline concentrations. These collected concentrations are then used as input to models, dispersion
models in particular, to evaluate receptor concentrations.

The goal of air monitoring during RA is to protect human health and the environment. Therefore, monitoring
is employed at the downwind fenceline. However, in most cases, it is not the fenceline concentration that
is important, but the concentration at the receptor.

Emissions from the site during RA are likely to be significantly higher than during  any other step of the
Superfund process. This is, for the most part, due to the great volumes of contaminated material that are
being exposed and handled.
Designs (or Air Impact Assessment at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                             7(98
Remedial Action                                                                                  B«9* 9

-------
>8
8 fr
o *
3 I

 I
3
         o
         2.
         *-**
         o
         3
         3"
         (Q
         QJ
         D
         Q.
         (ft
         QJ
         3
         TJ.
         5'
         CO
         to
         3
         3
         (D
         Q.
         0)
         a
         o
         3
        Onsite Health and Safety
    Offsite Exposure Assessment
          Confirmatory Sampling
Acute Health
 Risk Levels
   Odor
Complaints
                               Emission Control
                                  Monitoring
            Chronic Health
            Risk Air Levels
                                 Confirmatory
                                   Sampling
                                            Continue
                                            Cleanup
                                            Operation

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Silas                                                                                    7/98
Rem«diaf Action                                                                                                                 page11

-------
                     Offsite Exposure Assessment
                        Odor complaint detection
         Air sampling
Olfactory sense
                               Identification
Offsite Exposure Assessment
Investigation of odor complaints must include not only the source but also the specific contaminants involved.
  igns for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Remedial Action
                      page 12

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Mi Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                    7/98
Remedial Action                                                                                                                 Pa9«13

-------
                    Onsite and Offsite Confirmatory Sampling
  Direct-Reading
    Instruments
                           Air
                        Sampling
Summa
Canister
                                                                          Results
              Analysis
                                                                     Benzene ppm/ppb
                                                                     Toluene ppm/ppb
                                                                     Ethylbenzene ppm/ppb
                                                                     Xylenes ppm/ppb
            Decisions made to confirm:
            1 .   Verification of emission control effectiveness
            2.   Compliance with OSHA worker protection standards (onsite)
            3.   DRI zero readings (false negative)
            4.   DRI readings above background
            5.   Emergency removal - evacuate (yes or no)
Onsite and Offsite Confirmatory Sampling
During removal action cleanup activities, confirmatory sampling has a two-fold purpose:

1.     Determine accuracy of air monitoring data

2.     Determine existence of immediate health threats.

The detection limits of air monitoring  systems must be low enough to identify receptor ambient
concentrations that are within the established action limits regardless of the location of the monitoring
system.
Designs for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Siws
   ia! Actrcn
                                              7/98
                                            page 14

-------
  Notes;
Designs for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                    ?^8
Remedial Action                                                                                                                pas* 1 5

-------
                 Emission Control Monitoring Methodologies
        Requirements:
                Semi-real-time response
                Lower detection limits than worker monitoring
                Mixtures of known and unknown compounds
                Known accuracy and precision
Monitoring Methodologies
When developing the monitoring and sampling program, the requirements listed above should be considered
to ensure that the proper equipment has been selected for the job.
Designs for Air Impact Assessrnanfs at Hazardous Waste Sites                     •                              ?/90
Remedial Action                                                                     page 16

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                   ^$5
Remedial Action                                                                                                                page 17

-------
                            Remote Sampling
        Key questions associated with remote sampling:
         1.    What is the distance between sampling
              locations/number of locations/effect on action limits?

         2.    How frequently should each location be sampled?

         3.    What time interval should each specific sample cover?

         4.    How adaptable is your system to changes in wind
              direction and/or stability classes?
     Plume Width vs. Atmospheric Stability Class
          30    SO    90    120

           Downwind Distance (M)
              Stability Classes

          A - Extremely unstable conditions
          C - Slightly unstable conditions
          O • Neutral condition* (night)
          F • Moderately stable conditions
                                        Remote Sampling
                                        The  key questions  listed above  allow  for
                                        representativeness of remote samples.  The plume
                                        width vs. atmospheric stability class allows the
                                        sampling plan design  to be based on worst-case
                                        downwind dispersion conditions.
  sgns fcnAu frnpact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Remedial Acton
 7/98
page 19

-------
  Notes;
DesignstofAirtnipaetAssMsmenlsttHazafdousWaae Sites                                                                                7/98
Remedial Action                                                                                                            page 16

-------
                   Monitoring and Sampling Procedures
        Emission Control

                 •  Inputs for decision-making

                      -  Real-time monitors
                      -  Onsite rapid turnaround GCs
                      -  OP-FT1R/UV

                 •  Confirmatory sampling

                      -  Document action
                      -  24- to 48-hour turnaround
Monitoring and Sampling Procedures
The appropriate monitoring and sampling device can be selected by examining AALs and AELs and
determining what types of additional data are needed.
Designs for Ail Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                 7/88
Remedial Action                                                                  page 20

-------
  Notes;
Designs tor Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                  "S8
Remedial Action                                                                                                               page 21

-------
                                Onsite GCs
                     Criteria:

                        •  Sampling averaging time

                        •  Sample throughput

                        •  Number and locations

                        •  Sensitivity

                        •  Selectivity

                        *  Ruggedness

                        •  Accuracy and precision
Onsite GCs
Consider each of the criteria to help determine whether the right tool has been selected for the job.
Designs tor Air impact Assassmerits at Ha jareous Waste Sites                                                    "M
Remedial Action       •                                                                page 22

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Ha&acdous Waste Sites                                                                                   "tft&
Remedial Actien                                                                                                                 page 23

-------
                      OP-FTIR/UV: Basic Approach
      Measures path-integrated concentration downwind of remediation

      Back-model and calculate the total emission rate of VOCs caused by
      remediation

           Usually done using concurrent release of a tracer gas

      Forward model to determine the maximum or peak plume
      concentration at fenceline
OP-FTIR/UV Basic Approach:
Designs f« Air impact Assessments at Hazaraous Waste Sites                                               7<98
Remedial Action                                                               page 24

-------
  Notes:
Des*gns lof Aif Impact Assessments st Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                     ^£Mi
Rernedial Action                                                                                                                   paS6 2S

-------
                               Advantages
     Compound-specific 3-5 minute TWA maximum concentrations at mid to low
     ppb concentrations

     Cannot miss the plume (i.e., cannot go between a line, but can go
     between two points)

     Semi-real-time response; final results typically generated within 5 minutes
     of obtaining the initial ppm-m concentration data
                             Disadvantages
     Costs five to ten thousand dollars per day for instrument and operator

     Not as sensitive as some onsite GCs
OP-FTIR/UV Advantages and Disadvantages:
Designs For Air impact Assessments at Haiarious Waste Sites                                                7<8i
HemadiaI Action                                                                 page 2i

-------
  Notes:
Deigns fo» Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Wasta Sites                                                                                   ?/S8
Remedial Action                                                                                                               paf « 2?

-------
 Case Study: Monitoring and Sampling
I.       Remedial Action Objectives

        A.     Given site conditions, develop air sampling plan objectives that ensure worker protection, proper emission
               control, and confirmatory sampling results for all work activities.
        B.     Given site conditions, determine air monitoring needed onsite so proper worker protection and emission
               control occurs during work activities.


 II.     Situation:

        A municipal dump was found to contain a considerable amount of industrial wastes. One of the major sources of the
        contamination was a company whose wastes contained high levels of several common industrial solvents such as
        MEK, MIBK, lolucne, benzene, TCE, xylenes, and miscellaneous C5 and C6 hydrocarbons. The site is closely
        bounded on the east and west by large apartment complexes. Your corrective remedy at this point is excavation of the
        industrial wastes, which will then be sent for offsite treatment. While wailing to recieve your AELs from ATSDR and
        the Michigan Department of Health (MIDOH), you start developing your air monitoring plan. (Previous EPA
        experience with this type of industrial waste determines that once uncovered, the waste will generate significant
        emissions of VOCs.)

Question 1;     Define at least three objectives for your plan.
Question 2:     Will air monitoring play any role in determining any actions to be taken at either the excavation or tempo-
               rary storage piles?
Question 3:     Your contractor provides you with an air sampling plan that does not require any real-time monitoring.
               Instead, the contractor proposes to collect 12-hour Summa canister sample at the four compass points. Is
               this plan acceptable?
Notes
0«$igfis foi Air Impact Assessments at Hajarfoys Wasls Sites                                                                   7/98
Remedial Acton                                                                                            page 28

-------
Case Study: Monitoring and Sampling
Question 4:    Suppose you are replacing another site manager who accepted the contractor's plan in Question 3. On your
             second day as site manager, the results from one of the Summa canister samples came back with a benzene
             concentration of 150% of the AEL. What would be appropriate actions?
Notes
Designs tor Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Remedial Action

-------
           ISCiJ-MD-

|4^H>1! /*
B ^; !«!, «t^ ' C-t't frwtlnff biise^S'^ r>.lio.'ic«iL
S&URCEr . — .«—•«- J^5pAfTi'^ft*
I . tow »•» i«asw< >r W6S row \>im "uw«»! Tw~»t>
U^tfat Swvi s«el«KtV.O^*«.C*i-3«Wf *.^P >*K** * 	 * Cm.
iftt , ar** J* w»n«, k«»4 ^ B 'C*
S«t (;hi>mci*rf2»Hoft
N&fifcifi Tev*»8Nip f-HC
Wni'iiinrt, Woyns Coimly, Micslflai:
FIGUnf- 34
SCSI, fiAS ftKO AMBIENT A IB
CAMPUNCi LOCATIONS
K«^Jlf7^««M^^^#*»f-'*^ *«•(•{*

         Figure 4.  Monitoring and sampling during remedial action.
Designs for Air Irrspact Assessments ai Hazardous Waste Sites
Remedial Action
  7/98
page 30

-------
  Notes:
Designs for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                    ?^*8
Rtmwhal Action                                                                                                                 Pa9e 31

-------
                   Risk Assessment During Remedial Action
   Section Purpose: *  To ensure that the remediation process does not create a
                          health hazard to receptors
    Objectives:
Notes:
Verify that air contaminant concentrations will not exceed air
action levels
                       *  Evaluate control measures to ensure onsite and offsite
                          receptor safety
Designs for Aif Impact Assessments at Haiardous Waste Siles
Remedial Action
                                                     page 32

-------
Section Introduction
                                          Objectives
•      Given the sampling, monitoring, and modeling data from remedial investigation and feasibility
       study, and the Record of Decision, verify that air contaminant concentrations will not exceed air
       action levels.

              Criteria:  NTGS Volumes I-IV, health-based air action levels, ARARs

•      Given air contaminant concentrations that exceed air action levels, evaluate control measures to
       ensure onsite and offsite receptor safety,

              Criteria:  ARARs, health-based  air action levels, 29 CFR 1910.120
Designs for Alf Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                             WJ8
Remedial Action                                                                                  page 33

-------
            Set air action limits to protect offsite receptors
              Obtain air contaminant concentrations
              from air monitoring and sampling and/or
              modeling during remedial action
                              Do air
                           contaminant
                          concentrations
                          exceed AALs?
              Continue remedia action
   Institute control
   measure as stated in
   the air action levels
Keep control measure in
place until air contaminant
concentrations are safe
                                      No
        Is there
       a problem
        with the
        remedial
        jrocesst,
                                                             Yes
                                                   Correct the problem
  Figure 5.  Risk assessment during remedial action.
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Remedial Aclusn
                            ?/98
                           page 34

-------
  Notes:
Designs fof Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                  7*96
Retrieval Acton                                                                                                               P»se 35

-------
                   Evaluation of Risks During Remedial Action
                                      Remedial
                                        Action
                 Evaluation
               Hourly or Less
  Long-term
 evaluation 24
  hours up to
projected life of
    site.
Evaluation of Risks During Remedial Action

The remedial action stage in the Superfund process is when the remediation is in full operation. The AALs
that are used in remedial action are either short- or long-term, AALs are used similarly in remedial action
and remedial design.  The air contaminant concentrations during remedial action are usually very low.

When looking at short-term exposures to the public, the short-term values described in the ER and FS/RD
stages can be used. Also, the application of site AALs should be used so that if concentrations exceed a
certain level, the proper control measures can be taken. Some of these control measures are as simple as
modifying the remediation process or evacuating a given population. EPA Region 6 has a guidance document
which aids in establishing air action levels for evaluating risk.
   s for Air Smpad Assessments at Hazardous Wasta SiSes
   'af Action
                      page 36

-------
  Notes:
Designator AiflmpactAs&essmerrts at Hazardous Waste S tes
Remodial Action

-------
                    Long-term Evaluation of Remedial Action
           Remedial Action
              Emissions
Record of Decision
       Levels
Long-term Evaluation of Remedial Action
The long-term evaluation of the chosen remedial process is rather simple; it includes comparing air
contaminant concentrations to the levels specified in the Record of Decision, It is important to note that
the levels set for cleanup are usually risk-based values.

In closing, the use of short- and long-term AALs ensures the safety of the public during the remedial
action. Remember, health and safety AALs should always be used if the potential for worker exposure
exists.
Designs for Air impact Assessments 21 Hazardous Waste Sites
Remedial Action
                               7m
                              page 38

-------
  Notes:
Designs tor Air Impact Assessment al Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                 ?**
Samadial Action                                                                                                              P»9» 3*

-------
Case Study:  Risk Assessment
I.      Site Background Information

       During the FS/RD, two types of technologies were evaluated. As a result, air stripping has been selected for
       remediating the site. The air stripper, in-line with a carbon filter, will lower the concentration below their detection
       limit.

II.     Questions

Question 1:     Sampling results show air concentrations from the air stripper at 0.05 ppm vinyl chloride, 4 ppm 1,1,1- TCA,
              and3ppm 1,1,1-TCE. The AALs at the MER are 0,25 ppm vinyl chloride, 1 ppmTCEand 1 ppm 1,1,1-TCA.
              What steps should be taken to protect the receptors?
Question 2:     What are some short-term air exposure levels that can be used during the remedial action?
Notes
Designs for Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                7^
Remedial Action                                                                                       pas® 4

-------
AIR IMPACT ASSESSMENT DURING
 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE
           (O&M)

-------
    Air Impact Assessment During Operations and Maintenance (O&M)
    Module Purpose:     Use the risk assessment process to determine
                           whether the site is protective of human health and/or
                           the environment

    Objectives:          *   Verify that the risk assessor has identified any
                             new land uses, toxicity values, or exposure
                             pathways

                          •   Ensure there are no long-term health effects to
                             receptors

                          «   Verify the treatment technology is effective and
                             necessary
Module Introduction
The goal of this module is:

1.     After the completion of the remedial action, determine the effectiveness of site cleanup.

            Criteria: NTGS Volume I, ARARs, health-based air action levels

The objectives of this module are:

•     Given site information, verify that the risk assessor has identified all new land uses, toxicity
      values, or exposure pathways.

            Criteria: NTGS Volume IV, ARARs

*     Given O&M risk assessment data, ensure there are no long-term health hazards 10 receptors.

            Criteria: HHEM1, NCP

*     Given sampling data and risk assessment data, verify that the treatment technology is effective
      and necessary.

            Criteria: HHEM 1, NCP, NTGS Volume 1, APARS
Designs (or Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Siles                                                        7/98
Operations and Maintenance                                                                      pss« 2

-------
  Notes:
Desianstor Ait Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                                   "98
Operations and Maintenance                                                                                                        Pa8e 3

-------
                 Is a
              long-term
             remediation
              in place?
                                          Remedy or removal is complete
                                                    Is a risk
                                                  assessment
                                                 required under
                                                    121(c)of
                                                   CERCLA?
                                                                    Conduct risk
                                                                    assessment
  Obtain air contaminant
concentrations through air
sampling and/or modeling
                                         Reevaluate
                                        when needed
                                          ¥
                                                                 Do new
                                                              results exceed
                                                                  NCP
                                                               equirements?
          Do air
       contaminant
      concentrations
     exceed levels set
      forth during the
          ROD?
                            Institute control
                               measure
                                                              Reevaluate site
                              Reevaluate
                               remedial
                               alternative
Reevaluate
                                                  oes site
                                                need to be
                                               reevaluated
                                                  in the
                                                  uture?
                Is the
               remedy
             complete?
            O&M complete j
                                               O&lvl complete
   Figure 1.  Risk assessment during operations and maintenance.
Dssigns for Air Jrnpact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sates
Operations and Ma'ntensnce
                                                                                7m
                                                                              page 4

-------
  Notes:
Designs tor Air impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sties                                                                                    ?^8
Operations and Maintc^a^cfl                                                                                                           pageS

-------
                       Post-Remediation Risk Assessment
             New or revised toxicity values

             New exposure pathways

             New land use

             Emission controls properly maintained
Post-Remediation Risk Assessment
Operations and maintenance (O&M) is the final step in the Superfund process, This phase ensures that the
site is free from contamination and is protective of human health and the environment. In some situations,
this might include monitoring a long-term remedy to verify it is operational and functional.

Under 121(c) of CERCLA, a 5-year review is required under certain conditions. These conditions are
outlined in RAGS Part C. Because the air contaminant concentrations are at very low levels during O&M,
the only evaluation that needs to be performed is for long-term exposures. This usually entails a post-
remediation risk assessment. This risk assessment is very similar to the baseline risk assessment; however,
some of the following differences can be seen:

1.     New or revised toxicity values may be used
2.     New exposure pathways may be evaluated
3.     A new land use can be used.
4.     Emission controls being properly maintained.

If the air contaminants concentrations are needed for the risk assessment,  then air sampling and/or model-
ing can be used.  Both of these areas were discussed in detail in previous sections.

In summary, the most important criterion is that the site be protective of human health and the environment
after cleanup. This criterion is also necessary when a long-term remedy is in operation.
Designs lor Air ImpaetAssessmsnls at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                         7^S
Operations aid Maintenance                                                                       ps^e 8

-------
Notes:
    for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
    ns and Maintenance

-------
 Case Study:  Risk Assessment
The air stripper has been in place for three years and is monitored weekly for any emissions of vinyl chloride, 1.1,1 TCA, and
1.1.1 TCE. It has been estimated that the air stripper will need to run for one more year,

Question 1:     Once the remediation is complete, tie contaminant levels must be less than the concentrations in the ROD.
               What is the name of these levels?
Question 2;     Under 121(c) of CERCLA, a five-year review is required. What are some possible reasons for conducting
               this post-remediation risk assessment?
Question 3:     The site was originally evaluated as an industrial area for future land use. however, developers are looking at
               turning it into a retirement community. As an RPM, what needs to be done to ensure the health and safety of
               these new residents?
Question 4:     The concentration of contaminants are below the level set forth in the ROD. Can the remedial technology be
               removed?
Notes
Designs for Air Impact Assessments st Hazardous Waste Sites                                                                   7/98
Operations and Maintenance                                                                                    page 8

-------
APPENDIX A

-------

-------
                                                                              7061

                  EMISSION ISOLATION FLUX CHAMBER SAMPLING             1 °^

                                                                           10/12/93


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.0    SCOPE AND APPLICATION

2.0    METHOD SUMMARY

3.0    SAMPLE PRESERVATION, CONTAINERS, HANDLING, AND STORAGE

4.0    INTERFERENCES AND POTENTIAL PROBLEMS

5.0    EQUIPMENT/APPARATUS

      5.1    Sweep Air Delivery System
      5.2    Double Shell Summa® Flux Chamber
      5.3    Configuration Sampling System

6.0    REAGENTS

7.0    PROCEDURES

      7.1    Sampling Train Preparation
      7.2    Field Operation

            7.2.1  Tedlar® Bag Sampling
            7.2.2  Summa Canister Sampling
            7.2.3  Adsorbent Tube Cartridge Sampling

      7.3    Post-Operation

8.0    CALCULATIONS

9.0    QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL

10.0   DATA VALIDATION

11.0   HEALTH AND SAFETY

12.0   REFERENCES

13.0   APPENDIX

      A.    Figure


Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazaitlous Waste Sites                                                     7/98
Appendix A                                                                          PW 1

-------
                                                                                        2061

                    EMISSION ISOLATION FLUX CHAMBER SAMPLING              2 °g^
                                                                                    10/12/93
 1.0    SCOPE AND APPLICATION

       The purpose of this standard operating procedure (SOP) is to describe the procedures for using a
       stainless steel double shell Surnmapassivated isolation flux chamber (hereafter called flux
       chamber) to measure the emission rate of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) from
       contaminated soils. The procedure allows for the calculation of emissions produced from
       surface or subsurface contamination. This direct emission measurement sampling technique uses
       a surface enclosure (flux chamber) to isolate a known surface area for emission flux (rate per
       area) measurement. The flux chamber is designed to isolate those emissions which emanate
       from the soil without augmentation or suppression to the natural flux emission rate.  Sampling of
       emissions will be performed utilizing any one of the following configurations: with Tedlarbags,
       evacuated Surnmapassivated stainless steel canisters, and adsorbent tube cartridges.  An
       emission flux chamber sampling train is illustrated in Figure 1 (Appendix A).

2.0    METHOD SUMMARY

       Emissions enter the open bottom of the flux chamber from the exposed surface. Ultra-high
       purity (zero air) dry sweep air is added to the flux chamber through the sweep air inlet at a
       metered rate. Within the flux chamber, the sweep air is mixed with emitted vapors and gases by
       the physical design of the sweep air inlet. The sweep air creates a slight wind velocity at the
       emitting surface, preventing a buildup of the emission concentration in the boundary layer
       directly above the surface. The exit port (sample outlet) is used for measurement of the
       concentration of the air within the flux chamber or for sampling and subsequent analysis,  A port
       in the top center of the flux chamber fitted with  a pressure relief valve prevents any pressure
       buildup within the chamber that might occur during sampling. The temperature port also allows
       excess pressure to escape to the atmosphere. The sweep air flow rate is always in excess of the
       sampling rate to ensure against negative pressure under the flux chamber during sampling.

3.0    SAMPLE PRESERVATION, CONTAINERS, HANDLING, AND STORAGE

       Once the samples are collected from the flux chamber by any one of the selected configurations
       (Tedlar bags, Summa canisters, adsorbent tubes) and proper sample documentation protocols
       have been followed, the samples are transported to a laboratory for analysis. The handling of
       samples should follow respective SOPs for that collection media (i.e., Tedlar bags or soil gas
       samples, etc.).

4.0    INTERFERENCES AND POTENTIAL PROBLEMS

       Sweep air flow rate is the single most important operating factor in flux chamber sampling.  If
       the sweep air flow  rate is not maintained constant, it can significantly affect the accuracy and
       precision of the results. In addition, flow must be sufficiently high to minimize redepositing of
       the compounds from the air to the ground.  This can usually be accomplished with a flow-rate
       which ensures a complete air exchange every 4 minutes within the flux chamber.
Designs for Air Impac! Assessments a! Hazardous Wast© Sites                                                          T/9fi
Appends* A                                                                                  psge 2

-------
                                                                                        2061
                     EMISSION ISOLATION FLUX CHAMBER SAMPLING              3 ^ *

                                                                                     10/12/93

       A positive or negative pressure in the flux chamber enclosure can also affect the quality of the
       emission results.  Pressurization of the flux chamber may be caused by an obstruction within the
       pressure relief valve, low sweep air cylinder pressure or too high a sampling rate. Contamination
       of the samples may occur if the flux chamber sampling train components are not properly
       cleaned before use. Some contaminants or high contamination may result in carryover of that
       contaminant.

       Flux rates may also be altered due to changes in atmospheric pressure and temperature.
       Barometric pressure changes may induce a change in the subsurface flux rate and a drastic
       temperature change may induce a change in the flux of surface contamination.

5.0    EQUIPMENT/APPARATUS

       The flux chamber sampling train design described in this SOP consists of the following
       components:

       5.1    Sweep Air Delivery System

             1.      Zero Air Cylinder - to provide a positive pressure of clean ultra-pure sweep air to
                    the flux chamber.

             2.      Air Pressure (two-stage) Regulator -  to provide precise pressure regulation
                    regardless of cylinder pressure changes or air flow fluctuations.

             3.      Flowmeter - for precise measuring of sweep air flow rates calibrated to measure
                    1-10 liters per minute (L/min).

       5.2    Double Shell  Summa Flux Chamber

             1.      Sweep Air Inlet Line - to allow the transfer of zero air into the flux chamber. The
                    sweep air inlet line is positioned below the flux chamber dome with sweep air
                    exiting from four equally spaced holes pointing toward the center of the chamber
                    and parallel to the emitting surface for adequate mixing.

             2.      Temperature Readout - to measure the temperature inside the flux chamber. The
                    temperature port vents to the atmosphere.

             3.      Pressure Relief Valve - to maintain atmospheric pressure within the flux chamber.

             4.      Vacuum Pressure Gauge - to maintain vacuum conditions in the insulated outer
                    shell of the chamber of the flux chamber for minimizing the greenhouse effect
                    that can cause an elevation of the internal air/gas temperature. This is critical
                    when  measuring the flux from exposed vents.
                                                                                          7»8
                                                                                         page3

-------
                                                                                        2061

                    EMISSION ISOLATION FLUX CHAMBER SAMPLING               4 °Lli
                                                                                     10/12/93

             5,     Sample Exit Line - to conduct the flow of the sweep air and maintain a well mixed
                    and homogeneous sample. The sample exit line is perforated with two columns of
                    holes facing perpendicularly,

             6,     Sampling Lines and Valves - to connect the sampling train.  The sampling lines
                    are made of Teflon tubing (1/4" outer diameter, 1/8" inner diameter) fitted with
                    necessary Swageloka stainless steel (ss) fittings for interconnections. A total of
                    six sections of tubing will be required:  one 3-foot section to connect zero air to
                    the flowmeter, one 2-foot section to connect flowmeter to flux chamber sweep air
                    inlet, one 3-foot section to connect flux chamber sample outlet to the on-off 3-way
                    valve, and three 2-foot sections to connect the on-off 3-way valve to each
                    sampling configuration. One on-off 3-way valve (Whitey Co.,  ss-42xS4) is
                    required for selection of configuration sampling (valve position 1, 2, and 3). One
                    metering valve with lock  venier handle calibrated to 2 L/min is required for
                    accurate Summa canister sampling (Nupro Co., ss-4MA-TFMH).

       5.3    Configuration Sampling System

             1.     Tedlar Bag Sampling - vacuum box fitted with quick connect couplings consisting
                    of stem (Swagelok Co., ss-QC4-S-200) and body (Swagelok Co., ss-QC4-B-200).
                    Personal sampling pump with flow rate calibrated to 2 L/min. Tedlar bags free of
                    visible contamination.

             2.     Summa Canister Sampling - leak-free 6-liter stainless steel Summa canisters fitted
                    with stainless steel tubing to connect to the on-off 3-way  valve of the flux
                    chamber sampling line or directly to the outlet.

             3.     Adsorbent Tube Cartridge Sampling - personal sampling  pump with flow rate
                    calibrated to 2 L/min. Fresh  supply of adsorbent tube cartridges (dependent upon
                    compound of concern).

6.0    REAGENTS

       Typically, reagents are not used. Post use cleaning usually includes an ultra zero-air purge of the
       system.  Should the chamber need decontamination, a soap solution wash followed by a hexane
       rinse will be employed. After completion of the decontamination procedure, the system should
       be allowed to air dry before reuse or shipping.

7.0    PROCEDURES

       7.1    Sampling Train Preparation
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                            7/88
Appendix A                                                                                    page 4

-------
                                                                                  2061

              EMISSION ISOLATION FLUX CHAMBER SAMPLING              5 ^ *

                                                                              10/12/93

Upon deciding on the location to be sampled, the following procedures must be performed:

       1,     Arrange the flux chamber sampling train on the ground in the order of its
             components.

       2,     Set the zero air cylinder in a steady surface and connect the zero air (sweep air) to
             the sweep air flowmeter utilizing one 3-foot section of Teflon tubing.

       3.     Place a clean flux chamber on emitting surface and insert into the surface to a
             depth of 2.5 centimeters (1 inch).  Verify that the gaps around the base of the flux
             chamber have been sealed.

       4.     Connect the sweep air flowmeter to the flux chamber sweep air inlet utilizing one
             2-foot Teflon tubing section.

       5.     Connect the flux chamber sample outlet to the on-off 3-way valve utilizing one 3-
             foot section of Teflon tubing.

7.2    Field Operation

       Upon completion of the sampling train assembly, the following procedures must be
       performed:

       1.     Begin sweep air flow. Set sweep air flow rate at the flowmeter to 0.003 cubic
             meters per minute (3 L/min).

       2.     Allow three to four residence times (15-20 minutes) for steady-state
             concentrations to be reached inside the flux chamber before initiation of
             sampling.

       3.     Record date, time, meteorological conditions, and temperature on a field data
             sheet.

       4.     Start to collect samples.

             7.2.1   Tedlar Bag Sampling

                    1,      Connect the calibrated sampling pump (2 L/min) to the outlet of
                           the vacuum box.

                    2.      Place a Tedlar bag in and close the vacuum box.
                                                                                    7/98
                                                                                  pages

-------
                                                                                         2061

                     EMISSION ISOLATION FLUX CHAMBER SAMPLING               6 °£ ^

                                                                                      10/12/93

                           3,      Connect the inlet of the vacuum box (quick connect) to the on-off
                                  3-way valve (position 1 ) utilizing one 2-foot section of Teflon
                                  tubing.

                           4.      Turn on the sampling pump,  Allow bag to fill. Verify that the seal
                                  on the vacuum box is good by listening for air leaks and checking
                                  for indentation of the box as it becomes evacuated.

                           5.      Turn off the sampling pump.  Remove bag from vacuum box, lock,
                                  and place in a clean cooler or opaque trash bag to prevent
                                  photodegradation.

                           6.      Record the appropriate sample information on the field data sheet.

                    7.2.2  SummaCanister Sampling

                           1.      Connect the inlet of the Summacanister to the on-off 3-way valve
                                  (position 2) utilizing one 2-foot section of Teflon tubing.

                           2.      Open Summacanister valve.  Allow canister to fill.

                           3.      Close Summacanister valve.  Record canister final pressure.

                           4.      Record the appropriate sample information on the field data sheet.

                    7.2.3  Adsorbent Tube Cartridge Sampling

                           1.      Connect the calibrated sampling pump (2 L/min) to the outlet of
                                  the tube manifold(s).

                           2.      Crack the tube ends and  place in rnanifold(s) with arrow pointing
                                  in the direction of air flow verifying that the tube is held in place.

                           3.      Connect the inlet of the tube manifold(s) to the on-off 3-way valve
                                  (position 3) utilizing one 2-foot Teflon tubing section.

                           4.      Turn on the sampling pump to collect desired sample volume.

                         .  5.      Turn off the sampling pump.  Remove tubes from manifold(s) and
                                  cap ends with plastic caps.

                           6.      Record the appropriate sample information on the field data sheet.

Designs fcr Air Inpac! Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                             7/98
Appendix A                                                                                     page 6

-------
                                                                                      2061

                    EMISSION ISOLATION FLUX CHAMBER SAMPLING              ? °^^
                                                                                   10/12/93
       7.3    Post-Operation

             Decontamination of the flux chamber sampling train can be accomplished using
             pressurized dry air for physical removal of adhered particles followed by a soap solution
             wash and solvent wipe/rinse with hexane. In addition, the Teflon tubing may also be
             replaced.

8.0    CALCULATIONS

       During constant atmospheric pressure and temperature conditions, the emission flux rate of
       VOCs from the ground may be determined by the following equation:
                                     E.   =
                                               CtxQ
             where:

                    E,     =      emission flux of component i in micrograms per square meter
                                 per minute (jjg/nr-rnin);
                    C.     =      concentrations of component i at flux chamber outlet in
                                 micrograms per cubic meter (jig/m3);
                    Q     =      sweep air flow rate into flux chamber in cubic meters per
                                 minute (m3/min); and
                    A     =      surface area enclosed by the flux chamber in square meters
                                 (m2).

       All parameters in the equation are measured directly. Surface area for the flux chambers utilized
       with this SOP is 0.073 square meters. Sweep air flow rate will be set at 3 L/min.

       The calculation of actual surface contamination must account for atmospheric pressure and
       temperature given by:

                                              .  P  .MW_
             where:
                    Yki    =      measured concentration (fig/L)
                    P     =      pressure (atm)
                    R     =      Rydbergs gas constant (L atm/mol K)
                    T     =      flux, chamber air temperature (K)
                    MW  =      molecular weight (g/mol)
                    a     =      number of moles of carbon per mole of air
                    C     =      measured concentration
                                                                                        7/ta
                                                                                       page 7

-------
9.0
              EMISSION ISOLATION FLUX CHAMBER SAMPLING


QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL

The following general QA procedures apply:

1.      To ensure quality, samples will be taken in accordance with the following table.
                                                                                       2061
                                                                                      8 of 11
                                                                                        99.9
                                                                                    10/12/93
SAMPLE
CATEGORY
Lot Blank
Field Blank
Trip Blank
Field Std.
Field Spike/Std.
PE Sample
Confirmatory Samples
Duplicates
TEDLAR
BAG
1 /Event
1-2/Day
Optional (I /Day)
1-2/Day
I/Day
N/A
10-20%
10%
ADSORBENT
TUBE
1 /Event
I/Bay
1 /Day
Optional (1 /"Event)
1 /Event
Optional (1 /Event)
5-20%
10%
SUMMA
CANISTER
Optional
Optional
I/Day
N/A
N/A
Optional (1 /Event)
N/A
10%
      2.     All samples must be documented on chain of custody forms.  Sampling data must be
             entered on field data sheets.

      3.     All instrumentation must be operated in accordance with operating instructions supplied
             by the manufacturer, unless otherwise specified in the work plan.  Equipment checkout
             and calibration activities must occur prior to sampling/operation, and they must be
             documented.

10.0  DATA VALIDATION

      Results of the quality control samples will be evaluated for contamination. This information will
      be utilized to qualify the environmental sample results accordingly with the project's data quality
      objectives.

11.0  HEALTH AND SAFETY

      When working with potentially hazardous materials, all U.S. EPA, OSHA, and corporate health
      and safety procedures will be followed.
Designs for Air Impacl Assessments a! Hazartous Waste Sites
AppenAx A
                                                                                  pages

-------
                                                                                       2061
                    EMISSION ISOLATION FLUX CHAMBER SAMPLING              9 ^ *

                                                                                    10/12/93

12.0   REFERENCES

       1.     Eklund, B,  1992.  Practical Guidance for Flux Chamber Measurements of Fugitive
             Volatile Organic Emission Rates. Presented at the 85th Annual Meeting and Exhibition
             of the Air and Waste Management Association (Paper 92-66.07), Kansas City, Missouri,
             June 21-26, 1992.

       2.     Kienbusch, M. U.S. EPA 1986. Measurements of Gaseous Emission Rates from Land
             Surfaces Using an Emission Isolation Flux Chamber-User's Guide. EPA/600/8-86/008,
             U.S. EPA, Washington, DC.
Designs tor Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                          ?/96
Appendix A                                                                                  paje 9

-------
                                                                                  2061

                   EMISSION ISOLATION FLUX CHAMBER SAMPLING            l° °^g
                                                                               10/12/93
                                     APPENDIX A
                                       FIGURES
                                      SOP #2061
                                    OCTOBER 1993
Designs for Aif Impact Assassmerus at Hazardous Waste Srtss                                                       7/98
Appendix A                                                                             page 10

-------
EMISSION ISOLATION FLUX CHAMBER SAMPLING

                   FIGURE 1
   EMISSION FLUX CHAMBER SAMPLING TRAIN
   2061
11 of 11
   99.9
10/12/93
                                                      CE
                                                      UJ
                                                      ti
                                                      "2

                                                      O
                                                            7/98
                                                          page 11

-------
                      EMISSION ISOLATION FLUX CHAMBER SAMPLING
                                          _    CxF
                                                A
               where:
                      F = the sweep inlet rate
  KEY POINTS TO REMEMBER:

  •      Pressure inside chamber must be kept at atmospheric (subarnbient = positive bias;
        overpressurized = negative bias)

  *      Required auxiliary data for data correction
               Surface to shallow source of wastes - ambient temperature (corrections for changes in
               volatilization with temperature)
               Subsurface source of emissions - atmospheric pressure (rises in ambient pressure
               temporarily decrease emissions)

  *      ERT's QC practice - use of a control location to be sampled periodically throughout sampling

  *      To avoid significant recondensation, inlet sweep flow rate should be sufficient to turn over the
        volume every 3-4 minutes.

  «      Make available REAL'S flux SOP.
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                             7/93
Appendix A                                                                                    page 12

-------
                           DOWNHOLE EMISSIONS FLUX CHAMBER
 KEY POINTS TO REMEMBER:

 •      Can usually be done in conjunction with in-depth soil sampling studies

 »      Time vs. observed flux studies
              High initial flux followed by decay
              *      Emission source is deeper in ground
              •      During actual remediation, emissions characterized by flux will only come from
                            excavation hole

              High and steady flux
              *      Flux chamber at depth of the emission source
              »      During actual remediation, emissions will come from both the hole and the soil
                     storage piles
Designs tor Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Wasts Srtes                                                            7/98
Appendix A                '                                                                   page 13

-------
                             DOWNHOLE EMISSIONS FLUX CHAMBER
                                                              CAILI
0.25 in. input
UNI, TWLGN^^NW
jp
m
§
•> >r
5).
^
•Ml
                                                                   0.25  la.  output
                                                                   UNI T1FU3H
                 7  in. length of
                        K'OLAU

                          IINO
                                       7/
                                                           A
                                                        t
  s^ns tor Air Impact Assessments at Hsaardous Waste Sites
Appendix A
  7/98
page 14

-------
APPENDIX B

-------

-------
         Computer Systems For Chemical Emergency Planning
U.S. EPA (1989) has identified the computer systems applicable to Title III
of the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, i.e., those
packages that are suitable for assistance in emergency response planning.

The systems with a high degree of usefulness are indicated in BOLD-
FACE type.

All systems require an IBM-compatible microcomputer, unless otherwise
specified.
Designs for A;r Impact Assessments a! Hazardous Waste Sites                                            7S8
Apc«nd.)cB                                                              pagat

-------
          ACRONYM/
          ABBRKVIATION
                                          SYSTEM NAME
                                                                                  VENDOR
                                                                                                          CONTACT
                                                                                                  PURl'OSE/DKSCRIPTION/REQUIREMENTS
i
21
DJ
B
          ACAPP
          ACT
          ADPM
          AIRDAS
          AM1NK-1
          ANASOFI
Aqueous Chemical and Properties
Automated Defense Priority
Model Development
Air Quality and Meteorological
Monitoring Data Acquisition System
                                                                                  PS Ix>wcll & Co., Inc.
                                                                                  Tcchdala
Roy I-'. Weslon, Inc.
F.nviroplan, Inc.
                                         TKCS Software, Inc.
                                                                                  Anafa/.c, Inc.
                        8868 Rcscaiuh Blvd, Stc. 309
                        Austin, TX 78758
                        (512)454-4797
6615 la Mora
Houston, Tx 7708?
(713)498-0797

Judith I lushon
955 1,'Enfunl Pla/a, SW 6lh Floor
Washington, DC 20024
(7.02)646-6800

Michael Abrams
59 Main Street
West Orange, NJ 07052
(201)325-1544

P.O. Box 720730
Houston, TO 77272
(713)561-6143
                                                                 Mike Jacobs
                                                                 1041 17thAve
                                                                 Santa Cruz, CA 95062
Predicts properties and computes chemical and solid
liquid phase equilibrium lor aqueous mixtures. Up to
20 composition data sets may he handled in memory at
once. Requires 5I2K. memory.

Designs sludge systems. Also provides data for Mow
modeling and permits.
System considers surface water and groundwatcr
pathways of exposure in evaluating the potential for
adverse effects.  Air and soil pathways will he added as
will numerous built-in cnorchecking routines.

CollccLs, processes, displays, and reports air quality
and meteorological data. Requires Data General Corp.
MicroKCLISE processor.
                                                         Performs preliminary design ofMEA, DliA, and

                                                         MDEA plants through mass and energy balance
                                                         calculations for all major equipment involved.

                                                         Records results of environmental monitoring data:
                                                         flows, pll, pollution levels, waste disposal areas and
                                                         control of pollution.
          APE
          ARCHIK
                                          Air Pollution Emissions                    Jerome K. Barta
Automated Resources for                   Department of
Chemical Hazard Incident Evaluations        Transportation
                        Jerome R. Barta
                        1513 White Post
                        Cedar Park, TX 78613

                        Stacy Gerard
                        ARCHIE Support
                        (DHM-15/Room8104)
                        US Department of Transportation
                        400 7th Street, SW
                        Washington, DC 20590
                        (202)366-4900
                                  Tracks airpollution emissions.  Screen formats for data
                                  input and output in Basic. User can customize using
                                  Basic.

                                  Program created for DOT, ITl'A, and KEMA to aid
                                  emergency preparedness personnel in assessing the
                                  sequence and nature of events that may follow an
                                  accident ARCHIE incorporates several estimation
                                  methods that may be used to assess the vapor
                                  discharge, lire, and explosion impacts associated with
                                  episodic discharges of hazardous materials.

-------
          ACRONYM/
          ABBREVIATION
                                         SYSTEM NAME
                                                                                 VENDOR
                                                                                                         CONTACT
                                                                                                 PURPOSK/DESCRIPTION/RK.QU1HEMKNTS
"k
          ASPER
          BASIS
          Balchmasler Plus
          BEE-SARA
Activated Sludge
Performance (Evaluation Routines
Text Information
Management Systems (TIMS)
Cochrane Associates,.
Inc
Information
Dimensions
                                        Pacific Micro Software
                                        Engineering
                                        Bowman Knviroiuiicntal
                                        Engineering
Jay J. Fink
236 Hunlington Ave
Boston, MA 02115
(617)247-0444

655 Metro Place South
Suite 500
Dublin.OU 43017
(614)761-7300

35 59th Place
1 .ong Beach, CA 90803
(213)434-0011

P.O. Box 29072
Dallas, TX 7 5229
(214)241-1895
Evaluates the performance of each unit ofa wastcwatei
treatment plant based on hydraulic loadings, solid llux
loadings, food/microorganism ratios, sludge age,
sclllcabilily, and related parameters.

Provides access to textual  and numeric data in its
databases for infoimalion  retrieval ami reporting needs.
Fealuics word proximity and phrase searching;
thesaurus and  index.

MSDS, HM1S labeling modules.
                                                                                                                                          Dispersion modeling software including liPA
                                                                                                                                          dispersion models, data entry programs, vulnerability
                                                                                                                                          /.ones, meteorological data processing programs, and
                                                                                                                                          pull-type programs for modeling gas releases. Uses
                                                                                                                                          more than 20 models.
          BEESTAR, CRESMET,
          STAR WORSE
          BeSafe
          BLUE SKY
          BREE/E AIR
          CALS/EWDS
BeSafe Hazardous
Substance Information
and Tracking Module
Computer Automated laboratory
System/Environmental Waste
Database System
                                        Bowman Environmental
                                        Engineering
Azimuth Technologies,
Inc.
                                        Kelon Corporation
                                        Trinity Consultants, Inc.
Bcckman Instruments,
Inc.
P.O. Box 29072
Dallas, TX 75229
(214)241-1895

P.O. Box 5787
Pasadcna,CA9H17
(818)405-0300
                        P.O. Box 64577
                        Tucson, AZ 85716
                        (602)299-5636

                        12801 N Central Expwy
                        Suite 1200
                        Dallas, TX 75243
                        (214)661-8100
Lab. Automation Operations
160 Hopper Avenue
Waldwick, NJ 07463
(201)444-8900
                                                         Meteorological data processing. Prepares data in a
                                                         suitable format lor input in models.
Information management system designed to aid in the
creation of MSDSs.  Includes packages containing
hazardous materials data for compliance with "Right to
Know" legislation.

An integrated package that creates air pollution permits,
calculates and reports on emission inventory
infoimalion and individual air pollution incidents.

Air pollution dispersion models derived form the
UNAMAP6 stationary source models and other
specialized dispersion models. Uses more than 20
models. Requires 512K memory and 132 column
printer.

CAlyS combines sample tracking facilities with a
database for management and documentation of
information in the environmental waste monitoring
laboratory. EWDBS provides a reporting  formal thai
prints dala on Ihe NPDES form.

-------
          ACRONYM/
          ABBREVIATION
                                         SYSTEM NAME
                                                                                 VKNDOR
                                                                                                         CONTACT
                                                                                                 PURPOSE/DKSCRIPTION/REQUIREMENTS
          CAMEO II
Computer-Aided Management of
Emergency Operations Vcision 1.02
B
a
          CAMEO
          CARE
          CASH/TRACK
          CEMDAS
          CENS
           CERS
Computer-Aided Management of
Emergency Operations
Computerized Ajrhomc
Release (Evaluation
Continuous Emission Monitoring
Data Acquisition System
Computerized Emergency
Notification System
Computerized Emergency
Response Series
US Department of
Commerce - NOAA/l IS
Environmental Protection
Agency - Office of Solid
Waste and Emergency
US Department of
Commerce - NOAA/US
Environmental Protection
Agency - Office of Solid
Waste and Emergency
Environmental Systems
Corporation
                                         Livingston Enterprise
Enviroplan
Advanced Systems
laboratories, Inc.
Advanced Systems
Laboratories, Inc.
Mark Millci
NOAA
HazMal Rcsp. Branch
7600 Sand I'oint Wy NE
Seattle, WA "8115
(206)526-r,317
Mark Miller
NOAA
Ha/Mat Resp. Branch
7600 Sand Point Wy NE
Seattle, WA 98115
(206)526-6317

Ron Webb
200 Tech Center Ur
Kjioxvillc,TN379l2
(615)688-7900

2855 Kifcr Road
Santa Clara, CA 95051
(408)986-8866

Ron Xowan
59 Main Street
West Orange, NJ 07052
(201)325-1544

7137 West Main Street
Lima, NY 14485
(716)624-3276
7137 West Main Street
Lima, NY 14485
(716)624-3276
Emeigcncy planning and response inlbiniHUon
including the following: chemical information, response
information, air modeling, mapping, response resources
inventory, facility inlorrnauon, route information,
population information, emergency rccordkccping,
MSDS information, Section 304 release reports,
information request records, facility reports,and
planning introduction and assistance. Requires Apple
computer equipment.

Database of chemical data and response information
Uses mathematical models to assess gas cloud
movements. Uses gas detectors and weather sensors to
alert user of release, and provides plurnc dispersion,
effects, and response information.

Full inventory chemical tracking system designed to
extract Ticr I and Tier II information for assistance in
reporting.

Data acquisition system lor continuous emission
monitoring of ambient air or slack emissions. Also
provides reports.
Can be used with CERS or CMSDS.  Determines if
incident requires emergency notification based on
quantity of release. Telephone rosier included.
Requires 6401C memory and hard disk.

Determines response procedures for incidents based on
data from CMSDS and CIIIMS.  Includes fireiighling
information, personal protective equipment, emergency
first aid procedures, spill and containment procedures,
waste disposal procedures, and physical and health
hazards. Requires 640K memory and hard disk.

-------
          ACRONYM/
          ABBREVIATION
                                         SYSTKM NAME
                                                                                 VENDOR
                                                                                                         CONTACT
                                                                                                                                PUHPOSE/DESCRinTON/REQUIRKMENTS
8
vt
I
CHARM
(Complex Hazardous Air Release Model
Radian Corp.
          CHART/PC
          CHCS
                               Computerized Hazard
                               Compliance Scries
          CHCS Compliance Kngine
          CHIiM MASTER Version 2.1
                                                                       Kngineering
                                                                       Applications Specialist,
                                                                       Inc.
                                        Advanced Systems
                                        Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                       Advanced Systems
                                                                       laboratories, Inc.
                                                                       ITS Technologies
Lou Fowler
8501 Mo-PacBlvd.
Attn: CHARM
P.O. Box 9948
Austin, TX 78766
(512)454-4797

5610 Medical Circle
Suite 31
Madison, WI 53719
(608)273-0065

7137 West Main Street
Lima, NY 14485
(716)624-3276
                                                                7137 West Main Street
                                                                Lima,  NY 14485
                                                                (716)624-3276

                                                                Angela Lounde.s
                                                                9 bast  Stow Road
                                                                Marlton,NJ 08053
                                                                (600)983-7300
                                                                (800)727-2487
Primarily models chemical releases to the air. Includes
a chemical database and map editor and is capable of
mapping concentration isoplclhs. Allows real-time
meteorological data input.
                                                                                                 Compulcri/.cd psychometric chart I Iser provides two
                                                                                                 independent properties ofmoist air and program
                                                                                                 calculates the remaining properties.
                                                        Provides compliance information including lists of
                                                        hazardous substance under SARA, OS11A, and
                                                        CLRCLA, Tier I reports, Tier II reports, emergency and
                                                        release reporting. Requires 640K. memory and hard
                                                        disk.

                                                        Assist with SARA Title 111 compliance. User inputs
                                                        information and system provides compliance status ami
                                                        tasks required for compliance.

                                                        Aids in SARA Title III compliance and chemical
                                                        inventoiy tracking.  Database of over 3,800 regulated
                                                        chemicals. Has capability of tracking and reporting for
                                                        multiple facilities. Prints in-house warning labels,
                                                        prepares Section 311 reports and facsimiles of Tier 1
                                                        and Tier II reports.
          CHEM MULTI BASE
          CHKMASYST
                                                                       CHEM Mulli BASK, Inc.
                                                                                 ICF Inc.
                                                                P.O. Box 350
                                                                Mahomet, IL 61853
                                                                (217)586-4131
                                                                                              June Bolslridgc
                                                                                              9300 Lee Highway
                                                                                              Fairfax, VA 22031-1207
                                                                                              (703)934-3205
                                                                                              (800)283-2243
                                                        Database of 16,000 chemicals with synonyms and
                                                        trade names.  Government numbers and information arc
                                                        cross referenced with MSDSs for all DOT regulated
                                                        chemicals. Includes tracking and inventory system.

                                                        Manages data needed to comply with SARA Title III
                                                        and OSHA HSC Regulations.  Provides text, guidance
                                                        materials, instructions, and interpretations of the
                                                        requirements; forms for reporting; databases of physical
                                                        and chemical properties of some regulated chemicals;
                                                        lists ofchemicals that require reporting; Section 313
                                                        chemical rcfcrcnces/sourccs/citations; and an approved
                                                        list of synonyms'. Stores calculations of estimated
                                                        releases and prints information onto submiltable HPA
                                                        forms.

-------
OJ°
            ACRONYM/
            ABBREVIATION
                                           SYSTEM NAME
                                                                                   VENDOR
                                                                                                          CONTACT
                                                                                                                                           PURPOSK/DKSCRIITION/KKOUIKKMENTS
  S
  a
            CHHMCALC 1,
            Separations Calculations
CHEMCALC 7
            CHEMCAIi: II, AMSIM
            CHEMASTER
            CHEMEST
            CHKMMNE
Chemical Compound Databank
                               Aminc das Treating Plant Simulator
                               Chemical 1'roperty Estimation System
                               Chemical Dictionary Online
            CHF.M-IM.Y
            CHEMTOX DATABASE
Gulf Publishing
Company, Hook
Division

Gull Publishing
Company, Book
Division
                                        GulfPuhlishing
                                        Company, Book
                                        Division

                                        Envirogenics, Inc.
                                        Camp, Dresser,
                                        & McK.ee, Inc.
                                        National I-ibrary
                                        of Medicine
                                                                       Environmental
                                                                       Communications
                                                                       Consultants, Inc.
                                                                                   Resource Consultants
P.O. Box 2608
Houston,'1"X 77252
(713)520-4444

P.O. Box 2608
Houston, TX 77?52
(713)520-4444
                        P.O. Box 2608
                        Houston,'IX 77252
                        (713)520 4444

                        136 W. Franklin Ave.
                        Pennington, NJ 08534
                        (609)737-3233
                        Dr. Warren Lyman
                        1 Center Pla/.a
                        Boston, MA 02108
                        (617)742-5151x5711

                        8600 Rockville Pike
                        Bcthcsda, MD 20894
                        (301)496-1131
                                                                1759 Sharwood Place
                                                                Croflon, MD21114
                                                                (301)858-0332
                                                                (301)793-0622

                                                                P.O.Box 1848
                                                                Brentwood, TN 37024
                                                                (615)373-5040
Programs for use with multi-component mixtures to
determine the conditions and compositions at the dew
point and at the bubble point.

Contains the physical properties of 500 compounds.
Estimates properties at lempcratuic or pressure within a
specified range. IncludesOSHA loxicity data, DOT
notations, and directory of manufactures foi each
compound. Requites 2 diskdrives.

Models processes lor absorption and stripping of H2S
and (X >, in a  gas stream. l;or hydrocarbon gases, also
calculates hydrocarbons absorbed and stripped.

Chemical inventory system for Tier l/II infoimation.
Includes capacity to inventory quantity and location
information.  Contains database of 3100 ha/ardous
chemicals.

Designed to predict environmentally important
properties oforganic chemicals. Requires DEC VAX
and IBM PC.
                                 Online chemical dictionaiy with over 500,000 records
                                 on chemical substances found in the TOXI.INE,
                                 TOXBACK.65, TOXBACK.74, RTECS, MEDUNE,
                                 and TUB databases, as well as the EPA TSCA
                                 Inventory.  Search capability by synonyms, CAS
                                 Registry Numbers, and by classes of compounds.
                                 Prime time connect cost is $54 per hour.

                                 Provides brief regulatory  information for RCRA,
                                 OSHA and SARA compliance, also  full text Access to
                                 a 2,700 chemical data base with ha/ard information,
                                 precautions, and health elFccLs.  Menu-driven software.

                                 Information on 3,500 chemical substances that are
                                 hazardous and of economic importance. Data include
                                 chemical names, CAS and DOT numbers, properties,
                                 exposure limits, EPA waste information, and spill
                                 response information. Quartcily updates.  Requires
                                 320K memory and lOMcg hard disk.

-------
ACRONYM/
ABBRKV1ATION
                               SYSTEM NAME
                                                                       VENDOR
                                                                                               CONTACT
                                                                                                  PURPOSE/DKSCRIPTION/RKQUIREMENTS
CHEMTREC
CHIMS
Chemicals in
Transportation
Emergency Center
Computerized Hazardous
Inventory Management System
Chemical
Manufacturers
Association ((-MA)
Advanced Systems
laboratories, Inc.
2501 M Street, NW
Washington, DC 2003 7
(202)887-1255
(800)424-9300

7137 West Main Street
Lima, NY 14485
(716)624-3276
Available during a transportation-related emergency tu
provide hazard warning and assistance to response
personnel. Modem allows direct access to 11 IT, the
CMA's lesponse information database.

Calculates and prints Tier I  and Tier II inventory
icports. Also assists- with inventory and chemical
storage information required for Toxic Chemical
Release Reports.  Requires 640K. memory and hard
disk.
CHIP
Community Haz.Mat
Information Platform
Material Safety
Data Systems, Inc.
CHIT
CHRIS
CHRIS and CHRIS PLUS
CIS
Chemical Hazard
Identification System
Chemical Hazard Response
Information System
Chemical Hazard Records
and Inventory Software '
Marcom Marketing
Group. Ltd.
Chemical Infoiniation
Systems, Inc.
                                                                       Random House
Chemical Information
Service
Fein-Marquart
Associates, Inc.
2674 E Main SL
Suite C-107
Ventura, CA 93003-2899
(805)648-6800
P.O. Box 9557
4 Denny Road
Wilmington, 1)K 19809
(800)654-CHIT

Fcin-Marquart
7215 York Rd
Baltimore, MD 21212
(800) CIS-USER
                        Linda Cioldfarti
                        Jane Rathbun
                        201 E50lh Street
                        New York, NY 10022
                        (800)733-3000
7215 York Road
Baltimore, MD 21212
(800)CIS-USKR
Contains four modules that store and retrieve
information: Administrative Information module for
administrative information for local government;
Emergency Response module lor emergency response
information for local government', Ha/Mat handler
Information module which contains hazardous material
data for local government and handlers.

lla/.aidous chemical information storage and retrieval
for facilities.  Modules for MSDS, righl-to-know
Provides chemical information to assist response to
emergencies involving spills of hazardous materials.
Contains chemical, physical, and biological data, and
specific response-oriented information (e.g., counter-
measures). Developed by the \ JS Coast Guard.

Primarily rccordkceping system for individual facilities.
Includes information on chemicals arid manufacturers
and records of accidents and training. Chris Plus adds
capability of storing and printing MSDS information
and assists with the preparation of Tier I and Tier II
reports and right-to-know requests. Both systems
contain database of 600 toxic substances and synonyms.

Collection of database providing information that
includes chemical properties, basic effects, and
response techniques. $300 annual subscription fee; $20
- $95 per computer connect hour.

-------
Is
  I
  u
  a
ACRONYM/
ABBREVIATION
                                           SYSTK.M NAME
                                                                                   VENDOR
                                                                                                          CONTACT
                                                        PURPOSK/UKSCRH'TION/RKQUIREIVIENTS
            CMSDS
                               Computerized MS US
                               System
            COMPLIANCE MANAGKR
            COPE
            CORKES
            CoVOCalc
            CSIN
                               Chemical Substance
                               Information Network
            CTCRRS
             CYCLONE
                               Computerized Toxic Chemical
                               Release Reporting System
Advanced Systems
laboratories. Inc.
                                                                       OSHA-SOFT
                                                                       Corporation
                                                                       Mctualf & Eddy, Inc.
                                                                       Roy F. Wcslon, Inc.
                                                                       Dawn Graphics
                                                                       Company
US EPA/Office of
Pesticides and
Toxic Substance
Advanced Systems
Laboratories, Inc.
                                                                                   TECS Software. Inc.
7137 West Main Street
Lima, NY 14485
(716)624-3276
                       Peter 13 ragdon
                       P.O. Box 894
                       Concord, Nil 03301
                       (603)672-7230

                       10 Harvard Mill Sq.
                       Wakelicld,MAOI880
                       (617)246-5200
Judith Hushon
955 L'Enlant Pla/a SW
Washington, DC 20024
(202)646-6800

19EdgchillRoad
Winchester, MA 01890
(617)721-0456

Mr. Dalton Tidwcll/Dr. Sidney
Siegal
OPTS Chemical Coordination Start'
(TS-777)
401 M Street SW
Washington, DC 20460

7137 West Main Street
Lima, NY 14485
(716)624 3276
                                                                                              P.O. Box 720730
                                                                                              Houston, TX 7727
                                                                                              (713)561-6143
Software manages and track*: MSDS database
information by chemical ID, .supplier, synonyms,
components, registry numbers, completion status, uses,
and hazard classes. Subscription updating.  Requires
640rC memory arid hard disk.

Facility-specific information system that manages
information on the following modules: MSHS
MANAGER, TRAINING MANAGER, and
 INVENTORY MANAGER.

COPE had 9 modules: I'M scheduler, corrective
maintenance, equipment history, equipment reference
listing, spare parts entry, database integrity verification,
and training.

Provides facility specific information forcmergency
response.
Spreadsheet template that calculates expected VOC
emissions from use of painLs, inks, and coalings. Prints
out EPA data forms.

Complex switching network that provides user access to
over 400 individual databases. Necessary to obtain user
codes for various vendor databases.
Assists with completion of EPA Form R using CMSDS
and CH1MS information. Also tracks reporting
requirements and emission and waste treatment
Requires 640K memory and hard disk.

Docs the following calculations fora gas or air cyclone:
sizing, pressure drop, and fractional and overall
efficiency.

-------
TJ
V
a
           ACRONYM/
           ABBREVIATION
           DATASTRF.AM
           DIALOG
                                         SYSTEM NAME
                                                                                 VENDOR
                                        Datastream Systems, Inc.
                                        DIALOO Information
                                        Services
                                                                                                         CONTACT
                        1200 WoodmfT Road
                        Suite C-40
                        Grccnvillc, SC 29607
                        (803)297-6775

                        3460 Hill view Ave.
                        Palo Alto, CA 94.104
                        (415)858-3785
                                                                                                 PUHPOSE/DESCR1PTION/REQUIREMENTS
                                 System designed for industrial and municipal
                                 waslewalcr treatment facility data management,
                                 including key process parameters and plant evaluation.
                                 Reference system containing information from all areas
                                 oI science, technology, and medicine, $10 - $285 per
                                 computer connect hour.
           D11TR
           EC MS
           ECOTRAC
           EIS/C
Design Institute Tor
Physical Property Data

Environmental Compliance
Monitoring System
Environmental Data
Management System
Emergency Information
System/Chemical
           EMERGENCY CALL
           SYSTEM
           EMERGENCY RESPONSE
           COMPUTER PROGRAM
National Bureau
ofStandaids

Vcrsar Environmental
Systems
HAZOX Corporation
Research
Alternatives, Inc.
                                        Wcith Computer
                                        Products and Services
                                        Ontario Minstry of
                                        Environment
9200 Rumsey Road
Columhia,MD21045-l934
(301)964-9200
Daniel Fullerton
12600WColfax Avc
Suite C420
Lake-wood, CO 80215
(303)237-1065

Maxine Chens
Suite 3
966 Hungcrford Dr.
Rockville, MD 20850
(301)424-2803

802 Brittany
Suite 101
Bowling Green, OH 43402
(419)352-8659

Air Resources Branch
880 Bay Street
4lh Floor
Toronto, Ontario M5S  1Z8
                                 Data compilation of pure compound piopcrties.
Facility-specific system including modules for air
emissions, calendar, facility and agency processes,
groundwater, hazardous waste, incident response,
permit tracking, solid (non-ha/ardous) waste, work
orders, and waslcwater.

Provides manifest tracking, permit tracking, source
inventory, environmental events, TSCA required data
management, waste disposal costs, and gioundwalcr
monitoring.
Primarily an emergency planning and response .system.
Records chemical, facility, transportation, vulnerable
population, and othcrplanning and response
intbimalion. Presents information on maps. Prepares
Tier 1 and II reports.  Store MSDS information.

Automatically calls emergency response personnel
based on incident specific information.
                                                         Release modeling system. Contains database of
                                                         chemicals and characteristics which may he modified
                                                         by user. User selects chemical, weather conditions and
                                                         type of release lor simple or heavy gas modeling.
                                                         Output is numeric for limes and distances with graphic
                                                         capabilities.

-------
x
"I
          ACRONYM/
          ABBREVIATION
                                         SYSTEM NAME
                                                                                 VENDOR
                                                                                                        CONTACT
                                                                                                 PURPOSE/DESCRIPTION/REQUIREMENTS
?
          ENFLEXDATA313
                                        ERM Computer
                                        Services, Inc.
          ENFLEX INFO
          EnviroBase III
Environmental Data
Management System
                                        ERM Computer
                                        Services, Inc.
                                                                                   Enviro Base Systems
          EnviroLab III
          ENVIRONMENTAL
          AIDE
          ETIS
Laboratory Data
Management System (LDMS)
          FIESTA
Environmental Technical
Information System
Field Slug Test Analyzer
                                                                                   Enviro Base Systems
                                        Odessa Engineering
                                                                                 US Army
                                                                                   Roy F. Weston, Inc.
                                                                                                          Terry Percel
                                                                                                          855 Springdale Dr.
                                                                                                          Exton, PA 19341
                                                                                                          (800)365-2146
                                                                                                          (800)544-3118
Terry Percel
855 Springdale Dr.
Exton, PA 19341
(800)365-2146
(800)544-3118

Michael H. Freeland
2 Inverness Drive East
Suite 101
Englewood,CA80112
(303)790-8396
Richard L. Sayrs, Ir.
2 Inverness Drive East
Suite 101
Englewood,CA80112
(303)790-8396

P.O. Box 26537
Austin, TX 78755
(512)254-5543

Ron Webster
Construction
Engineering Research Laboratory
P.O. Box 4005
Champaign, IL 61820

Judith Hushon
955 L'Enfant Plaza SW
6th Floor
Washington, DC 20024
(202)646-8600
 Calculates releases by four principle methods to the
 following media: water, POTW, Underground Injection,
 Stack or Point Air, Fugitive, Land, Waste Offsite, and
 other processes  in the facility. Also performs a mass
 balance function around each process; prints Form R
 and submits to EPA; provides for unlimited comments;
 and stores unused calculations.

 Provides access  to the full text of current federal and
 state environmental regulations. Includes NJ and PA
 regulations. Provided on a subscription basis, and
 furnished on CD-ROM.
Organizes, analyzes, and generates reports of
laboratory analytic data associated with groundwater,
soils, and surface sampling and testing programs.
Written and compiled in Clipper, an extension of dBase
III. Requires DOS 3.0 or greater with at least 41 OK of
free RAM, and a hard disk with at least  1.5 megabytes
office storage space.

Organizes analytical laboratory paperwork: sample log-
in and tracking to final analysis reporting and invoicing,
operates on single-CPU or local area network of IBM
PC/XT/AT/80386 or compatible.
                                                                                                                                           Screen oriented, menu driven program that facilitates
                                                                                                                                           data editing, data analysis and preparation of reports for
                                                                                                                                           stack emissions

                                                                                                                                           Computerized information retrieval system that aids the
                                                                                                                                           Army and other government agencies in preparing
                                                                                                                                           environmental impact statements.
Uses raw data from field tests to compute hydraulic
conductivity; computed value is evaluated by the expert
system for its correctness with regard to these
considerations; site-specific geological characteristics,
validity of test procedures, accuracy of the raw data,
and the computational method. System is written in
Arity-Prolog on a PC.

-------
> o
5 S
S-f
            ACRONYM/
            ABBREVIATION
                                          SYSTEM NAME
                                                                                  VENDOR
                                                                                                         CONTACT
                                                                                                                             PURPOSK/DESCRIPT1ON/REOUIREMENTS
  8
  0)
  a
  0

  5
            FINANCIA1. ANALYSIS
            OF WASTE MANAGEMENT
            ALTERNATIVES
FINDEX
            FLAREUDR and
            FLARESTK.
            FLOW GEMINI
            FRES
            GASPROPS
                              Environmental Infonnalion
                              Management System and
                              Occupational Health
                              Information System
                              First Rcsponders Expert System
                                                                      General Electric
                                                                      Company Corporate
                                                                      Environmental Programs
IIAZOX Corporation
                                                                                  TECS Software, Inc.
Flow General, Inc.
Roy F. Weslon, Inc.
                                                                      Software Systems
                                                                      Corporation
Mr. Richard Maclean
3135 Easton Turnpike
Fairlicld, C'l 06431
(203)373-3077

Daniel Fullcrton
P.O. Box 637
Chadds Ford, PA 19317
(215)388 2030
(800)558-6942

P.O. Box 720730
Houston, TX 77272
(713)561-6143
Dr. Wanda Rappaport
7655 Old Springhousc Rd
Mcl.ean,VA22102
(703)893-5900
Judith Hushon
955 L'Enfanl Plaza, SW
Washington, IX' 20024
(202)646-6800

P.O. Bo 202017
Austin, TX 78720
(512)451-8634
System calculates the long-term costs, including
liability, associated with environmental control
technologies. Requires piintcr with capability of
printing 240 columns of width.

Indexing and retrieval software lor searching MSDS
files.
Two programs, one of which determines header si/.c
based on maximum allowable relief velocity along the
header. The other program calculates llarc tip diameter
and slack height.

Generates reports, schedules, and reminders; summary,
detail, and status; and inventory, inspection and
monitoring lor permits, air and water monitoring, waste,
1'CBs and problems and events. Generates MSDSs, and
aids in waste tracking and environmental audits.
Requires 1)1:C VAX or IBM mini or mainframe.

Provides pollutant toxicity information and optimal
response strategy.
                                                       Computes thcrrnodynaniic properties of air, argon,
                                                       carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, hydrogen, nitrogen,
                                                       oxygen, water vapor, and products of combustion lor
                                                       hydrocarbons. Computes all properties from any two
                                                       independent properties.

-------
ACRONYM/
ABBKKVIATION
                               SYSTEM NAME
                                                                       VKNDOH
                                                                                               CONTACT
                                                                                                 PURPOSIi/DKSCRIPITON/RKQUIREMENTS
OHMS
Graphical (exposure
Modeling System
                                                                       US KPA
GLIDE
(JROUNDWATER/DMS
Geographically Locale
Inventoried Dangers Easily
Oroundwalcr Data
Management System
CSW Data Systems
HA/ARD
HAZARDLINE
Hazardous Incident Data Base
                                                                       North American
                                                                       Software, Inc.
                                        Occupational Health
                                        Services, Inc.
                                                                       US EPA
Cathy Turner
Pal Hamgan
Office of'Toxic Subst.
TS-798
Washington, DC 20460
(202)382-3929
(202)382-3397

Jerome Barta
1513 White Post
Cedar Park. TO 78613
(512)258-1812
(call allcr 4PM)

One Overlooker Road
Poughkeepsie, NY 12603
(914)454-0090
                        George Stephens
                        P.O. Box 3309
                        Tustin, CA 92680
                        (714)830-6248

                        John Fee
                        Suite 2407
                        4507lhAve
                        New York, NY 10123
                        (800)445-6737
                        (212)967-1100

                        Pacita Tibay
                        Woodhridge Avc
                        Edison, NJ 08837
                        (201)321  6632
                                                                                                                                On-line system.  Provides support Ibi exposure
                                                                                                                                assessments of toxic substances.  Includes chemical
                                                                                                                                property estimation techniques, statistical analysis,
                                                                                                                                multi-media modeling, and graphics display (including
                                                                                                                                models).
                                                         Provides capability to inventory and retrieve
                                                         information on stored hazardous chemicals and their
                                                         proximity to ccntial areas.
A data management package which tracks the data
associated with a groundwalcr monitoring network.
The system quantifies and identifies all forms of data,
reports, analyses, corporate and government standards.
Requires 4.6 megs of hard disk space; 640K RAM;
80286 (80386) proccssorand a DOS version of 3.30 or
higher.

Database system that is designed to aid in producing
both the EPA Manifest and Drum Labels. Includes
DOT information  for verification.
                                 Online information on hazardous substances. Includes:
                                 response information and medical effects data with
                                 unique search capabilities. Cost is SI 20 per hour
                                 (1983).
                                                                                                                                Search and retrieval system designed to direct the user
                                                                                                                                to documented first-spill incidents. No charge.

-------
ACRONYM/
ABBREVIATION
                              SYSTEM NAME
                                                                     VENDOR
                                                                                            CONTACT
                                                                                              HURPOSK/DESCRIPTION/HEQUIREMENTS
Hazardous Material
Document and Package
Verification System
HazKNOW Know-It-AU
HAZM
HAZMIN
Hazardous Waste Manager
The Hazardous Material
Information Network
                                       Bureau ot" Dangerous
                                       Goods, Ltd.
                                       I la/Mat Contiol
                                       Systems, Inc.
/. Micro Systems
I xjgical Technology, Inc.
HA/OX LABEL. PROGRAM
                                       HAZOX Corporation
HA/OX EMPLOYEE
TRAINING LEDGER
IIAZ/TRAK.
                                       HAZOX Corporation
                                       HAWKA Group, Inc
Russell Bowcn
Front & Erickson Sis
Essinglon, PA 19029
(215)521-0900

Carolyn I luscniollcr
3409IxikewoodBlvd
Suite 2C
I.ong Beach, CA 90808
(213)429-9055

P.O. Box 6634
San Pedro, CA 9073 4
(213)831-4888
Vicky Demoss
P.O. Box 3655
Peoria, [L 61614
(309)677-3303
                       Kathleen Goodard
                       P.O. Box 637
                       Chadds Kord, PA 19317
                       (215)388-2030
                       (800)558-6942

                       Kathleen Goodard
                       P.O. Box 637
                       Chadds I;ord, I'A 19317
                       (215)388-2030
                       (800)558-6942

                       Russell Hannula
                       P.O. Box 321
                       Mundelein, IL 60060
                       (312)949-8488
                                                       Prepares shipper's declaration and identifies marking,
                                                       labeling, and otliei packaging requirements.
                                                       Stores Ha/.Mat information; generates documents and
                                                       reports; MSI) document management.
Records and prints waste disposal manifests on official
forms and outputs reports by waste category,
transporter, and disposal site. Also records MSDSs.
Requires 256K memory.

System manages ha/ardous materials: includes storage,
inventory, compliance, and training,  MSDS based
emergency response data storage and retrieval. AssisLs
with Tier I/II reports. Extensive search capabilities.
Requires VAX. PC version scheduled for release in
early 1988.

Prepares labels for containers.  User may copy
information from MSDSs or other text tiles. May be
used in conjunction with TOXIC ALERT.
                                Employee recordkeeping system. Tracks worker
                                training, job location, and job assignments, as well as
                                employee courses and qualifications. May be used in
                                conjunction with TOXIC ALERT.
                                Computerizes MSDSs in OSI1A-174 formal  Also
                                tracks material use and storage.  Requires 449K
                                memory and 2 disk drives.

-------
> o
TJ (D
TJ «
             ACRONYM/
             ABBREVIATION
                                            SYSTEM NAME
                                                                                    VKNDOR
                                                                                                            CONTACT
                                                                                                 PURPOSE/DESCRIPTION/REQUIREMKNTS
             HAZWASTE
             HMIS
             IIMMS
                                            Hazardous Materials
Hazardous Materials
Management System
                                        Ha/Mat Control
                                        Systems, Inc.
                                        Defense 1 xjgislics
                                        Agency Information
                                        System
                                                                                    Caclus
             HWCS
Ila/aidous Waste
Computer System
             1IYCARB
             11-MIS
Integrated Kmcrgcncy
Management Information
                                                                                    National Safety
                                                                                    Council
                                         Software Systems
                                         Corporation
Federal Kmcrgcncy
Management Agency
                       Carolyn llusemollcr
                       3409Lakcwood Blvd
                       Suite 2C
                       I x>ng Beach, CA 90808
                       (213)429-9055

                       Rhonda Hems
                       Rockville, MD
                       (301)468-8858
                       Larry Williams
                       Caelus, Inc.
                       1100 1'aulsen Center
                       W. 421 Riverside
                       Spokane, WA 99212
                       (509)624- 8794
                              or
                       Craig Van Vel/.er
                       Wang Laboratories, Inc.
                       N1000 ArgonncRd.
                       Suite 100
                       Spokane, WA 99212
                       (509)922-2136
                        P.O. Box 11933
                        Chicago, IL 60611
                        (800)621-7619
                        (312)527-4800
Donna Schmidt
P.O. Box 26065
Austin, TX 78755-0065
(513)451-8634

Dr. Boh Jaske
500C Street SW
Room 627
Washington, DC 20472
(202)646-2865
                                 Hazardous waste data management and reporting
                                 system.  Prepares ha/ardous waste manifests. Requires
                                 10 Meg hard disk and 132 column printer.
                                 DoD system that stores MSDS infoimalion, quantity
                                 and manufacturer, and National Stock numbers. On-
                                 line Database and microfiche. Cost $30 $40 per hour.
                                 For Dol) facilities only.

                                 Integrates both Wang supplied and ('adus supplied
                                 software into a system for managing data and reporting
                                 requirements. Includes aliases, trade and industry
                                 standard names and IDs; components of mixture and
                                 compounds; plant sites, annual usage, and storage
                                 locations; hazardous properties and medical
                                 precautions; approved treatment or remedies; MSDSs;
                                 references; protective equipment and requirements,
                                 approved supplies and/or manufacturers; agencies;
                                 reporting forms. Can run stand-alone on any Wang VS
                                 computer.
Tracks waste from collection to treatment. Database of
2,600 common chemicals which provides HPA number
lor each chemical,. DOT classification for hazardous
waste transport, and permit information. Templates for
all icqiiired forms, labels, and notices.

Computes the thcrmodynamic and transport properties
of 78 common petroleum and chemical industry
hydrocarbons.
FKMA's database system for emergency response
information for governments. For use in planning,
training, and eventually real-time operational decision-
making for all types of emergencies. Includes plume
dispersion modeling. A wide variety of access options
arc available.

-------
is
X —i
03°
            ACRONYM/
            ABBRKV1ATION
                                            SYSTEM NAME
                                                                                    VENDOR
                                                                                                            CONTACT
                                                                                                  PURI'OSE/nESCRll'TION/REQUIRKMENTS
  at
  3
  W
            INFO(EHIS)
             INI1ECI
Emcrgency/Hazmat
Information System
Emergency
Automation Inc.
                                         Roy F. Wcslon, Inc.
            INVENTORY MANAGER
            IRJS
Integrated Risk
Information System
                                        OSHA-SOFT
                                        Corporation
                                                                                    DIALCOM, Inc.
            1SCST
Industrial Source Complex
Short Term
Tiinity Consultants, Inc.
             LAHSYS
Laboratory Selection
Expert System
Roy F. Wcston, Inc.
             MANGUARD
                                         ManOuard Systems,
                                         Inc.
Gary Hill
1401 Wilson Blvd.
Suite 720
Arlington, VA  22309
(703)522-4550

Judith Hudson
255 I.'Enfant I'la/a, SW
Washington, DC 20024
(202)646-6800
                        1'ctcr Bragdon
                        P.O. Box 668
                        ArnhcrsuNII 03031
                        (603)672-7230

                        Mike Mel .aughlin
                        600 Maryland Ave, SW
                        Washington, DC 20024
                        (202)488-0550
Shirley Ijikc
12801 N. Central I-xpwy
Suite 1200

Dallas, TX 75243
(214)661-8100

ludilh Hudson
255 L'Enfant Plaza, SW
6th Floor
Washington, DC 20024
(202)646-6800
                        Craig Rylce
                        25972 Novi Road
                        Suite 203
                        Novi, Ml 48050
                        (313)349-3830
An incident information management tool lor hazardous
materials emergency respondent
1NHEC1 is a front end to the HEC-1 model developed
by Hyclrologic Engineering Center. Assists in modeling
u watershed and creating the inputs to HEC-1 lor
hydmlogic simulations. INHECI contains information
about the requirements and limitations of HEC-1 and
rainfall-runoffprocess.

Tracks hazardous materials in workplace and inventory
for purchasing. Includes manufacturer listings.
On-line database containing chemical files that present
summaries of ha/.ard and dose-response assessments for
carcinogenic and/or noncarcinogenic effects and
contain information on Office of Drinking Water Health
Advisories, El'A regulations and guidelines (e.g., Clean
Air Act regulations and Drinking Water Criteria) acute
toxieity, and physical/chemical properties.

Software for dispersion modeling, uses Gaussian plume
model. The system calculates concentration or
deposition values for inputted lime periods. May he
used in conjunction with "Breeze Air."
Assists in identifying appropriate analytical laboratories
to evaluate environmental samples (e.g., soil, water,
sludge, waste, air) for characterizing hazards at a site.
The system factors type of sample, suspected pollutants,
user's needs for on-site evaluation and laboratories'
locations, capabilities, and qualifications.

Twelve modules addressing environmental activities
monitored by HPA, RCRA, OSIIA, CERC1.A, and
DOT regulations. Includes SARA reporting module
containing MSDS and production information, SARA
reporting assistance, tracking capabilities.

-------
ACRONYM/
ABBREVIATION
                               SYSTEM NAME
                                                                       VENDOR
                                                                                               CONTACT
                                                                                                 PUKPOSK/DKSCKIPTION/REQUIREMENTS
MKDLAKS
MESOCHEM
Medical Literature Analysis
Retrieval System
Chemical Atmospheric and
Ha/.ard Assessment System
National Library of
Medicine
MKSOCHEM, Jr.
Impell Corpoialion
                                        Impcll Corporation
METROHEALTH
METROSOFT
microCHRIS
                                                                       Lamb & Associates
                                                                        Metrosonics
                                        The HazMal Software
                                        Co./AlA Corporation
Carolyn Tillcy
MEDLARS
Management Section
8600 Rockville Pike
Bethcsda,MD 20894
(301)496-6193

Becky Cropper
300 Trislatc Inleniat'l
Suite 400
Lincolnshire, II, 60069
(312)940-2090

Becky Cropper
(312)940-2090
300 Instate lntcmal'1
Suite 400
Lincolnshire, IL 60069
                        Tommy Roach
                        P.O. Hox63K
                        I.umberton, NC 28350
                        (919)739-3181

                        Hob Braucli
                        P.O. Box 23075
                        Rochester, NY 14692
                        (716)334-7300

                        Rod Nenncr
                        134 Middle Neck Rd.
                        Suite 210
                        Great Neck, NY  11021
                        (516)829-5858
                        (800)284-6737
Collection of databases containing lexicological
research information and literature citations.
Software for atmospheric dispersion and chemical
exposure assessment A plume dispersion model.
Atmospheric release analysis system that includes back
calculations of source release rates from field readings,
terrain modeling, meteorological conditions modeling
ofmultipoinl doc.s and deposition exposures. Also
provides ingestion exposure reports for atmospheric
diluent pathways.

Multi-user safety and health package. Records data on
personnel and MSDS information. Assists with medical
reports and OSHA forms.
                                                                                                 Industrial hygiene information record system. Uliliy.cs
                                                                                                 hand-held monitoring system to record exposure data
                                                                                                 on computer.
                                 Coast Guard CHRIS system. Includes chemical
                                 designations, observable characteristics, health ha/ards,
                                 responses to discharges, tire hazards, chemical
                                 reactivity, walcrpollution, shipping information, hazard
                                 assessment codes, hazard classifications, and physical
                                 and chemical propcilies. Requires 640K memory and
                                 10 Meg hard disk.

-------
            ACRONYM/
            ABBREVIATION
                                         SYSTEM NAME
                                                                                VENDOR
                                                                                                       CONTACT
                                                                                              PURPOSE/DESCRIPTION/REQUIREMENTS
            microOHM/TADS
  B.
  I
  I
  5
            MIDAS
Meteorological Information
and Dispersion Assessment
System
            MSDS ALERT
            MSDS Engine Software
            MSDS-MAN
            MSDS MANAGER
            MSDS-PC
            MSDSPLUS
                                         MSDS-MAN
                                       The HazMat Software
                                       Co./AIA Corporation
Pickard, Lowe, and
Garrick, Inc.
                                       HAZOX Corporation
                                       GENIUM Publishing
                                       Corporation
                                       Spumifer America, Inc.
                                       OSHA-Soft
                                       Corporation
                                       I.I. Keller
                                       & Associates, Inc.
                                       Robert EJ. Thomas
                                       & Associates, Inc.
Rod Nenner
134 Middle Neck Rd.
Suite 210
Great Neck, NY  11021
(516)829-5858
(800)284-6737

Mark Abrams
1615 M Street, NW
Suite 730
Washington, DC  20036
(202)659-1122

Kathleen Goddard
P.O. Box 637
ChaddsFord,PA 19317
(800)558-6942
(215)388-2030

1145CatalynSt
Schenectady, NY
12303-1836
(518)377-8854

Pete Dyke
P.O. Box 3 267
St Augustine, FL 32085
(904)824-0603

Peter Bragdon
P.O. Box 668
Amherst,NH 0301

145 W. Wisconsin
P.O. Box 368
Neenah,WI 54957-0368
(800)558-5011

Dr. Robert J. Thomas
Woodsboro.MD  21798
(301)695-5603
                                                       Microcomputer version of EPA's Oil and Hazardous
                                                       Materials Technical Assistance Database. Contains
                                                       emergency response, physical and chemical properties,
                                                       and hazards of 1400 compounds. Requires 640tC
                                                       memory and 10 Meg hard disk.
Calculates impact of gaseous releases under routine or
accident conditions.
                                                                                                                                       MSDS Database
                                                      Collection of MSDSs. Has capability to create
                                                      additional MSDSs and search by name and CAS#.
                                                      Database manager for MSDSs.
                                                      Software containing MSDS information in OSHA
                                                      format Stores and prints MSDSs, assists with training
                                                      of employees.

                                                      User-created chemical information database. Includes
                                                      trade name, manufacturer, ingredients, CAS Number,
                                                      and plant location. Requires 256K. memory.
                                                      MSDS recording and tracking system. Used to maintain
                                                      employees and inventory records. System also has
                                                      ability to track location and first and last date that a
                                                      chemical was used or stored at a facility.
•8 „

-------
ACRONYM/
ABBREVIATION
                               SYSTEM NAME
                                                                      VENDOR
                                                                                              CONTACT
                                                                                                PIJRPOSE/DKSCRIPTION/REQU1REMENTS
MSDSFILK
OASIS
Operator Assisted Sewer
Information System
OPERATOR 10
                                        HazMal Control
                                        Systems, Inc.
1'uhlic Works
Software, Inc.
                                        Marcola Incorporated
ORBIT
OSIIA-SOFT CFR
PART B OUTLINE
                                        Pcrgamon
                                        OSHA-SOKT
                                        Corporation
                                        Weith Computer
                                        Products & Service
Carolyn Husemoller
34091-akewoodBlvd.
Suite 2C
Ix>ngBeach,CA 90808
(213)429-9055

Jerry Caldwell
Harbor Pla/a
P.O. Box 580
PortHuencine,CA 93401
(808)488-7324

Don Kjiaur
P.O. Box 485
Marion, Oil 43301-0485
(614)382-5999
(800)468-0834
                       Orbit Action desk
                       Infoline, Inc.
                       8000 Wcstpark Ur.
                       McI^an.VA 22102
                       (703)442-0900

                       Peter Bragdon
                       P.O. Box 668
                       Amherst,NH 03031
                       (603)672-7230

                       Roger Wcitcr
                       802 Brittany
                       Suite 101
                       Bowling Green, Oil 43402-1511
                       (419)352-8659
                                                        Prepares, prints, and stores MSDSs. Creates reports.
                                                        Requires lOMcg hard disk.
Database for management of sanitary and storm
waslcwatcr collection systems. Maintain field
operations at a including safety history, engineering
data, inspection rccoids, and work orders. Requires
640K memory and hard disk.

Assists in the management of waslcwatcr treatment
plans using fourprograins; Process l-'valuau'on for
genera ting pro cess equations; Inventory/Maintenance
for work order generation and printout, prcvcntalivc
maintenance, and inventory tracking; Industrial
Pollutant Monitoring for record-keeping and report
generation; and Process Monitoring/Reporting for
process reports and other reporting . F.ach requires
512K. memory and  lOMcg hard disk.

Database of information from all aieas of science,
technology, and medicine, as well as business, current
affairs, and humanities. $30 - $160 per computer
connect hour.
                                 Text of 29 CFR (OSIIA) and 40 CFR (EPA)
                                 regulations on disk. Requires 5I2K. memory and hard
                                 disk.
                                 Assists user with Writing Part B application. Cites
                                 regulations by number.

-------
if -.
(PS
            ACRONYM/
            ABBREVIATION
                                           SYSTEM NAME
                                                                                   VENDOR
                                                                                                           CONTACT
                                                                                                                                            PURPOSE/DESCRIPTION/REOUIREMKNTS
            PART B PERMUTING
             'M HA/ARD
            POSSI'Ji
            PRETRK
            PRETREAMENT
            PSYCHRO
            PTPLU
I'lanl Organi/ation Software
System lor Emissions from )-c|uipment
                                        U.S. Construction
                                        Knginccring Research
                                        Ixihoralory
Chemical
Manufacturers
Assoclution (CMA)
                                        C'ochrane Systems
                                        Spica Systems
                                        Software Systems
                                        Corporation
                                        Trinity Consultants,
                                        Inc.
Gerald Rich
17719 Brim Road
Bowling Giecn,Oil 4.1402
(419)352-7085
(aller 5:30 p.m.)

Altn: Bemic Donahue
I'.O. Box 4005
Champaign, II.
61820-1305
(217)373-6733

Deborah Stinc
2501 M Street, NW
Washington, IK' 20037
(202)887-1176

Jay J. Fink
236 Hunlinglon Ave.
Boston, MA 02115
(617)247-0444

4921 Seminary Road
Suite 1502
Alexandria, VA 22311
(703)671-5874

P.O. I3ox20217
Austin, TX 78720
(512)451-8634
                        Shirley Lake
                        12801 N. Central Hxpwy
                        Suite 1200
                        Dallas, TX 75080
                        (214)661-8100
                                                                                                 Permit application assistance for hazardous waste
                                                                                                 facilities on diskettes.
                                                         Piovidcs guidance on the repair and disposal of
                                                         transformers containing 50 ppni or more of 1'CBs.
Supports theorgani/ation,cnliyand analysisof plant
data and field measurements of fugitive emissions. A
menu-driven system.
Information management system for waslcwater
treatment facilities. Assists wilh moniloiing compliance
trucking construction piojccls, pioducing reports, and
generating letters.

Series of programs for implementing LPA's categorical
prctrcatment standards. Contains data forms for
identifying and collecting information needed lor
applicability, production, special conditions, and How.

Computes properties of air-water vapor mixtures for
HVAC, combustion, aerodynamic and meteorological
applications. Any two independent properties may be
inputted by user.

Dispersion modeling software based upon EPA's
UNAMAP. System is upgraded version of PTMAX; it
is a screening model that can be applied to single
sources.

-------
ACRONYM/
ABBREVIATION
                               SYSTEM NAME
                                                                       VENDOR
                                                                                              CONTACT
                                                                                                 PURPOSK/DKSCKIPTION/KKQUIKKMKNTS
Quantum Software
Rainbo MSDS-PRO,
SARA, and SAFETY
Regulation Scanning System
RKSREC
RODA
RTECS
Disposal Alternatives Planning
and Resource Recovery Systems
                                        Quantum Software
                                        Solutions, Inc.
                                        Pro Am Safety
                                        Data Regs, Inc.
Roy K. Weslon, Inc.
SAFECHEM II
Records and Operations
Management
Registry of Toxic Effects
ofChemicals
Management System
Metcalf & Eddy, Inc.
National Library of
Medicine, Specialized
Information Services
                                                                       SAFEWARE, INC.
Ijiurie Breck
P.O. Box 640
Ann Arbor, MI
48107-0640
(313)761-2175

ZolLan '1'oth
P.O. Box 750
Oibsonia, 1'A 15044
(412)443-0410

Robert McCardy
243 West Main SL
Kulztown, HA 19530
(215)685-5098

Judith Huslion
955 I,'Enfant Plaza, SW
Washington, DC 20024
(202)646-6800
Eric Burman
529 Main Street
Charleslown, MA 02129
(617)241-8850

GcnncGosloth
8600 Rockvillc, Pike
Building 38A
Bcthscda, Ml) 20894
(301)496-1131

4677 Old Ironsides
Santa Clara, CA  9054
(408)727-2436
                                                        Series of compliance assistance modules including:
                                                        Worker Rights to ICnow, Asbestos Compliance
                                                        Tracking, Community Right to Know, assistance with
                                                        lepoil generation and I Indcrgmund Tank Inventory.
Database management system for MS OS information.
Modules include SARA, Ibi assistance in creating
reports for Tide 111, and SAFETY for accident and
incident record-keeping.

Ha/,aixlous matciials transportation regulations on disk.
System displays text of regulations by chemical name
or number. Also searches by keyword. Updates to
regulations arc provided on a monthly basis.

Assists in planning disposal systems for community
waste. The model accepts appropriate inputs describing
the community's situation and constraints, performs
cost analyses for various scenarios to account for
uncertainties in the input, and provides the system with
heuristic indicators which describe the results.
Interprets the results and provides advice on planning
scenarios to be used as guidelines for making a study of
appropriate alternative scenarios.

Data management system for wastcwater treatment
operations.
On-line database containing records for more than
50,000 potentially toxic chemicals. Source for basic
acule and chronic toxicily information. Prime-time cost
is about $5 per hour.
                                                        Hazardous chemical management system implemented
                                                        on a proprietary database package.

-------
  s
x "
UJ Q
            ACRONYM/
            ABBREVIATION
                                           SYSTEM NAMK
                                                                                    VENDOR
                                                                                                            CONTACT
                                                                                                  PURPOSK/DESCRIPTION/REQUIREMENTS
            SAFKR
Syslem Approach for
Emergency Response
SAtT'R Emergency
Systems, Inc.
            SAM
     atory Information
Management System
             SARA!
             SARA TITI-H III 313 ADVISOR
             SARATRAX
                                                                                    Radian Corpora lion
                                         OSHA-SOFT
                                         Corporation
                                         F..I. Du I'ontdc Nemours
                                         & Company Inc.
                                         linvironmental
                                         Management Services

                                         III' Research Institute,
                                         Maryland Technology
                                         ('enter
             SKNTRY
                                         Besscrman Corporation
Darlcnc Davis
Dave Uillehay
756 Ukcnckl Road
Wesllake Village, ('A
91361
(818)707-2777

Mike McAnally
P.O. Box 9948
8501 Mo-l'ac Hlvd.
Austin. TX  7866
(512)454-4797

Peter Bragdon
P.O. Box 668
Ainhcrsl,NH 03031-0668
(603)627-7230
(800)446-3427
                        Barley Mill Pla/a
                        (P27-2I25)
                        Wilmington, Dl- 19898
                        (800)992-0560

                        Dr. Quon Y. Kwan
                        Sr. linv. Engineer
                        4600 Forbes Hlvd.
                        Lanham, MD 20706
                        (800)458-1564
                        (301)459-3711
                        Wcs Turner
                        1702 Kast Highland
                        Suite 120
                        Phoenix, AZ 85016
                        (602)264-8000
Facility spill response, tracking of releases, materials
inventory, and training.
                                                         laboratory tracking, scheduling, rcpuiting, and
                                                         statistical analysis.
Generates inventory and Tier I and 11 reports required
under SARA Title HI. Monitors chemical inventories
and locates ha/.ardous chemicals in the workplace.
Kmcrgency Response version maintains inventories of
all hazards and chemicals in the area for emergency
response personnel.

Assists with completion of form K. Provides list of
synonyms and copy of regulations in sollwaic.
Maintains audit trail.
                                  Assists with deteimination of facility repotting
                                  responsibilities under Section 301 -303,304, and 311-
                                  312. Assists with notification requirements and
                                  definitions of responsibilities. Maintains lists of
                                  chemicals, qualities, locations, and properties to assist
                                  with the preparation of Tier I and Tier Jl reports.
                                  Generates Form R.

                                  Records industrial hygiene and health information.
                                  Creates reports, Tracks MSDS information; MS OS
                                  inlbrmalion by synonym, name, mixture name, and
                                  CAS0. -

-------
ACRONYM/
ABBREVIATION
                               SYSTEM NAME
                                                                       VENDOR
                                                                                               CONTACT
                                                                                                 PURPOSE/DKSCK1PTION/KEQUIRKMKNTS
SP.WER MAINTENANCE SYSTEM
SLUDGE MANAGER
SLUDGE REGULATOR
SOPHIE
SPCC
SPIL-COM
SUNHEALTIl
Selection of Procedures
for Hazard Identification
and Evaluation
Spill Prevention Control
and Counlenneasurc Data
Base System
                                        O'Brien & Gere
                                        Engineers, Inc.
                                        Resource (Conservation
                                        Services, Inc.
                                        Resource Conservation
                                        Services, Inc.
                                                                        Hallcllc
                                                                       U.S. EPA
                                                                       Globe International, Inc.
                                        Stcwart-Todd
                                        Associates, Inc.
Trish Anrig
1304 Buckley Road
Syracuse, NY 13221
(315)451-4700
(315)451-2060

42 Main Street
Yarmouth, MI-  04096
(207)846-3737

42 Main Street
Yarmouth, Ml:.  04096
(207)846-3737
Columbus Division
505 King Avenue
Columbus, OH
43201-2695
(614)424-6424

Ms. Jean H. Wright
Olfice of Emergency and
Remedial Response
WH548B
401 M Street
Washington, DC 20460
(202)245-3057

P.O. Box 1062
Buffalo, NY 14206
(716)824-8484

1016W. 9lhAve.
King of Prussia, 1'A 19406
(215)962-0166
Management assistance for sewer line maintenance and
recordkccping. Database system that allows monitoring
of specific operations and activities. Requires 640K.
Rccoiilkecping and database management for treatment
plants' and lacdities that produce useful sludge.
Requires 312K. memory, SMcg hard disk, and dBase II.

Designed for state regulatory agencies. Tracks land
spreading operations within the state. Produces reports,
mailing lists, and labels, permit expirations dates, and
generator/material descriptions. Requires 312K and
SMcg hard disk.

Assists users with selection of methods to employ for
identifying and evaluating ha/ards in chemical and
petrochemical facilities.
Database containing compliance/noncompliancc
records of oil facility discharges. Spill data include
amount of material .spilled, rate, response, and control
measures.
Oil Spill contingency planning lool intended to improve
notification of federal and state agencies and improve
response and reporting capabilities.

Manages occupational health records, MSDS.s,
chemical infonnation, and employees records. Aids
with emergency release reports.

-------
ACRONYM/
ABBREVIATION
                               SYSTEM NAME
                                                                       VENDOR
                                                                                               CONTACT
                                                                                                 PURPOSK/DKSCRimON/REQUlREMKNTS
SW1S
Solid Waste Information System
Systems/Services
Engineering
TECJUT
TEM
Advanced Jet Dispersion Model
The Environmental Manager
T1IERMOSIM Module I:
EQU1L
TOXIC, PUFF, SPILLS, INPUFF, and 1NPUFF 2.0
MathTcch The
Technical Research and
Consulting Division of
 Mathematics, Inc.
                                        System/Services
                                        Engineering
                                                                       Tcchnica International
Knvironmcntal
Information System
Barrett]. Kiordan
5111 l.ecsburgPike
Suite 702
Falls Church, VA 23041
(703)284-7900

P.O. Box 3 2008
Dayton, Oil 45432
(513)429-2709
David A. Jones
1400 N. Harbor Blvd.
Suite 800
Fullerton.CA 92635
(714)447-9400

Slicrida Mock
1101 Capitol of Texas
Highway South
Building«, Suite 212
Austin, TX 77252
(512)328-5211
Gulfl'ublishing
Company
Book Division
Bowman
Environmental
Engineering
Melissa Beck
P.O. Box 2608
Houston, TX 77252
(713)520-4444
P.O. Box 29072
Dallas, TX 75229
(214)241-1895
Inventory and iccord system designed lor the State of
California Solid Waste Management Board.
                                                         Waslcwalcr treatment assistance. Software includes:
                                                         Data Handling System, 1-ah Bench File, I .an Stock
                                                         Inventory, Schedule Work System, Facility Stock
                                                         Inventory, Tool Record System, Budget Control
                                                         System, Equipment Control System, and Industrial
                                                         I'retrealmcnl File.

                                                         Jet dispersion model for PC.
Tracks rcgulaloiy requirements, produces reports.
Modules available on Environmental Audits, Peimil
Tracking, Oroundwater Monitoring, Wastcwater
Monitoring, Air 1'jnissions, Task Management, Waste
Manifesting, Chemical Inventory, MSDS Management,
Incident Reporting, and Operational Journals.

Database of thermodynamic properties of 200
hydrocarbons, 9 non-hydrocarbon gases, carbon and
sulfur. Requires 51?K. memory and 2 disk drives.
                                                                                                 In ascending order of data complexity, these systems
                                                                                                 address toxic gas releases using models designed for
                                                                                                 each type of release, based on emission rate, facility
                                                                                                 characteristics, and weather data.
TOXIC ALERT
                                        HAZAOX Corporation
                        Daniel Fullerton
                        P.O. Box 637
                        Chadds Ford, PA 19317
                        (215)358-4990
                        (800)558-6942
                                 Incident management tool with some emergency
                                 planning capability. Modules lor MSDS, incident
                                 documentation, inventory, and Tier 1/11 report
                                 generation.

-------
ACRONYM/
ABBREVIATION
                               SYSTKM NAME
                                                                        VENDOR
                                                                                                CONTACT
                                                                                                  PURPOSE/DKSCHimON/KKQUlRKMENTS
TOXI-INE(non-royalty based)     Toxicology Information Outline
TRACE II
Toxic Release Analysis
ol'Chemical Kmissions
TRAINING MANAGER
TREDAT
TREMAIN
TREPORT
                                         National I .ihrary
                                         ofMedicine
Safer Emergency
Systems, Inc.
                                         OSHA-SOI-T
                                         Corporation
                                         Cochranc Associates,
                                         Inc.
                                         Cochrane Associates,
                                         Inc.
                                         Cochrane Associates,
                                         Inc.
                        8600 Rockville Pike
                        Bethesda. Ml) 20894
                        (301)496-1131
Darlcne Uavis
Dave Uillehay
756I.akcfieldRoud
Wcstlakc Village, CA
91361
(818)707-2777

P.O. Box 894
Concord, Nil 0301
(603)228-3610

Jay J. Fink
236 Huntington Ave.
Boston, MA 02115
(617)247-0448

Jay J. Fink
236 Huntington Ave.
Boston, MA 02115
(617)247-0448

Jay J. Fink
236 Huntington Ave.
Boston, MA 02115
(617)247-0448
On-line bibliographic database covering the pharmaco-
logical, physiological, and lexicological effects of drugs
and chemicals. Information is taken from eleven
secondaiy sources.

Models Toxic gas and flammable vapor cloud
dispersion. Intended for risk assessment and planning
purposes, rather than real-time emergencies.
                                                          Records employees training information, and allows
                                                          classification and tracking of products and employees
                                                          by category.

                                                          Data handling and process control software program for
                                                          waslewater treatment plans. Requires Apple II.
                                                          Equipment and inventory management software system
                                                          for waslewaler treatment plants. Requires Apple 11.
                                                          Data handling and reporting system lor waslewaler
                                                          treatment facilities. Assists with daily calculation of
                                                          data and generation of reports.
TRI Database
Toxic Chemical
Release Inventory
National Library
of Medicine,
Specialized
Information Services
8000 Rockville I'ike
Bethesda, MO 20894
(301)496-6531
Contains information on industrial location, storage,
and release to air, water, and land of SARA Section 313
Chemicals. Data is divided into the following
categories: facility identification, substance identifica-
tion, environmental release of chemical, waste
treatment, and off-site waste transfer.

-------
ACRONYM/
ABBRKV1ATION
                               SYSTEM NAME
                                                                        VENDOR
                                                                                               CONTACT
                                                                                                  PURI'OSE/DESCRIPTION/REQUIREMENTS
TSAR
Technology Selector
of Alternative Remedies
Roy F. Weslon, Inc.
TSDSYS
UMT
Treatment, Storage, and
 Disposal Facilities Expert System
The UNIFORM
MANIFKST TRACKER
Roy I'. Wcston, Inc.
HA/AOX Corporation
VAX DFCheallh
VMNDATA
VULZONEWWKI
Vulnerability Zone Worksheet
WASTKTRAX
                                         Digital
                                                                        Hatch Associates Ltd.
New York Slate
Emergency
Management Oflice
                                         Engineering Science
Judith llushon
955 L'Enfant I'la/a, SW
6th Floor
Washington, DC: 20024
(202)646-6800
Judith Hushon
955 I/lZntant IMa/a. SW
6th Floor
Washington, DC 20024
(202)646-6800
Daniel Fullerton
P.O. Box 637
Chadds Ford, PA 19317
(215)358-4990
(800)55S-6942
146 Main Street
Maynard, MA 01754
(617)897-5111

21 St Clair Ave East
Toronto, Ontario
Canada M4T 1L9
(416)962-6350

Ed Lipps
Public Security Bldg.
State Campus
Albany, NY  12226-5000
(518)457-9959

57 Executive Park S, NE
Suite 590
Atlanta, UA 30329
(404)325-0770
Assists in selecting appropriate remedial technologies at
waste sites. Using available quantitative and/or
qualitative information, the system selects potential
general response actions and eliminates sonic specific
technologies from further consideration; identifies
additional data required to decide among remaining
engineering alternatives. The system can he delivered
on Compaq 386 or requires PC MOST lor the PC/AT.

Database containing information on over 400
contractors and the treatment, storage, and disposal
methods they offer. Treatment is broken into on-site
and off-site and then by the following categories:
biological, chemical, physical, and thermal treatment.
Menu driven. Available through EPA Regional Offices

Maintains information about ha/.ardous waste
generators, transporters, disposal facilities, materials
shipped, and how they have been shipped. Assists with
Uniform Hazaidous Waste Manifest documents
required by RCRA. Generates iccords and letters.
Requires 200K. memory plus IK memory for each
recoid and a printer that can penetrate a six-pail form.

Employee and environmental health data records
system. Maintains medical exposure ol'cxhaust
ventilation systems.

Recordkeeping and analytical piogram for use in
monitoring and maintenance of exhaust and ventilation
systems. Requires Apple II.
Calculates mileage of vulnerability zone for Extremely
Ha/ardous Substances; giving a radial value to use on a
map. Chemicals may be searched by CASW, with each
search, the system verities the chemical name.
                                                         For water and wastcwater treatment plants. Information
                                                         management for groundwatcr monitoring, hazardous
                                                         waste management, and air quality monitoring.
                                                         Statistical capabilities.

-------
I?
            ACRONYM/
            ABBRKVIATION
                                           SYSTEM NAME
                                                                                   VK.NDOR
                                                                                                           CONTACT
                                                                                                 PURPOSE/DESCRIPTION/RKQUIREMENTS
            WASTKWATF.R DATA
            MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
            WATER COST
            WATER MASTER
            WDC MANIFESTING SYSTEM
            WIIAZAN
World Hank Hazards Analysis
                                        WDMS
                                        Computer Services


                                        CWO HDRlnc.
                                                                                   Waid and Associates
                                        Waste Documentation
                                        and Control, Inc.
                                                                                   Tcchnica International
P.O. Box 27561
Tulsa, OK.  74149
(918)241-5755

300 Admiral Way
Suite 204
Edmonds, WA 98020
(206)774-1947

8000 Centre Hark Di.
Suite 270
Austin, TX 78754
(512)835-6112

P.O. Box 7363
Beaumont, TX 77706
(409)839-4495
David A. Jones
1440 N. Harbor Blvd.
Suite 800
Fullerton, CA 92635
(714)447-9400
Database that allows storage, retrieval, analysis, and
reporting lor industrial prctrcatmciil programs. Requires
512K.

Watei and waslewatcr cost estimation solrwarc
program. Contains extensive cost data.
                                                                                                 Animated training aid and simulation program for water
                                                                                                 and waslewater treatment plant opcialors.
Produces internal control documentation and govern
mentally required reports. Manifest printing from Hies
containing information on approved transporters and
disposers, waste materials, and historical data.

Modeling of chemical dispersion and spill behavior.
Database for 30 hazardous substances. 13 mathematical
models thai predict effects of release offlammahlc or
loxic chemicals. Hard disk required.

-------
Designs for Air irrpaet Assessments at Hazardous Wssle Sites                                                                                                     7/58
Append* 8                                                                                                                                             page27

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
APPENDIX C

-------
Page Intentionally Blank

-------
     AVAILABLE COMPUTER PACKAGES

The following section presents a discussion of several meteorological
and air quality packages.


The text in this section is taken from the U.S. EPA (1986, 1987).
  ns for Alf Impact Assessments at Hazartous Was'.« Sites                                     7/98
Appendix C                                                    PW '

-------
  U.S. EPA MODELS AND UNAMAP

  In the last 15 years in the United States, air quality models have been systematically used as official
  decision-making tools for State Implementation Plan (SIP) revisions for existing sources and new
  source reviews, including those activities related to Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD).  The
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has periodically provided guidelines and
  recommendations to identify for all interested parties those techniques and databases it considers
  acceptable (U.S. EPA 1978, 1984, 1986, 1987).

  Many of the models EPA recommends are available as part of UNAMAP (Version 6) (see Turner et al.,
  1989), and can be obtained from EPA's Support Center for Regulatory Air Models Bulletin Board
  System (SCRAM-BBS) by dialing in on the Bulletin Board number (919) 541-5742.  Alternatively, the
  models can be obtained on a 9-track magnetic tape from:

        Computer Products
        National Technical Information Service
        U.S. Department of Commerce
        Springfield, VA  22161
        Phone: (703) 487-4650

  EPA divides the air quality models into four generic classes:

  1.     Gaussian
  2.     Numerical
  3.     Statistical or empirical
  4.     Physical

  Gaussian models, which are the most widely used, are recommended for estimating the impact of
  nonreactive pollutants. Numerical models (i.e., grid models or box models) are suggested for urban
  applications involving reactive pollutants (e.g., photochemical smog). Other models can be used for
  particular applications.  Moreover, the models are categorized by two levels of sophistication:

  •      Screening techniques ( or screening models).  These are relatively simple estimation techniques
        that provide conservative estimates of air quality impacts. They can, in several cases, eliminate
        from further consideration those sources that clearly do not contribute to ambient
        concentrations.

  •      Refined models. These provide a more detailed treatment of physical and chemical processes,
        require more detailed and precise input data, have higher computational costs, and provide (at
        least theoretically) a more accurate estimate of the source impact and the effectiveness of
        different control strategies.

  EPA also divides the air quality models recommended in its guideline into "preferred" and
Designs fa/ Air impact Assessments al Hazardous Waste Sites                                                            7/99
Appendix C                                                                                      page 2

-------
"alternative" models. Preferred models are those that EPA either found to perform better than others in
a given category, or chose on the basis of other factors such as fast use, public familiarity, cost or
resource requirements, and availability. These preferred models can be used for regulation applications
without a formal demonstration of applicability, as long as they are used as indicated by EPA (1986,
1987). Alternative models can be used when (1) a demonstration can be made that the model produces
concentration estimates equivalent to the estimates obtained using a preferred model, (2) a statistical
performance evaluation has been conducted using measured air quality data and the results of that
evaluation indicate the alternative model performs better for the application than a comparable preferred
model, or (3) there is no preferred model for the specific application but a refined model is needed to
satisfy regulatory requirements.

EPA constantly solicits new refined models that are based on sounder scientific principles and that are
more reliable in estimating pollutant concentrations. Models that are submitted in accordance with
EPA's requirements will be evaluated as submitted.  These requirements are:

•      The model must be computerized and functioning in a common FORTRAN language suitable for
       use on a variety of computer systems.

«      The model must be documented in  a users's  guide that identifies that mathematics of the model,
       data requirements, and program operating characteristics at a level of detail comparable to that
       available for currently recommended models, e.g., the Single Source (CRSTER) Model.

»      The model must be accompanied by a complete test data set, including input parameters and
      output results. The test data must be included in the user's guide as well as provided in
      computer-readable form.

•      The model must be useful to typical users, e.g., state air pollution control agencies, for specific
      air quality control problems. Such  users should be able to operate the computer program(s) from
      available documentation.

•      The model documentation must include a comparison with air quality data or with other well-
      established  analytical  techniques.

«      The developer must be willing to make the model available to users at reasonable cost or make it
      available for public access through  the SCRAM-BBS or the National Technical Information
       Service. The model cannot be proprietary.
EPA's Preferred Models

The EPA preferred air quality models are (U.S. EPA 1986, 1987):

«      Buoyant Line and Point Source Dispersion Model (BLP)

       CALINE 3
                                                                                            7/ee

-------
•      Climatological Dispersion Model (CDM 2.0)

*      Gaussian-Plume Multiple Source Air Quality Algorithm (RAM)

•      Industrial Source Complex Model (ISC)

•      Multiple Point Gaussian Dispersion Algorithm with Terrain Adjustment (MPTER)

       Single Source Model (CRSTER)

«      Urban Airshed Model (UAM)

»      Offshore and Coastal Dispersion Model (OCD)


A brief description of each of these models is presented below.


•      Buoyant Line and Point Source Dispersion Model (BLP)

       Reference:     Schulman, L.L., and J.S. Scire (1980): Buoyant Line and Point Source (BLP)
                    Dispersion Model User's Guide. Document P-7340B. Environmental Research
                    & Technology, Inc., Concord, MA (NTIS PB81-164642).

       Availability:   This model is available as part of UNAMAP (Version 6).

       Abstract:      BLP is a Gaussian plume dispersion model designed to handle unique modeling
                    problems associated with aluminum reduction plants and other industrial sources
                    where plume rise and downwash effects from stationary line sources are
                    important.

       Recommendations for Regulatory Use:  The BLP model is appropriate for the following
       applications:

       *      Aluminum  reduction plants that contain buoyant, elevated line sources

       *      Rural areas

       •      Transport distances less than 50 kilometers

       •      Simple terrain

       •      One-hour to one-year averaging times.
Designs for Air I mpac* Assessments ai Hazardous Was I* SMes                                                           ?V98
Appendix C                                                                                   page 4

-------
CALINE 3

Reference:    Benson, P.E, (1979): CALINE 3 - A VERSATILE Dispersion Model for Predicting
             Air Pollutants Levels Near Highways and Arterial Streets. Interim Report FHWA/
             CA/TL-79/23. Federal Highway Administration, Washington, DC (NTIS PB80-
             220841).

Availability:  The CALINE 3 model computer tape is available from NTIS as PB8Q-220833.
             The model is also available from  the California Department of Transportation
             (manual free of charge and approximately $50 for the computer tape). Requests
             should be directed to:

             Mr. Marlin Bechwith
             Chief, Office of Computer Systems
             California Department of Transportation
             1120 N Street
             Sacramento, CA 95814

Abstract;     CALINE 3 can be used to estimate the concentrations of nonreactive pollutants
             from highway traffic. This steady-state Gaussian model can be applied to
             determine air pollution concentrations at receptor locations downwind of "at-
             grade," 'Till," "bridge," and "cut section" highways located in relatively
             uncomplicated terrain. The model is applicable for any wind direction, highway
             orientation, and receptor  location. The model has adjustments for averaging time
             and surface roughness and can handle up to 20 links and 20 receptors. It also
             contains an algorithm for deposition and settling velocity so that particular
             concentrations can be predicted.

Recommendations for Regulatory Use:  CALINE 3 is appropriate for the following applications:

*      Highway (line) sources

•      Urban or rural areas

 •      Simple terrain

 »      One-hour to 24-hour averaging times
Climatological Dispersion Model (CDM 2.0)

References:    Irwin, J.S., T, Chico, and J. Catalano (1985): CDM 2.0-Climatological Dispersion
              Model - User's Guide, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
                                                                                    7/98
                                                                                   pass 5

-------
                     Park. NC (NTIS PB 86-136546),

       Availability:   This model is available as part of UNAMAP (Version 6).

       Abstract:      CDM is a climatological steady-state Gaussian plume model for determining
                     long-term (seasonal or annual) arithmetic average pollutant concentrations at any
                     ground-level receptor in an urban area.

       Recommendations for Regulatory Use: CDM is appropriate for the following applications:

              •       Point and area sources

              »       Urban areas

              •       Flat terrain

              •       Transport distances less than 50  kilometers

              •       Long-term averages over 1 month to 1 year or longer


*      Gaussian-Plume Multiple Source Air Quality Algorithm (RAM)

       References:    Turner, D.B., and J.H. Novak (1978): User's Guide for RAM, Volumes A andB.
                     Publication No. EPA- 600/8-78-013  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
                     Research Triangle Park, NC (NTIS PB294791 and PN294792).

                     Catalano, J.A., D.B. Turner, and H. Novak (1987): User's Guide for RAM,
                     Second Edition,  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park,
                     NC  (distributed as part of UNAMAP, Version 6, documentation).

       Availability:   This model is available as part of UNAMAP (Version 6).

       Abstract:      RAM is a steady-state Gaussian plume model for estimating concentrations of
                     relatively  stable pollutants, for averaging times from an hour to a day, from point
                     and area sources in a rural or urban setting. Level terrain is assumed.
                     Calculations are performed for each hour.

       Recommendations  for Regulatory Use: RAM is appropriate for the following applications:

       »       Point and area sources

       •       Urban areas

       •       Flat terrain

Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites                                                            7,196
AppsndlxC                                                                                     page 6

-------
«      Transport distances less than 50 kilometers

•      One-hour to one-year averaging times


Industrial Source Complex Model (ISC)

Reference;    U.S. EPA (1986): Industrial Source Complex (ISC) Dispersion Model User's
             Guide, Second Edition, Volumes 1 and 2. Publication Nos. EPA-450/4-86-OQ5a
             and -005b,  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC
             (OTIS PB86-234259 and PB86-234267).

             U.S. EPA (1987): Industrial Source Complex (ISC) Dispersion Model Addendum
             to the User's Guide, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
             Park, NC.

Availability:  This model is available as part of UNAMAP (Version 6).

Abstract:     This ISC model is a steady-state Gaussian plume model that can be used to assess
             pollutant concentrations from a  wide variety of sources associated with an
             industrial source complex. This model can account for the following: settling
             and dry deposition of particulates;  downwash; area, line, and volume sources;
             plume rise as a function of downwind distance; separation of point sources; and
             limited terrain adjustment. It operates in both long-term and short-term  modes.

Recommendations for Regulatory Use: ISC is  appropriate for the following applications:

«      Industrial source complexes

•      Rural or urban areas

*      Flat or rolling terrain

•      Transport distances less than 50 kilometers

*      One-hour to annual averaging times


Multiple Point Gaussian Dispersion Algorithm with Terrain Adjustment (MPTER)

Reference:    Pierce, T.D. and D.B. Turner (1980): User's Guide for MPTER.  Publication No.
             EPA-600/8-80-016.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
             Park, NC (NTIS PB80-197361).
                                                                                  pag*7

-------
                     Chico, X. and J.A. Catalano (1986): Addendum, to the User's Guide for MPTER.
                     U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Research Triangle Park, NC (distributed
                     as part of the UNAMAP, Version 6. documentation).

       Availability:   This model is available as part of UNAMAP (Version 6).

       Abstract:      MPTER is a multiple point source algorithm. This algorithm is useful for
                     estimating air quality concentrations of relatively nonreactive pollutants.  Hourly
                     estimates are made using the Gaussian steady-state model

       Recommendations for Regulatory Use: MPTER is appropriate for the following applications:

              Point sources

       «       Rural or urban areas

       •       Flat or rolling terrain (no terrain above stack height)

       »       Transport distances less than 50 kilometers

       •       One-hour to one-year averaging times


       Single Source  (CRSTER) Model

       Reference:    U.S. EPA (1977): User's Manual for Single Source (CRSTER) Model.
                    Publication No. EPA-450/2-77-013. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
                    Research Triangle Park, NC (NTIS PB271360).

                    Catalano. J.A. (1986): Single Source (CRSTER) Model. Addendum to User's
                    Manual.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC
                    (distributed as part of UNAMAP, Version 6, documentation).

       Availability:  This model is available as pan of UNAMAP (Version 6).

       Abstract:     CRSTER is a steady-state, Gaussian dispersion model designed to calculate
                    concentrations from point sources at a single location in either a rural  or urban
                    setting.  Highest and second-highest concentrations are calculated at each receptor
                    for 1-hour, 3-hour, and annual averaging times.

       Recommendations for Regulator}' Use: CRSTER  is appropriate for the following applications:

       •       Single point sources

       »       Rural or urban areas

Designs 'or Air rpacl Asstssments at Hazaroous w»sls Sllti                                                             7/S3
AppanaixC     .                                                                               pafeB

-------
«      Flat or rolling terrain (no terrain above stack height)

•      Transport distances less than 50 kilometers

•      One-hour to one-year averaging times


Urban Airshed Model (UAM)

References:   Ames, J., etal. (1985): SA1 Airshed Model Operations Manuals.  Volume I,
             User's Manual. Publication No. EPA-60Q/8-85-OQ7a. U.S. Environmental
             Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC (NTIS PB85-191567).

             Ames, 1. T.C. Myers, and D.C. Whitney (1985): SAI Airshed Model Operations
             Manuals,  Volume II, Systems Manual.  Publication No. EPA-600/8-85-OQ7a, U.S.
             Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC (NTIS PB85-
             191567),

Availability:  The computer code is available on magnetic tape from:

             Computer Products
             National Technical Information Service
             U.S. Department of Commerce
             Springfield, VA 22161
             Telephone: (703) 487-4650

Abstract:     UAM is an urban-scale, three-dimensional, grid-type, numerical simulation
             model. The model incorporates a condensed photochemical kinetics mechanism
             for urban atmospheres. The UAM is designed for computing ozone (O3)
             concentrations under short-term, episodic conditions lasting 1 or 2 days resulting
             from emissions of oxides of nitrogen (NOs) and volatile organic compounds
             (VOCs).  The model  treats urban VOC emissions as their carbon-bond surrogates.

Recommendations for Regulatory Use: UAM is appropriate for the following applications:

«      Single urban areas having significant ozone attainment problems in the absence of
       interurban emission transport

»      One-hour averaging times
                                                                                   7/98
                                                                                  pages

-------
       Offshore and Coastal Dispersion Model (OCD)

       Reference:    Hanna. S,R,, et al. (1984):  The Offshore and Coastal Dispersion (OCD) Model
                    User's Guide, Revised, OCS Study MMS 84-0069.  Environmental Research and
                    Technology, Inc., Concord, MA (NTIS PB86-1598Q3).

       Availability:  The user's guide is available for S40.95 from NTIS.  The computer tape is
                    available from NTIS as PB85-246106 at a cost of $800. Technical contact is:

                    Minerals Management Service
                    ATTN: Mitchell Baer
                    12203 Sunrise Valley Drive, MS 644
                    Reston, VA 22091

       Abstract:     OCD is a straight-line Gaussian model developed to determine the impact of
                    offshore emissions from point sources on the air quality of costal regions.  OCD
                    incorporates overwater plume transport and dispersion  as well as changes that
                    occur as the plume crosses the shoreline.  Hourly meteorological data are needed
                    from both offshore and onshore locations. These include water surface
                    temperature and relative humidity.

                    Some of the key features include platform building downwash, partial plume
                    penetration into elevated inversions, direct use of turbulence intensities for plume
                    dispersion, interaction with the overland internal boundary layer, and continuous
                    shoreline fumigation.

       Recommendation for Regulatory Use: The Minerals Management Service has recommended
       OCD for emissions located on the outer continental shelf (Federal Register 50,12248, 28 March
       1985).  OCD is applicable for overwater sources where onshore receptors are below the lowest
       source height. Where onshore receptors are above the lowest source height, offshore plume
       transport and dispersion may be modeled on a case-by-case basis in consultation with EPA's
       regional office.
       EPA's Alternative Models

       EPA's list of alternative air quality models includes:

       •      Air Quality Display Model (AQDM)
       «      Air Resources Regional Pollution Assessment (ARRPA) Model
             APRAC-3
             AVACTA II
             COMPTER
             ERT Air Quality Model (ERTAQ)
             ERT Visibility Model
Designs fof Air Impact Agsessrnerits at Haza^loys Was
Appendix C
                                                                                        page 10

-------
      HIWAY-2
*     Integrated Model for Plumes and Atmospheric Chemistry in Complex Terrain (IMPACT)
      LONGZ
«     Maryland Power Plant Siting Program Model (PPSP)
      Mesoscale Puff Model (MESOPUFFII)
»     Mesoscale Transport Diffusion and Deposition Model for Industrial Sources (MTDDIS)
      Models 3141 and 4141
      MULTIMAX
      Multiple Point Source Diffusion Model (MPSDM)
      Multi-Source Model (SCSTER)
•     Pacific Gas and Electric Plume 5 Model
      PLMSTAR Air Quality Simulation Model
      Plume Visibility Model (PLUVUEII)
*     Point, Area, Line  Source Algorithm (PAL)
*     Random Walk Advection and Dispersion Model (RADM)
•     Reactive Plume Model (RPM-II)
•     Regional Transport Model (RTM-II)
      SHORTZ
•     Simple Line-Source Model (GMLINE)
•     Texas Climatological Model (TCM)
•     Texas Episodic Model (TEM)

A brief description of each of these models is presented below.
Air Quality Display Model (AQDM)

Reference:    TRW Systems Group (1969): Air Quality Display Model. Prepared for National
             Air Pollution Control Administration, DREW, U.S. Public Health Service,
             Washington, DC (NTIS PB189194).

Availability:   The user's guide is available from NTIS at a cost of $16,95. This model is
             available at no cost in the form of a punched card deck from:

             Library Services
             MD-35
             U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
             Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
             ATTN: Ann Ingram

Abstract:     AQDM is a Climatological, steady-state Gaussian plume model that estimates
             annual arithmetic average sulfur dioxide and paniculate concentrations at ground
             level in urban areas.  A statistical model based on Larsen (1971) is used to
             transform the average concentration data from a limited number of receptors into
             expected geometric mean and maximum concentration values for several different
             averaging times.
                                                                                7/88
                                                                              page 11

-------
       Air Resources Regional Pollution Assessment (ARRPA) Model

       Reference:    Mueller, S.F., et al. (1983); Description of the Air Resources Regional Pollution
                    Assessment (ARRPA) Model. Document TVA/ONR/AQB-83/14. Tennessee
                    Valley Authority, Muscle Shoals, AL.

       Availability:  The computer code and sample input for this model on magnetic tape and a copy
                    of the user's guide are available from:

                    Computer Services Development Branch
                    Office of Natural Resources and Economic Development
                    Tennessee Valley Authority
                    OSWHA
                    Muscle Shoals, AL 35660
                    Telephone: (205) 386-2985

                    A hard copy of the model output corresponding to the sample input is also
                    available.  The cost of copying model information to a buyer-supplied, 2400-ft,
                    high-density tape is estimated to be about SI00. The user's guide is free of
                    charge.

       Abstract:     The ARRPA model is a medium/long-range segmented-plume model. It is
                    designed to compute air concentrations and surface dry mass deposition to sulfur
                    dioxide and sulfate. A unique feature of the model is its use of prognostic
                    meteorological output from the National Weather Service's Boundary Layer
                    Model (BLM). Boundary-layer conditions are computed by the BLM on a grid
                    with a spatial resolution of 80 km and are archived in intervals of 3 hours. BLM
                    output used by this model includes three-dimensional wind field components and
                    potential temperature at 10 height levels from the surface through 2000 m above
                    the surface.
       APRAC-3
       Reference:
Simmon, P.B., et al. 1981): The APRAC-3/Mobile 1 Emissions and Diffusion
Modeling Package. Publication No. EPA 909-9-81-002. U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Region 9, San Francisco, CA (NTIS PB82-103763).
       Availability:   This model is available as part of UNAMAP (Version 6).

       Abstract:     APRAC-3 computes hourly average carbon monoxide concentrations for any
                    urban location. The model calculates contributions from dispersion on various
                    scales: extraurban (from freeway, arterial, and feeder street sources) and local
                    (from dispersion within a street canyon).  It requires an extensive traffic inventory
Designs fef Air Impact Assessments al Hazardous Waste Sites
Appendix C
                                                                      7/98
                                                                     Bags 12

-------
AVACTA II
Reference:
Availability:
Abstract:
             for the city of interest, APRAC-3, as it exists on UNAMAP (Version 6), has been
             updated with Mobile 2 emission factors.
Zannetti, P., G. Carboni, and R. Lewis (1985): AVACTA II User's Guide (Release
3).  Technical Report AV-Om-85/520, AeroVironraent, Inc., Monrovia, CA.

A magnetic tape copy of the FORTRAN coding and the user's guide are available
at a cost of $2,500 (nonprofit organization) or $3,500 (other organizations) from:

AeroVironment Inc.
825 Myrtle Avenue
Monrovia. CA 91016
Telephone: (818) 357-9983

The AVACTA II model is a Gaussian model in which atmospheric dispersion
phenomena are described by the evolution of plume elements, either segments or
puffs. The model can be applied for short-time (e.g., 1-day) simulations in both
transport and calm conditions. The user is given flexibility in defining the
computational domain, the three- dimensional meteorological and emission input,
the receptor locations, the  plume- rise formulas, the sigma formulas, etc.  Without
explicit user's applications, standard default values are assumed.

AVACTA II provides both concentration fields on the user-specified receptor
points, and dry/wet deposition patterns throughout the domain.  The model is
particularly oriented to the simulation of the dynamics and transformation of
sulfur species (SO2and SO4), but can handle virtually any pair of primary-
secondary pollutants.
COMPTER
Reference:
Availability:
State of Alabama (1980): COMPTER Model User's Guide,  Alabama
Departmentof Environmental Management, Air Division, Montgomery, AL.

This model is available to users for tape and reproduction charges. If a tape is
sent, the reproduction is free. Send tape and desired format and specifications to:

Mr. Richard E. Grusnick
Chief, Air Division
Alabama Department of Environmental Management
1751 Federal Drive
Montgomery, AL 36109
                                                                                   7/98
                                                                                 page 13

-------
       Abstract:      COMPTER is based on the Gaussian steady-state techniques applicable to both
                     urban and rural areas.  The model does the following: (a) determines maximum
                     24-hour, 3-hour.  1-hour, and variable-hour concentrations for both block and
                     running averages; (b) considers elevated terrain with the standard plume-
                     chopping technique or stability-dependent plume path trajectory; (c) uses annual
                     hourly meteorological  data in the CRSTER preprocessor format; (d) uses
                     Pasquill-Gifford stability curves; (e) allows for stability class substitution in the
                     stable categories. Typical model use is for rural areas with moderate to low
                     terrain features.
       ERT Air Quality Model (ERTAQ)

       Reference:    Environmental Research & Technology, Inc. (1980): ERTAQ User's Guide.
                     Document M-0186-00IE. Environmental Research & Technology, Inc., Concord,
                     MA.

       Availability:   The report and a computer tape are available from;

                     Computer Products
                     National Technical Information Service
                     U.S. Department of Commerce
                     5825 Port Royal Road
                     Springfield, VA 22161
                     Telephone: (703) 487-4650

       Abstract:      ERTAQ is a multiple point, line, and area source dispersion model that uses the
                     univariate Gaussian formula with multiple reflections.

                     With the fugitive dust option, entrainment of particulates from ground-level
                     sources and subsequent deposition are accountable. The model offers an urban/
                     rural option and calculates long-term or worst-case concentrations due to
                     arbitrarily located  sources for arbitrarily located receptors above or at ground
                     level.  Background concentrations and calibration factors at each receptor can be
                     user specified.  Unique flexibility is afforded by postprocessing storage and
                     manipulation capability.
Disigns tor Aif impact Assessmems al Hazardous Waste S.teg
Appendix C
  7/98
page "4

-------
ERT Visibility Model

Reference:    Drivas, P.I, M. Savtthri, and D.W. Heinold (1980): ERT Visibility Model, Version
             3, Technical Description and User's Guide.  Document M2020-001.
             Environmental Research & Technology, Inc., Concord, MA.

Availability:  The report and a computer tape are available from:

             Computer Products
             National Technical Information Service
             U.S. Department of Commerce
             5825 Port Royal Road
             Springfield, VA 22161
             Telephone: (703) 487-4650

Abstract:     The ERT visibility model  is a Gaussian dispersion model designed to estimate
             visibility impairment for arbitrary lines of sight due to isolated point source
             emissions by simulating gas-to-particle conversion, dry deposition, NO-to-NO2
             conversion, and linear radiative transfer.

HIWAY-2

Reference:    Petersen, W.B. (1980): User's Guide for HIWAY-2, Publication No. EPA-6QO/8-
             80-018. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, ESRL, Research Triangle Park,
             NC (NTIS PB80-227-556).

Availability:  This model is available  as part of UNAMAP (Version 6).

Abstract:     HIWAY-2 can  be used to estimate the concentrations of nonreactive pollutants
             from highway traffic. This steady-state Gaussian model can be applied to
             determine air pollution concentrations at receptor locations downwind of "at-
             grade" and "cut-section" highways located in relatively uncomplicated terrain.
             The model is applicable for any wind direction, highway orientation, and receptor
             location. The model was developed for situations where horizontal wind flow
             dominates. The model cannot consider complex terrain or large obstructions to
             flow such as buildings or large trees.
Integrated Model for Plumes and Atmospheric Chemistry in Complex Terrain (IMPACT)

Reference:   Fabrick, A.J., and P.J. Haas (1980): User Guide to IMPACT; An Integrated Model
             for Plumes and Atmospheric Chemistry in Complex Terrain. Document DCN 80-
             241-403-01. Radian Corporation, Austin, TX.
                                                                                    7/91
                                                                                  page 15

-------
       Availability:  A magnetic tape containing the IMPACT model as set of test data and a free copy
                    of the IMPACT user's guide are available at a cost of $500 from:

                    Howard Balentine
                    Senior Meteorologist
                    Radian Corporation
                    P.O. Box  9948
                    Austin, TX 78766
       Abstract:     IMPACT is an Eulerian, three-dimensional, finite-difference grid model designed
                    to calculate the impact of pollutants, either inert or reactive, in simple or complex
                    terrain, emitted from either point or area sources. It automatically treats single or
                    multiple point or area sources, the effects of vertical temperature stratifications on
                    the wind and diffusion fields, shear flows caused by the atmospheric boundary
                    layer or by terrain effects, and chemical transformations.
       LONGZ
       Reference:
Bjorkland, J.R., and J.F, Bowers (1982):  User's Instructions for the SHORTZ
and LONGZ Computer Programs. Volumes I and II. Publication No. EPA 903/9-
82-004. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 3, Philadelphia, PA.
       Availability:  The model is available as part of UNAMAP (Version 6).

       Abstract:     LONGZ uses the steady-state, onivaria'te Gaussian plume formulation for both
                    urban and rural areas in flat or complex terrain to calculate long-term (seasonal
                    and/or annual) ground-level ambient air concentrations attributable to emissions
                    from up to 14,000 arbitrarily  placed sources (stacks, buildings, and area sources).
                    The output consists of the total concentration at each receptor due to emissions
                    from each user-specified source or group of sources, including all sources. An
                    option that considers losses due to deposition (see the description of SHORTZ) is
                    deemed inappropriate by the  authors for complex terrain and is not discussed
                    here.
       Maryland Power Plant Siting Program

       References:   Browser, R.  (1982): The Maryland Power Plant Siting Program (PPSP) Air
                    Quality Model User's Guide. Ref. No. PPSP-MP-38. Prepared for Maryland
                    Department of Natural Resources by Environmental Center, Martin Marietta
                    Corporation, Baltimore, MD (NTIS PB82-238387).
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Apcorc xC
                                                                        TIM
                                                                      page 13

-------
             Weil, J.C., and R.P Brower (1982): The Maryland PPSP Dispersion Model for
             Tall Stacks, Ref. No. PPSP-MP-38. Prepared for Maryland Department of Natural
             Resources by Environmental Center, Martin Marietta Corporation, Baltimore, MD
             (NTISPB82-219155),

Availability:  These two reports are available from NTIS. The model code and test data are
             available on magnetic tape at a cost of $210 from:

             Power Plant Siting Program
             Department of Natural  Resources
             Tawes State Office Building
             Annapolis, MD 21401
             ATTN: Dr. Michael Hirschfield
Abstract:     PPSP is a Gaussian dispersion model applicable to tall stacks in either rural or
             urban areas, but in terrain that is essentially flat (on scale large compared to the
             ground roughness elements). The PPSP model follows the same general
             formulation and computer coding as  CRSTER, also a Gaussian model, but differs
             in four major ways. The differences are in the scientific formulation of specific
             ingredients or "sub-models"  to the Gaussian model and are  based on recent
             theoretical improvements as well as supporting experimental data. The differences
             are the following: (1) stability during daytime is based on convective scaling
             instead of the Turner criteria, (2) Briggs dispersion curves for elevated sources are
             used, (3) Brigg's plume-rise formulas for convective conditions are included, and
             (4) plume penetration of elevated stable layers is given by Briggs' (1984) model.
Mesoscale Puff Model (MESOPUFF II)

Reference:    Scire, J.S., et al. (1984):  User's Guide to the Mesopuff II Model and Related
             Processor Programs. Publication No. EPA 600/8-84-013. U.S. Environmental
             Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC (NTIS PB84-181775).

Availability:  This model is available as part of UNAMAP (Version 6).

Abstract:     MESOPUFF II is a short-term, regional-scale puff model designed to calculate
             concentrations of up to five pollutant species (SO,, SO4, NOx, HNO3, and NO3).
             Transport, puff growth, chemical transformation, and wet and dry deposition are
             accounted for in this model
Mesoscale Transport Diffusion and Deposition Model for Industrial Sources (MTDDIS)

Reference:    Wang, I.T., and T.L, Waldron (1980): User's Guide for MTDDIS Mesoscale
             Transport, Diffusion, and Deposition Model for Industrial Sources.
             EMSC6062.1UR(R2). Combustion Engineering, Newbury Park, CA.
                                                                                 page 1?

-------
       Availability:  A magnetic tape copy of the FORTRAN coding and the user's guide are available
                    at a cost of $100 from:

                    Dr. I.T. Wang
                    Combustion Engineering
                    Environmental Monitoring and Services, Inc.
                    2421 West Hillcrest Drive
                    Newbury Park, CA 19320

       Abstract:     MTDDIS is a variable-trajectory Gaussian puff model applicable to long-range
                    transport of point source emissions over level or rolling terrain. It can be used to
                    determine 3-hour maximum and 24-hour average concentrations of relatively
                    nonreactive pollutants from up to 10 separate stacks.

       Models 3141 and 4141

       Reference:    Enviroplan. Inc. (1981): User's Manual for Enviroplan's Model 3141 andModel
                    4141, Enviroplan, Inc, West Orange, NJ.

       Availability:  A magnetic tape copy of the FORTRAN coding and the  user's guide are available
                    at a cost of $1,900 from:

                    Enviroplan, Inc.
                    59 Main Street
                    West Orange, NJ  07052

       Abstract:     Models 3141 and 4141 are modifications of CRSTER (UNAMAP VERSION 3)
                    and are applicable to complex terrain, particularly where receptor elevation equals
                    or exceeds the stack-top elevation. The model uses intermediate ground
                    displacement procedures and dispersion enhancements developed from an aerial
                    tracer and ground-level concentrations measured for a power plant located in
                    complex terrain.
       MULTIMAX

       Reference:    Moser, J.H. (1979): Multimax: An Air Dispersion Modeling Pro gram for Multiple
                    Sources, Receptors, and Concentration Averages. Shell Development Company,
                    Westhollow Research Center, Houston, TX (NTIS PB80-170178).

       Availability:   The report is available from NTIS ($16.95 for paper copy; $5.95 on microfiche.)
                    The access number for the computer tape for MULTIMAX is PB80-170160, and
                    the cost is $370,00, Requests should be sent to:
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Appendix C
»ag« IS

-------
             Computer Products
             National Technical Information Service
             U.S. Department of Commerce
             5825 Port Royal Road
             Springfield, VA 22161
             Telephone: (703) 487-4650

Abstract:     MULTIMAX is a Gaussian plume model applicable to both urban and rural areas.
             It can be used to calculate highest and second-highest concentrations for each of
             several averaging times because of up to 100 arbitrarily located sources.
Multi-Source (SCSTER) Model

Reference:    Malik, M.H., and Baldwin  (1980): Program Documentation for Multi-Source
             (SCSTER) Model. Program documentation EN7408SS. Southern Company
             Services, Inc., Technical Engineering Systems, Atlanta, GA.
Availability:  The SCSTER model and  user's manual are available at no charge to a limited
             number of persons through Southern Company Services. A magnetic tape must be
             provided by those desiring the model. Requests should be directed to:

Abstract:     SCSTER is a modified version of the EPA CRSTER model. The primary
             distinctions of SCSTER  are its ability to consider multiple sources that are not
             necessarily collocated, its enhanced receptor specifications, its variable plume
             height terrain adjustment procedures, and plume distortion from directional wind
             shear.
Pacific Gas and Electric PLUMES Model

Reference:    Pacific Gas and Electric (1981): User's Manual for Pacific Gas and Electric
             PLUMES Model. San Francisco. CA.

Availability:   The user's manual will be supplied for cost of reproduction. An IBM version of
             the model can be obtained on a user-supplied tape free of charge from:

             Mr. Robert N. Swanson
             Pacific Gas and Electric
             245 Market Street, RM 451
             San Francisco. CA 94106

Abstract:     PLUMES is a steady-state Gaussian plume model applicable to both rural and
             urban areas in uneven terrain. Pollutant concentrations at 500 receptors from up to
             10 sources  with up to 15 stacks each can be calculated using up to 5
             meteorological inputs. The model in its "basic" mode is similar to CRSTER and
             MPTER. Several options are available that allow better simulation of atmospheric
             conditions and improved model outputs. These options allow plume rise into or
                                                                                   7/98
                                                                                 page 19

-------
                    through a stable layer and crosswind spread of the plume by wind directional
                    shear with height, initial plume expansion, mean (advective) wind speed, terrain
                    considerations, and chemical transformation of pollutants.
       PLMSTAR Air Quality Simulation Model

       Reference:    Lurmann, F.W., D.A. Godden, and H. Collins  (1985): User's Guide to the
                    PLMSTAR Air Quality Simulation Model. ERT Document M-2206-100,
                    Environmental Research & Technology, Inc.. Newbury Park, CA.
       Availability:  The report and a computer tape are available from:

                    Computer Products
                    National Technical Information Service
                    U.S. Department of Commerce
                    5825 Port Royal Road
                    Springfield. VA 22161
                    Telephone: (703) 487-4650

       Abstract:     PLMSTAR is a mesoscale Lagrangian photochemical model designed to predict
                    atmospheric concentrations of 03, NOx, HNO3, PAN, SO2, and S04 from reactive
                    hydrocarbons, NC^, and SOx emissions. It is intended to simulate the behavior of
                    pollutants in chemically reactive plumes resulting from major point source
                    emissions. The model's Lagrangian air parcel is subdivided into a five-layer/nine-
                    column domain of computational cells. The approach allows for realistic
                    simulation of the combined effects of atmospheric chemical reactions and
                    pollutant dispersion in the horizontal and vertical directions. Other key features of
                    the model include the ability to generate trajectories at any level of a three-
                    dimensional, divergence -free wind field; the ability to calculate and use the time-
                    and space-varying surface deposition of pollutants; an up-to-date O3/RHC/NOx/
                    SC^ chemical mechanism that uses eight classes of reactive hydrocarbons; the
                    ability to handle both point and area source emissions simultaneously; and the
                    ability to simulate overwater conditions and land/water transitions.
       Plume Visibility Model (PLUVUEII)

       Reference:    Seigneur, S., et al. (1984):  User's Manual for the Plume Visibility Model
                    (PLUVUE H). Publication No. EPA-600/8-84-005. U.S. Environmental Protection
                    Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC (NTISPB84-158302).

       Availability:  This model is available as a part of UNAMAP (Version 6).
Designs tot Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Waste Sites
Appendix C
page 20

-------
Abstract:      The Plume Visibility Model (PLUVUE II) is a computerized model used for
              estimating visual range reduction and atmospheric discoloration caused by
              plumes resulting from the emissions of particles, nitrogen oxides, and sulfur
              oxides from a single emission source. PLUVUE II predicts the transport.
              dispersion, chemical reactions, optical effects, and surface deposition of point or
              area source emissions. Addenda to the user's manual were prepared in February
              1985 to allow the execution of PLUVUE II and test cases on the UNIVAC
              computer. The addenda are included in the UNAMAP (Version 6) documentation.
Point, Area, Line Source Algorithm (PAL-DS)

Reference:    Petersen, W,B. (1978): User's Guide for PAL - A Gaussian-Plume Algorithm for
              Point, Area, and Line Sources. Publication No. EPA-6GO/4-78-013. U.S.
              Environmental Protection Agency Office of Research and Development, Research
              Triangle Park, NC (NTIS PB281306).

              Rao, K.S., and H.F. Snodgrass (1982): PAL-DS Model: The PAL Model Including
              Deposition and Sedimentation. Publication No, EPA-600/8-82-023, U.S.
              Environmental Protection Agency. Office of Research and Development,
              Research Triangle Park, NC (NTIS PB83-117739).

Availability:   This model is available as part of UNAMAP (Version 6).

Abstract:      PAL-DS is the acronym for this point, area, and line source algorithm and is a
              method of estimating short-term dispersion using Gaussian-plume, steady-state
              assumptions. The algorithm can be used to estimate concentrations of nonreactive
              pollutants at 99 receptors for averaging times of 1 to 24 hours, for a limited
              number of point, area, and line sources (99 of each type). This algorithm is not
              intended for application to entire urban areas but to assess the impact on air
              quality, on scales of tens to hundreds of meters,  of portions of urban areas such as
              shopping centers, large parking areas, and airports. Level terrain is assumed. The
              Gaussian point source equations estimate concentrations from point sources after
              determining the effective height of emission and the upwind and crosswind
              distance of the source from the receptor. Numerical integration of the Gaussian
              point source equation is used to determine concentrations from the four types of
              line sources. Subroutines are included that estimate concentrations for  multiple
              lane line and curved path sources, special line sources (line sources with
              endpoints at different heights above ground), and special curved path sources.
              Integration over the area source, which includes edge effects from source region,
              is done by considering finite line sources perpendicular to the wind at intervals
              upwind from the receptor. The crosswind integration is done analytically;
              integration upwind is done numerically by successive approximations.  The PAL-
              DS model uses Gaussian plume-type diffusion-deposition algorithms based on
              analytical solutions of a gradient-transfer model. The PAL-DS model can treat
                                                                                   page 21

-------
                    deposition of both gaseous and suspended paniculate pollutants in the plume
                    because gravitational settling and dry deposition of the particles are explicitly
                    accounted for. The analytical diffusion-deposition expressions in PAL-DS model,
                    in the limit when pollutant settling and deposition velocities are zero, reduce to
                    the usual Gaussian plume diffusion algorithms.
       Random-walk Adveetion and Dispersion Model (RADM)

       Reference:    Austin, D.I,, A. W. Bealer, and W.R. Goodin (1981): Random-walk Adveetion and
                    Dispersion Model (RADM), User's Manual. Dames & Moore, Los Angeles, CA.

                    Runchal, A.K., and W.R, Goodin (1981):  Technical Description of the Random-
                    walk Adveetion and Dispersion Model (RADM), User's Manual. Dames & Moore,
                    Los Angeles, CA.

       Availability:   A magnetic tape of the computer code and the user's manual are available at a
                    cost of $44.00 from:

                    Mr. C. James Olsten
                    Dames & Moore
                    445 South Figueroa Street
                    Suite 3500
                    Los .Angeles, C A  90071 -1665

       Abstract:     RADM is a Lagrangian dispersion model that uses the random-walk method to
                    simulate atmospheric dispersion. The technical procedure involves tracking
                    tracing particles having a given mass through advection by the mean wind and
                    diffusion by the random motions of atmospheric turbulence. Turbulent movement
                    is calculated by determining the probability distribution of particle movement for
                    a user-defined time step. A random number between 0 and 1 is then computed to
                    determine  the distance of particle movement according to the probability
                    distribution, A large number of particles is used to statistically represent the
                    distribution of pollutant mass. Concentrations are calculated for any averaging
                    time. RADM is applicable to point and area sources.
       Reactive Plume Model (RPM-H)

       Reference:    D. Stewart, M, Yocke, and M.-K, Liu (1981): Reactive plume model - RPM-H,
                    User's Guide. Publication EPA-6QO/8-81-021, U.S. Environmental Protection
                    Agency, ESRL, Research Triangle Park, NC (NTIS PB82-230723).
D*sign» for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous Wasls Sites
Appandrx C
  7/98
pag« 22

-------
Availability:  The report is available from NTIS ($16.95 for paper copy; $5.95 on microfiche.)
             The access number for the computer tape is PB83-154898. and the cost is
             $460.00.  Requests should be sent to:

             Computer Products
             National Technical Information Source
             U.S. Department of Commerce
             Springfield. VA  22161
             Telephone: (703) 487-4650
Abstract:     The Reactive Plume Model RPM-II, is a computer model for estimating short-
             term concentrations of primary and secondary pollutants resulting  from point or
             area source emissions. The model is  capable of simulating the complex
             interaction of plume dispersion and nonlinear photochemistry. Two main features
             of the model are (1) the horizontal resolution within the plume, which offers a
             more realistic treatment of the entrainment process, and (2) its flexibility with
             regard to choices of chemical kinetic mechanisms.
Regional Transport Model (RTM-II)

Reference:   Morris. R.E., D.A. Stewart, and M.-K. Liu  (1982): Revised User's Guide to the
             Regional Transport Model - Version II. Publication SYSAPP-83/022. Systems
             Applications Inc., San Rafael, CA.

Availability:  The computer code is available on magnetic tape at a cost of $100 (which
             includes the user's manual)  from:

             Systems Applications, Inc.
             101 Lucas Valley Road
             San Rafael, CA  94903

Abstract:     The Regional Transport Model (RTM-II) is a computer-based air quality grid
             model whose primary use is estimating the distribution of air pollution from
             multiple point sources and area sources at large distances (on the scale of several
             hundred to a thousand kilometers). RTM offers significant advantages over other
             long-range transport models because it is a quasi-three-dimensional hybrid (grid
             plus Lagrangian puff) approach to the solution of the advection-diffusion
             equation.  Furthermore, its formulation allows the treatment of spatially and
             temporarily  varying wind, mixing depths, diffusivity, and transformation
             ratefields. It is also capable  of treating spatially varying surface depletion
             processes. While the modeling concept is capable of predicting concentration
             distributions of many pollutant species (e.g., NO^, CO, TSP), the most notable
             applications of the model to date focus on the long-range transport and
             transformation of SO. and sulfates.
                                                                                     7/98
                                                                                   page 23

-------
       SHORTZ

       Reference:     Bjorkland, J.R., and J.F. Bowers  (1982): User's Instructions for SHORTZ and
                     LONGZ Computer Programs, Volumes I and II. Publication Nos. EPA-EPA-903/9-
                     82-0004a and b, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 3, Philadelphia,
                     PA.

       Availability:   This model is available as part of UNAMAP (Version 6)
       Abstract:      SHORTZ is a steady-state, bivariate, Gaussian plume formulation for both urban
                     and rural areas  in flat or complex terrain to calculate ground-level ambient air
                  ,   concentrations. It can calculate hourly average concentrations due to emissions
                     from stacks, buildings, and area sources for up to 300 arbitrarily placed sources.
                     The output consists of a total concentration at each receptor due to emissions
                     from each user-specified source or group of sources, including all sources. If the
                     option for gravitational settling is invoked, analysis cannot be accomplished in
                     complex terrain without violating mass continuity.
       Simple Line-Source Model  (GMLINE)

       Reference:    Chock, D.P, (1980): User's Guide for the Simple Line-Source Model for Vehicle
                    Exhaust Dispersion Near a Road. Environmental Science Department, General
                    Motors Research Laboratories, Warren, MI.

       Availability:  Copies of this reference are available without charge from:

                    Dr. D.P. Chock
                    Environmental Science Department
                    General Motors Research Laboratories
                    General Motors Technical Center
                    Warren, MI 48090

       Abstract:     GMLINE is simple, steady-state, Gaussian plume model that can be used to
                    determine hourly (or half-hourly) averages of exhaust concentrations within
                    100 m from a roadway on relatively flat terrain. The model allows for plume rise
                    due to the heated exhaust, which can be important when the crossroad wind is
                    low. It also uses a new set of vertical dispersion parameters that reflects the
                    influence of traffic-induced turbulence.
Designs forAirfrnpaet Assessments al Hazardous Waste Sites
Appendix C
  me
page 24

-------
Texas Climatological Model

Reference:    Staff of Texas Air Control Board  (1979): User's Guide to the Texas
             Climatological Model (TCM). Texas Air Control Board, Permits Section, Austin,
             TX.

Availability:  The TCM-2 model is available from the Texas Air Control Board at the following
             rates:

             User's manual only                $20.00
             User's manual and model           $80.00 (magnetic tape)

             Requests should be directed to:

             Data Processing Division
             Texas Air Control Board
             6330 Highway 290 East
             Austin, TX  78723

Abstract:     TCM is a Climatological, steady-state Gaussian plume model for determining
             long-term (seasonal or annual arithmetic) average pollutant concentrations of
             nonreactive pollutants.
Texas Episodic Model (TEM-8)

Reference:    Staff of the Texas Air Control Board (1979):  User's Guide to the Texas Episodic
             Model.  Texas Air Control Board, Permits Section, Austin, TX.

Availability:  The TEM-8 model is available from the Texas Air Control Board at the following
             rates:

             User's manual only                $20.00
             User's manual and model           $80.00 (magnetic tape)

             Requests should be directed to:

             Data Processing Division
             Texas Air Control Board
             6330 Highway 290 East
             Austin, TX  78723

Abstract:     TEM is a short-term, steady-state Gaussian plume model for determining short-
             term concentrations of nonreactive pollutants.
                                                                                    7/98
                                                                                   page 25

-------
OTHER MODELS

Many other models are available for air quality applications. Some are listed below in alphabetical
order:

•      ACID, a receptor-oriented backward trajectory model for long-ranged transport and deposition
       (Samson et al. 1982)

•      ADEPT, a decision framework software to aid in the analysis of policy alternatives for acidic
       deposition (EPRI1989)

•      ADPIC, a particle-in-cell model (Lange 1978)
*      Air Quality Model Performance Assessment Package (Bencala and Seinfeld 1979)

*      ARAMS, the Advanced Regional Atmospheric Modeling System, a generalized, comprehensive,
       and flexible numerical weather prediction system (Colorado State University)

•      ATMOSl, a diagnostic wind model for wind simulations in complex terrain (Davis et al. 1984;
       King and Bunker 1984)

»      CALGRID, a new three-dimensional Eulerian photochemical model with advanced mechanisms
       for dry and wet deposition (Yamartino et al. 1989)

«      COMPLEX I and II, Gaussian dispersion models for complex terrain applications (Gulfreund et
       al. 1983)

«      CTDM, a complex terrain dispersion model (Strimaitis 1986)

»      DIFKIN, a Lagrangian multi-box photochemical (Martinez et al. 1973)

«      DWM, a diagnostic wind model capable of generating three-dimensional wind fields in complex
       terrain from limited observations (Douglas and Kessler 1988)

«      EKMA, Empirical Kinetic Modeling Approach,  for simple simulations of the effects of O3
       control strategies (Dodge 1977)

«      ENEMAP-2, a source-oriented Lagrangian model for long-range transport and deposition (Nitz
       et al. 1983)

«      FEM#, a full three-dimensional model for heavy gas dispersion (Ermack et al. 1981)

«      GD, a simple Gaussian model for heavy gas dispersion (Ermack et al.  1981)
Design* for Alrlropacl Assessments at Hazardeus Waste Sites                                                            7/98
Afspe.idix C                                                                                   pags 28

-------
HOTMAC, a three-dimensional hydrodynamie model for simulating higher order turbulence for
atmospheric circulation (Yamada 1985)

IBMAQ-2, a model for meteorological and dispersion simulations (Shir and Shieh 1976)

KAPPA-G, a non-Gaussian, steady-state dispersion model (Tirabassi et aL 1986)

Los Alamos Visibility Model, for visibility impairment computations  (Williams et al. 1980.
1981)

MASCON, a mass-consistent atmospheric flux model for meteorological simulations in complex
terrain (Dickerson 1978)

MATTHEW, an objective meteorological model (Sherman 1978)
MC-LAGPARII, a Monte-Carlo Lagrangian particle model (Zanetti et al. 1988) (An improved
version of this code, MC-LAGPAR III, is available.  This code also conies as a Macintosh II
version, with fully interactive graphics and user-friendly interface)

MINERVE, a mass-consistent wind field model for diagnostic simulations Geai 1987)

MPRM, a general purpose computer processor for organizing available meteorological data into
a format suitable for use by air  quality dispersion models (available from SCRAM-BBS)

NCAR/PSU/SUNY, a mesoscale meteorological model for regional simulations (Chang et al.
1987)

NMM, a primitive equation-mode numerical mesoscale model (Pielke et al. 1983)

NOABL, an objective meteorological model (Phillips and Traci 1978)

OZIPM-2, a program that generates city-specific isopleths to be used in the EKMA methodology
(Gipson 1984)

PARIS, Plume-Airshed Reactive-Interactive System, an urban air quality model that is capable of
providing a detailed treatment of large point source emissions by embedding one or more
reactive plume models into the  UAM model (Seigneur et al. 1983)

PHOENIX, a model for visibility impairment computations (Eltgroth and Hobbs 1979)

PRISE, a comprehensive model for plume rise and pollution dispersion (Henderson-Sellers
1987)

PTPLU, a model for estimating the location of the maximum short-term concentration. (Pierce et
al, 1982)
                                                                                  7/98
                                                                                page V

-------
       RAPTRAP, a Lagrangian particle model for Monte Carlo dispersion simulation  (Yamada and
       Bunker 1988)

       RDV 2.0, a relief valve discharge screening model (available from SCRAM-BBS)

       REMII, a Lagrangian single-box photochemical model (Drivas et al. 1977)

       RIVAD, a plume-segment Lagrangian model for regional transport and deposition simulation
       (SAI 1984)

       RTDM. a sequential Gaussian plume model designed to estimate ground-level concentrations in
       rough terrain (Paine and Egan 1987)

       SCIMP, Second-Order Closure Integrated Plume Model, a plume methodology using second-
       order closure techniques (Sykes et al.  1986b)

       SCIPUFF, Second-Order Integrated Puff Model, a puff methodology using second-order closure
       techniques (Sykes et al. 1989c)

       SCREEN, a PC-compatible companion to the revised screening procedure developed by EPA to
       estimate air quality impact of stationary sources (U.S. EPA 1988a)

       SEM, Stack Exhaust Model, for advanced simulations of the initial phase of the plume, including
       its buoyant rise and bending-over phase  (Sykes et al. 1989a)

       SLAB, a layer-averaged conservation equation  model for heavy gas dispersion (Ermack et al.
       1981)

       SMOG, a photochemical model for ozone simulations (Allen and  Munger 1981)

       TRACE, a Lagrangian box photochemical model (Iran 1981)

       VALLEY, a steady-state Gaussian model (Burt  1980) in which plume height is adjusted
       according to terrain elevation for stable cases (available from SCRAM-BBS)

       VISCREEN. to predict the visual impact of a plume (U.S. EPA 1988b)

       3AM, the Annual Average Urban Airshed Model structure, which  uses routine emissions,
       meteorological data, and air quality data to provide hourly ozone concentrations over long
       periods of time (e.g.,  1 year) (Tesche and McNally 1989). The methodology includes a plan for
       incorporating secondary PM1(! aerosols and air toxics.

       3D, a second-order closure rnesoscale model (Yamada 1978)
Designs for Air Impact Assessments at Hazardous was* Sitet                                                   ,        7,'BS
Appendix C                                                                                 page 28

-------
VAPOR CLOUD DISPERSION MODELS

Hanna and Drivas (1987) provide guidelines for use of vapor cloud dispersion models and review the
available software for simulating source emissions (e.g., tank rupture, pipe break, venting of runaway
reaction) and transport/diffusion phenomena of buoyant, nonbuoyant, and dense gases. This review was
based on literature investigation and the analysis of questionnaires sent to modelers.
                                                                                          7188
                                                                                        paa«28

-------